Adds a method allowing to set custom colors to the rgb matrix

* Personal XD75 keymap added.

Nothing fancy, has emojisupport.

* Converted to spaces to follow guidelines

* Fixed requested changes.

Replacing include guards with pragma once.
Omitting unnecessary lines.
PR #4045

.clang_complete

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+
+-I.
+-I./drivers
+-I./drivers/avr
+-I./keyboards/ergodox_ez
+-I./keyboards/ergodox_ez/keymaps/vim
+-I./lib
+-I./lib/lufa
+-I./quantum
+-I./quantum/api
+-I./quantum/audio
+-I./quantum/keymap_extras
+-I./quantum/process_keycode
+-I./quantum/serial_link
+-I./quantum/template
+-I./quantum/tools
+-I./quantum/visualizer
+-I./tmk_core
+-I./tmk_core/common
+-I./tmk_core/common/debug.h
+-I./tmk_core/protocol
+-I./tmk_core/protocol/lufa
+-I./util
+-DQMK_KEYBOARD=\"$(KEYBOARD)\" -DQMK_KEYMAP=\"$(KEYMAP)\"

.editorconfig

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# EditorConfig helps developers define and maintain consistent coding styles between different editors and IDEs
+# editorconfig.org
+
+root = true
+
+[*]
+indent_style = space
+indent_size = 2
+
+# We recommend you to keep these unchanged
+charset = utf-8
+trim_trailing_whitespace = true
+insert_final_newline = true
+
+[*.md]
+trim_trailing_whitespace = false
+indent_size = 4
+
+# Make these match what we have in .gitattributes
+[*.mk]
+end_of_line = lf
+
+[Makefile]
+end_of_line = lf
+
+[*.sh]
+end_of_line = lf
+
+# The gitattributes file will handle the line endings conversion properly according to the operating system settings for other files
+
+
+# We don't have gitattributes properly for these
+# So if the user have for example core.autocrlf set to true
+# the line endings would be wrong.
+[lib/**]
+end_of_line = unset

.gitignore

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 *.eep
 *.elf
 *.hex
+*.qmk
 !util/bootloader.hex
 !quantum/tools/eeprom_reset.hex
 *.log
@@ -21,15 +22,49 @@ build/
 quantum/version.h
 .idea/
 CMakeLists.txt
+cmake-build-debug
+doxygen/
 .DS_STORE
+/util/wsl_downloaded
+/util/win_downloaded
+/keyboards/*/Makefile
+/keyboards/*/*/Makefile
+/keyboards/*/*/*/Makefile
+/keyboards/*/*/*/*/Makefile
+/keyboards/*/*/*/*/*/Makefile
+/keyboards/*/keymaps/Makefile
+/keyboards/*/*/keymaps/Makefile
+/keyboards/*/*/*/keymaps/Makefile
+/keyboards/*/*/*/*/keymaps/Makefile
+/keyboards/*/*/*/*/*/keymaps/Makefile
 
 # Eclipse/PyCharm/Other IDE Settings
 .cproject
 .project
 .settings/
 .idea
+*.iml
 .browse.VC.db*
 *.stackdump
 util/Win_Check_Output.txt
-.vscode
+# Let these ones be user specific, since we have so many different configurations
+.vscode/c_cpp_properties.json
+.vscode/launch.json
+.vscode/tasks.json
+.vscode/last.sql
+.vscode/temp.sql
 .stfolder
+.tags
+
+# ignore image files
+*.png
+*.jpg
+*.gif
+
+# Do not ignore MiniDox left/right hand eeprom files
+!keyboards/minidox/*.eep
+
+# things travis sees
+secrets.tar
+id_rsa_*
+/.vs

.gitmodules

@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
 [submodule "lib/chibios"]
 	path = lib/chibios
-	url = https://github.com/ChibiOS/ChibiOS.git
+	url = https://github.com/qmk/ChibiOS
 [submodule "lib/chibios-contrib"]
 	path = lib/chibios-contrib
-	url = https://github.com/ChibiOS/ChibiOS-Contrib.git
+	url = https://github.com/qmk/ChibiOS-Contrib
+	branch = k-type-fix
 [submodule "lib/ugfx"]
 	path = lib/ugfx
-	url = https://bitbucket.org/Tectu/ugfx
+	url = https://github.com/qmk/uGFX
 [submodule "lib/googletest"]
 	path = lib/googletest
 	url = https://github.com/google/googletest

.travis.yml

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 os: linux
 dist: trusty
 sudo: required
+group: edge
 language: c
 branches:
   except:
@@ -10,15 +11,17 @@ env:
   global:
   - secure: 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
 before_install:
-  - wget http://www.atmel.com/images/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz
+  - wget http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz || wget http://qmk.fm/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz
 install:
   - tar -zxf avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz
   - export PATH="$PATH:$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/avr8-gnu-toolchain-linux_x86_64/bin"
+  - npm install -g moxygen
 before_script:
   - avr-gcc --version
 script:
-- make test AUTOGEN=false
+- make test:all AUTOGEN=false
 - bash util/travis_build.sh
+- bash util/travis_docs.sh
 addons:
   apt:
     packages:
@@ -28,12 +31,14 @@ addons:
     - binutils-arm-none-eabi
     - libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
     - diffutils
+    - dos2unix
+    - doxygen
 after_success: 
   bash util/travis_compiled_push.sh
 notifications:
   webhooks:
     urls:
-      - https://webhooks.gitter.im/e/cca31de3d44b9adb617b
-    on_success: change  # options: [always|never|change] default: always
+      - https://webhooks.gitter.im/e/afce403d65f143dfac09
+    on_success: always  # options: [always|never|change] default: always
     on_failure: always  # options: [always|never|change] default: always
-    on_start: never     # options: [always|never|change] default: always
+    on_start: never     # options: [always|never|change] default: always

.vscode/extensions.json

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+// Suggested extensions
+{
+  "recommendations": [
+    "EditorConfig.EditorConfig"
+  ]
+}

.vscode/settings.json

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+// Place your settings in this file to overwrite default and user settings.
+{
+    // Unofficially, QMK uses spaces for indentation
+    "editor.insertSpaces": true,
+    // Configure glob patterns for excluding files and folders.
+    "files.exclude": {
+        "**/.build": true,
+        "**/*.hex": true
+    },
+    "files.associations": {
+        "*.h": "c",
+        "*.c": "c",
+        "*.cpp": "cpp",
+        "*.hpp": "cpp",
+        "xstddef": "c"
+    }
+}

CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Code Of Conduct
+
+QMK strives to be an inclusive, tolerant, and welcoming community. We encourage participation from anyone regardless of age, disability, ethnicity, gender identity and expression, level of experience, nationality, personal appearance, political belief, race, religion, or sexual identity and orientation.
+
+> “A gentle word turns away wrath, but a harsh word stirs up anger."
+
+Our users, contributors, and collaborators are expected to treat each other with kindness and respect, to assume good intentions, and to gently correct, where possible, rather than react with escalation. While our goal is to be as accurate as possible, kindness and understanding are more valuable than correctness. Some examples of behavior we will not tolerate include, but is not limited to:
+
+* The use of sexualized language or imagery
+* Unwelcome advances, sexual or otherwise
+* Insults or derogatory comments, or personal or political attacks
+* Publishing others’ private information without explicit permission
+* Other conduct which could reasonably be considered inappropriate in a professional setting
+
+If someone is violating this Code of Conduct you may email hello@qmk.fm to bring your concern to the Members. All complaints will be reviewed and investigated and will result in a response that is deemed necessary and appropriate to the circumstances. The project team is obligated to maintain confidentiality with regard to the reporter of an incident. 

Dockerfile

@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ RUN apt-get update && apt-get install --no-install-recommends -y build-essential
     binutils-arm-none-eabi \
     libnewlib-arm-none-eabi \
     git \
+    software-properties-common \
+    avrdude \
     && rm -rf /var/lib/apt/lists/*
 
 ENV keyboard=ergodox

Doxyfile

@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.14
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for qmk_firmware (github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware)
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+PROJECT_NAME           = "QMK Firmware"
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware
+PROJECT_BRIEF          = "Keyboard controller firmware for Atmel AVR and ARM USB families"
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = doxygen
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+ALIASES                = 
+TCL_SUBST              = 
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      = 
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = YES
+TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS   = 2
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = NO
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = YES
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 
+LAYOUT_FILE            = 
+CITE_BIB_FILES         = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+QUIET                  = NO
+WARNINGS               = YES
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = NO
+WARN_AS_ERROR          = NO
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+WARN_LOGFILE           = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+INPUT                  = tmk_core quantum drivers
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.c \
+                         *.cc \
+                         *.cxx \
+                         *.cpp \
+                         *.c++ \
+                         *.h \
+                         *.hh \
+                         *.hxx \
+                         *.hpp \
+                         *.h++
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+EXCLUDE                = 
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = 
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = 
+EXAMPLE_PATH           = 
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+IMAGE_PATH             = 
+INPUT_FILTER           = 
+FILTER_PATTERNS        = 
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = 
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = YES
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+IGNORE_PREFIX          = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to disabled outputs
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = NO
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+GENERATE_XML           = YES
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+INCLUDE_PATH           = 
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 
+PREDEFINED             = 
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = 
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TAGFILES               = 
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+MSCGEN_PATH            = 
+DIA_PATH               = 
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+DOT_FONTNAME           = Helvetica
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+DOT_FONTPATH           = 
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+DOT_PATH               = 
+DOTFILE_DIRS           = 
+MSCFILE_DIRS           = 
+DIAFILE_DIRS           = 
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      = 
+PLANTUML_CFG_FILE      = 
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  = 
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 50
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 0
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = NO
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+                            NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+    51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.

Makefile

@@ -19,6 +19,13 @@ endif
 # Otherwise the [OK], [ERROR] and [WARN] messages won't be displayed correctly
 override SILENT := false
 
+ifndef SUB_IS_SILENT
+QMK_VERSION := $(shell git describe --abbrev=0 --tags 2>/dev/null)
+ifneq ($(QMK_VERSION),)
+$(info QMK Firmware $(QMK_VERSION))
+endif
+endif
+
 ON_ERROR := error_occurred=1
 
 BREAK_ON_ERRORS = no
@@ -60,80 +67,100 @@ $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
 # It's really a very simple if else chain, if you squint enough,
 # but the makefile syntax makes it very verbose.
 # If we are in a subfolder of keyboards
-ifeq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),keyboards)
-    $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
-    KEYBOARD := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
-    $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
-    # If we are in a subfolder of keymaps, or in other words in a keymap
-    # folder
-    ifeq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),keymaps)
-        $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
-        KEYMAP := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
-     # else if we are not in the keyboard folder itself
-    else ifneq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),)
-        # the we can assume it's a subproject, as no other folders
-        # should have make files in them
-        SUBPROJECT := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
-        $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
-        # if we are inside a keymap folder of a subproject
-        ifeq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),keymaps)
-            $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
-            KEYMAP := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
-        endif
-    endif
-endif
+#
+# *** No longer needed **
+#
+# ifeq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),keyboards)
+#     $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+#     KEYBOARD := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
+#     $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+#     # If we are in a subfolder of keymaps, or in other words in a keymap
+#     # folder
+#     ifeq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),keymaps)
+#         $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+#         KEYMAP := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
+#      # else if we are not in the keyboard folder itself
+#     else ifneq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),)
+#         # the we can assume it's a subproject, as no other folders
+#         # should have make files in them
+#         SUBPROJECT := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
+#         $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+#         # if we are inside a keymap folder of a subproject
+#         ifeq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),keymaps)
+#             $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
+#             KEYMAP := $(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT)
+#         endif
+#     endif
+# endif
+
+define GET_KEYBOARDS
+    All_RULES_MK := $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/rules.mk))
+    All_RULES_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/rules.mk))
+    All_RULES_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/rules.mk))
+    All_RULES_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/*/rules.mk))
+
+    KEYMAPS_MK := $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/keymaps/*/rules.mk))
+    KEYMAPS_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/keymaps/*/rules.mk))
+    KEYMAPS_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/keymaps/*/rules.mk))
+    KEYMAPS_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/*/keymaps/*/rules.mk))
+
+    KEYBOARDS := $$(sort $$(filter-out $$(KEYMAPS_MK), $$(All_RULES_MK)))
+endef
+
+$(eval $(call GET_KEYBOARDS))
 
 # Only consider folders with makefiles, to prevent errors in case there are extra folders
-KEYBOARDS := $(notdir $(patsubst %/Makefile,%,$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/Makefile)))
+#KEYBOARDS += $(patsubst $(ROOD_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/rules.mk))
+
+list-keyboards:
+	echo $(KEYBOARDS)
+	exit 0
+
+define PRINT_KEYBOARD
+	$(info $(PRINTING_KEYBOARD))
+endef
+
+generate-keyboards-file:
+	$(foreach PRINTING_KEYBOARD,$(KEYBOARDS),$(eval $(call PRINT_KEYBOARD)))
+	exit 0
+
+clean:
+	echo -n 'Deleting .build ... '
+	rm -rf $(BUILD_DIR)
+	echo 'done'
+	exit 0
 
 #Compatibility with the old make variables, anything you specify directly on the command line
 # always overrides the detected folders
 ifdef keyboard
     KEYBOARD := $(keyboard)
 endif
-ifdef sub
-    SUBPROJECT := $(sub)
-endif
-ifdef subproject
-    SUBPROJECT := $(subproject)
-endif
 ifdef keymap
     KEYMAP := $(keymap)
 endif
 
 # Uncomment these for debugging
-#$(info Keyboard: $(KEYBOARD))
-#$(info Keymap: $(KEYMAP))
-#$(info Subproject: $(SUBPROJECT))
-#$(info Keyboards: $(KEYBOARDS))
+# $(info Keyboard: $(KEYBOARD))
+# $(info Keymap: $(KEYMAP))
+# $(info Subproject: $(SUBPROJECT))
+# $(info Keyboards: $(KEYBOARDS))
 
 
 # Set the default goal depending on where we are running make from
 # this handles the case where you run make without any arguments
-.DEFAULT_GOAL := all
+.DEFAULT_GOAL := all:all
 ifneq ($(KEYMAP),)
-    ifeq ($(SUBPROJECT),)
-         # Inside a keymap folder, just build the keymap, with the
-         # default subproject
-        .DEFAULT_GOAL := $(KEYBOARD)-$(KEYMAP)
-    else
-         # Inside a subproject keyamp folder, build the keymap
-         # for that subproject
-        .DEFAULT_GOAL := $(KEYBOARD)-$(SUBPROJECT)-$(KEYMAP)
-    endif
-else ifneq ($(SUBPROJECT),)
-     # Inside a subproject folder, build all keymaps for that subproject
-    .DEFAULT_GOAL := $(KEYBOARD)-$(SUBPROJECT)-allkm
+    .DEFAULT_GOAL := $(KEYBOARD):$(KEYMAP)
 else ifneq ($(KEYBOARD),)
      # Inside a keyboard folder, build all keymaps for all subprojects
      # Note that this is different from the old behaviour, which would
      # build only the default keymap of the default keyboard
-    .DEFAULT_GOAL := $(KEYBOARD)-allsp-allkm
+    .DEFAULT_GOAL := $(KEYBOARD):all
 endif
 
 
 # Compare the start of the RULE variable with the first argument($1)
-# If the rules equals $1 or starts with $1-, RULE_FOUND is set to true
+# If the rules equals $1 or starts with $1:, RULE_FOUND is set to true
 #     and $1 is removed from the RULE variable
 # Otherwise the RULE_FOUND variable is set to false, and RULE left as it was
 # The function is a bit tricky, since there's no built in $(startswith) function
@@ -142,10 +169,10 @@ define COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE_HELPER
         RULE:=
         RULE_FOUND := true
     else
-        STARTDASH_REMOVED=$$(subst START$1-,,START$$(RULE))
-        ifneq ($$(STARTDASH_REMOVED),START$$(RULE))
+        STARTCOLON_REMOVED=$$(subst START$1:,,START$$(RULE))
+        ifneq ($$(STARTCOLON_REMOVED),START$$(RULE))
             RULE_FOUND := true
-            RULE := $$(STARTDASH_REMOVED)
+            RULE := $$(STARTCOLON_REMOVED)
         else
             RULE_FOUND := false
         endif
@@ -224,14 +251,14 @@ define PARSE_ALL_IN_LIST
 endef
 
 # The entry point for rule parsing
-# parses a rule in the format <keyboard>-<subproject>-<keymap>-<target>
+# parses a rule in the format <keyboard>:<keymap>:<target>
 # but this particular function only deals with the first <keyboard> part
 define PARSE_RULE
     RULE := $1
     COMMANDS :=
-    # If the rule starts with allkb, then continue the parsing from
+    # If the rule starts with all, then continue the parsing from
     # PARSE_ALL_KEYBOARDS
-    ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,allkb),true)
+    ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,all),true)
         $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYBOARDS))
     else ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,test),true)
         $$(eval $$(call PARSE_TEST))
@@ -245,35 +272,102 @@ define PARSE_RULE
         $$(eval $$(call PARSE_KEYBOARD,$$(KEYBOARD)))
     else
         $$(info make: *** No rule to make target '$1'. Stop.)
-        # Notice the tab instead of spaces below!
-		exit 1
+        $$(info |)
+        $$(info |  QMK's make format recently changed to use folder locations and colons:)
+        $$(info |     make project_folder:keymap[:target])
+        $$(info |  Examples:)
+        $$(info |     make planck/rev4:default:dfu)
+        $$(info |     make planck:default)
+        $$(info |)
     endif
 endef
 
 # $1 = Keyboard
-# Parses a rule in the format <subproject>-<keymap>-<target>
+# Parses a rule in the format <keymap>:<target>
 # the keyboard is already known when entering this function
 define PARSE_KEYBOARD
+    # If we want to compile the default subproject, then we need to
+    # include the correct makefile to determine the actual name of it
     CURRENT_KB := $1
-    # A subproject is any keyboard subfolder with a makefile
-    SUBPROJECTS := $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/Makefile,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(CURRENT_KB)/*/Makefile)))
-    # if the rule starts with allsp, then continue with looping over all subprojects
-    ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,allsp),true)
-        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_SUBPROJECTS))
-    # A special case for matching the defaultsp (default subproject)
-    else ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,defaultsp),true)
-        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_SUBPROJECT,defaultsp))
-    # If the rule starts with the name of a known subproject
-    else ifeq ($$(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST,$$(SUBPROJECTS)),true)
-        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_SUBPROJECT,$$(MATCHED_ITEM)))
-    # Try to use the SUBPROJECT variable, which is either determined by the
-    # directory which invoked make, or passed as an argument to make
-    else ifneq ($$(SUBPROJECT),)
-        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_SUBPROJECT,$$(SUBPROJECT)))
-	# If there's no matching subproject, we assume it's the default
-	# This will allow you to leave the subproject part of the target out
+
+    # KEYBOARD_FOLDERS := $$(subst /, , $(CURRENT_KB))
+
+    DEFAULT_FOLDER := $$(CURRENT_KB)
+
+    # We assume that every rules.mk will contain the full default value
+    $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(CURRENT_KB)/rules.mk)
+    ifneq ($$(DEFAULT_FOLDER),$$(CURRENT_KB))
+        $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(DEFAULT_FOLDER)/rules.mk)
+    endif
+    CURRENT_KB := $$(DEFAULT_FOLDER)
+
+    # 5/4/3/2/1
+    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1 := $$(CURRENT_KB)
+    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)))
+    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)))
+    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)))
+    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)))
+
+    KEYMAPS :=
+    # get a list of all keymaps
+    KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)/keymaps/*/.)))
+    KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)/keymaps/*/.)))
+    KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)/keymaps/*/.)))
+    KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)/keymaps/*/.)))
+    KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)/keymaps/*/.)))
+    # this might be needed, but in a different form
+    #KEYMAPS := $$(sort $$(filter-out $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1) $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2) \
+        $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3) $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4) $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5), $$(KEYMAPS)))
+
+    KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS :=
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)/rules.mk)","")
+      LAYOUTS :=
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)/rules.mk)
+      KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
+    endif
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)/rules.mk)","")
+      LAYOUTS :=
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)/rules.mk)
+      KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
+    endif
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)/rules.mk)","")
+      LAYOUTS :=
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)/rules.mk)
+      KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
+    endif
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)/rules.mk)","")
+      LAYOUTS :=
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)/rules.mk)
+      KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
+    endif
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)/rules.mk)","")
+      LAYOUTS :=
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)/rules.mk)
+      KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
+    endif
+
+    LAYOUT_KEYMAPS :=
+    $$(foreach LAYOUT,$$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS),$$(eval LAYOUT_KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/layouts/*/$$(LAYOUT)/*/.)))))
+
+    KEYMAPS := $$(sort $$(KEYMAPS) $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAPS))
+
+    # if the rule after removing the start of it is empty (we haven't specified a kemap or target)
+    # compile all the keymaps
+    ifeq ($$(RULE),)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS))
+    # The same if all was specified
+    else ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,all),true)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS))
+    # Try to match the specified keyamp with the list of known keymaps
+    else ifeq ($$(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST,$$(KEYMAPS)),true)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_KEYMAP,$$(MATCHED_ITEM)))
+    # Otherwise try to match the keymap from the current folder, or arguments to the make command
+    else ifneq ($$(KEYMAP),)
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_KEYMAP,$$(KEYMAP)))
+    # Otherwise, make all keymaps, again this is consistent with how it works without
+    # any arguments
     else
-        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_SUBPROJECT,))
+        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS))
     endif
 endef
 
@@ -286,74 +380,19 @@ endef
 # $1 Subproject
 # When entering this, the keyboard and subproject are known, so now we need
 # to determine which keymaps are going to get compiled
-define PARSE_SUBPROJECT
-    # If we want to compile the default subproject, then we need to
-    # include the correct makefile to determine the actual name of it
-    CURRENT_SP := $1
-    ifeq ($$(CURRENT_SP),)
-        CURRENT_SP := defaultsp
-    endif
-    ifeq ($$(CURRENT_SP),defaultsp)
-        SUBPROJECT_DEFAULT=
-        $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(CURRENT_KB)/Makefile)
-        CURRENT_SP := $$(SUBPROJECT_DEFAULT)
-    endif
-    # If current subproject is empty (the default was not defined), and we have a list of subproject
-    # then make all of them
-    ifeq ($$(CURRENT_SP),)
-        ifneq ($$(SUBPROJECTS),)
-            CURRENT_SP := allsp
-         endif
-    endif
-    # The special allsp is handled later
-    ifneq ($$(CURRENT_SP),allsp)
-        # get a list of all keymaps
-        KEYMAPS := $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(CURRENT_KB)/keymaps/*/.)))
-        ifneq ($$(CURRENT_SP),)
-            # if the subproject is defined, then also look for keymaps inside the subproject folder
-            SP_KEYMAPS := $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(CURRENT_KB)/$$(CURRENT_SP)/keymaps/*/.)))
-            KEYMAPS := $$(sort $$(KEYMAPS) $$(SP_KEYMAPS))
-        endif
-        # if the rule after removing the start of it is empty (we haven't specified a kemap or target)
-        # compile all the keymaps
-        ifeq ($$(RULE),)
-            $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS))
-        # The same if allkm was specified
-        else ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,allkm),true)
-            $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS))
-        # Try to match the specified keyamp with the list of known keymaps
-        else ifeq ($$(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST,$$(KEYMAPS)),true)
-            $$(eval $$(call PARSE_KEYMAP,$$(MATCHED_ITEM)))
-        # Otherwise try to match the keymap from the current folder, or arguments to the make command
-        else ifneq ($$(KEYMAP),)
-            $$(eval $$(call PARSE_KEYMAP,$$(KEYMAP)))
-        # No matching keymap found, so we assume that the rest of the rule is the target
-        # If we haven't been able to parse out a subproject, then make all of them
-        # This is consistent with running make without any arguments from the keyboard
-        # folder
-        else ifeq ($1,)
-            $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_SUBPROJECTS))
-        # Otherwise, make all keymaps, again this is consistent with how it works without
-        # any arguments
-        else
-            $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS))
-        endif
-    else
-        # As earlier mentioned when allsb is specified, we call our self recursively
-        # for all of the subprojects
-        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_IN_LIST,PARSE_SUBPROJECT,$(SUBPROJECTS)))
-    endif
-endef
+# define PARSE_SUBPROJECT
+
+# endef
 
 # If we want to parse all subprojects, but the keyboard doesn't have any,
 # then use defaultsp instead
-define PARSE_ALL_SUBPROJECTS
-    ifeq ($$(SUBPROJECTS),)
-        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_SUBPROJECT,defaultsp))
-    else
-        $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_IN_LIST,PARSE_SUBPROJECT,$$(SUBPROJECTS)))
-    endif
-endef
+# define PARSE_ALL_SUBPROJECTS
+#     ifeq ($$(SUBPROJECTS),)
+#         $$(eval $$(call PARSE_SUBPROJECT,defaultsp))
+#     else
+#         $$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_IN_LIST,PARSE_SUBPROJECT,$$(SUBPROJECTS)))
+#     endif
+# endef
 
 # $1 Keymap
 # This is the meat of compiling a keyboard, when entering this, everything is known
@@ -363,21 +402,18 @@ endef
 define PARSE_KEYMAP
     CURRENT_KM = $1
     # The rest of the rule is the target
-    # Remove the leading "-" from the target, as it acts as a separator
-    MAKE_TARGET := $$(patsubst -%,%,$$(RULE))
+    # Remove the leading ":" from the target, as it acts as a separator
+    MAKE_TARGET := $$(patsubst :%,%,$$(RULE))
     # We need to generate an unique indentifer to append to the COMMANDS list
-    COMMAND := COMMAND_KEYBOARD_$$(CURRENT_KB)_SUBPROJECT_$(CURRENT_SP)_KEYMAP_$$(CURRENT_KM)
+    CURRENT_KB_UNDER := $$(subst /,_,$$(CURRENT_KB))
+    COMMAND := COMMAND_KEYBOARD_$$(CURRENT_KB_UNDER)_KEYMAP_$$(CURRENT_KM)
     # If we are compiling a keyboard without a subproject, we want to display just the name
     # of the keyboard, otherwise keyboard/subproject
-    ifeq ($$(CURRENT_SP),)
-        KB_SP := $(CURRENT_KB)
-    else
-        KB_SP := $(CURRENT_KB)/$$(CURRENT_SP)
-    endif
+    KB_SP := $$(CURRENT_KB)
     # Format it in bold
     KB_SP := $(BOLD)$$(KB_SP)$(NO_COLOR)
     # Specify the variables that we are passing forward to submake
-    MAKE_VARS := KEYBOARD=$$(CURRENT_KB) SUBPROJECT=$$(CURRENT_SP) KEYMAP=$$(CURRENT_KM)
+    MAKE_VARS := KEYBOARD=$$(CURRENT_KB) KEYMAP=$$(CURRENT_KM)
     # And the first part of the make command
     MAKE_CMD := $$(MAKE) -r -R -C $(ROOT_DIR) -f build_keyboard.mk $$(MAKE_TARGET)
     # The message to display
@@ -419,7 +455,7 @@ define BUILD_TEST
     MAKE_TARGET := $2
     COMMAND := $1
     MAKE_CMD := $$(MAKE) -r -R -C $(ROOT_DIR) -f build_test.mk $$(MAKE_TARGET)
-    MAKE_VARS := TEST=$$(TEST_NAME)
+    MAKE_VARS := TEST=$$(TEST_NAME) FULL_TESTS="$$(FULL_TESTS)"
     MAKE_MSG := $$(MSG_MAKE_TEST)
     $$(eval $$(call BUILD))
     ifneq ($$(MAKE_TARGET),clean)
@@ -438,8 +474,8 @@ endef
 
 define PARSE_TEST
     TESTS :=
-    TEST_NAME := $$(firstword $$(subst -, ,$$(RULE)))
-    TEST_TARGET := $$(subst $$(TEST_NAME),,$$(subst $$(TEST_NAME)-,,$$(RULE)))
+    TEST_NAME := $$(firstword $$(subst :, ,$$(RULE)))
+    TEST_TARGET := $$(subst $$(TEST_NAME),,$$(subst $$(TEST_NAME):,,$$(RULE)))
     ifeq ($$(TEST_NAME),all)
         MATCHED_TESTS := $$(TEST_LIST)
     else
@@ -483,12 +519,9 @@ define RUN_TEST
 +error_occurred=0;\
 $($(TEST)_COMMAND)\
 if [ $$error_occurred -gt 0 ]; then $(HANDLE_ERROR); fi;
-endef
 
-# Allow specifying just the subproject, in the keyboard directory, which will compile all keymaps
-SUBPROJECTS := $(notdir $(patsubst %/Makefile,%,$(wildcard ./*/Makefile)))
-.PHONY: $(SUBPROJECTS)
-$(SUBPROJECTS): %: %-allkm
+
+endef
 
 # Let's match everything, we handle all the rule parsing ourselves
 .PHONY: %
@@ -497,6 +530,9 @@ $(SUBPROJECTS): %: %-allkm
 	cmp $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile >/dev/null 2>&1; if [ $$? -gt 0 ]; then printf "$(MSG_NO_CMP)"; exit 1; fi;
 	# Check if the submodules are dirty, and display a warning if they are
 ifndef SKIP_GIT
+	if [ ! -e lib/chibios ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios && git submodule update --init lib/chibios; fi
+	if [ ! -e lib/chibios-contrib ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios-contrib && git submodule update --init lib/chibios-contrib; fi
+	if [ ! -e lib/ugfx ]; then git submodule sync lib/ugfx && git submodule update --init lib/ugfx; fi
 	git submodule status --recursive 2>/dev/null | \
 	while IFS= read -r x; do \
 		case "$$x" in \
@@ -517,22 +553,32 @@ endif
 	$(foreach TEST,$(TESTS),$(RUN_TEST))
 	if [ -f $(ERROR_FILE) ]; then printf "$(MSG_ERRORS)" & exit 1; fi;
 
+# These no longer work because of the colon system
+
 # All should compile everything
-.PHONY: all
-all: all-keyboards test-all
+# .PHONY: all
+# all: all-keyboards test-all
 
 # Define some shortcuts, mostly for compatibility with the old syntax
-.PHONY: all-keyboards
-all-keyboards: allkb-allsp-allkm
+# .PHONY: all-keyboards
+# all-keyboards: all\:all\:all
 
-.PHONY: all-keyboards-defaults
-all-keyboards-defaults: allkb-allsp-default
+# .PHONY: all-keyboards-defaults
+# all-keyboards-defaults: all\:default
 
-.PHONY: test
-test: test-all
+# .PHONY: test
+# test: test-all
 
-.PHONY: test-clean
-test-clean: test-all-clean
+# .PHONY: test-clean
+# test-clean: test-all-clean
+
+lib/%:
+	git submodule sync $?
+	git submodule update --init $?
+
+git-submodule:
+	git submodule sync --recursive
+	git submodule update --init --recursive --progress
 
 ifdef SKIP_VERSION
 SKIP_GIT := yes

Vagrantfile

@@ -2,27 +2,8 @@
 # vi: set ft=ruby :
 
 Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
-  # You can only have one config.vm.box uncommented at a time
-
-  # Comment this and uncomment another if you don't want to use the minimal Arch box
-  #config.vm.box = "dragon788/arch-ala-elasticdog"
-
   # VMware/Virtualbox 64 bit
   config.vm.box = "phusion/ubuntu-14.04-amd64"
-  #
-  # VMware/Virtualbox 64 bit
-  #config.vm.box = "puphpet/centos65-x64"
-  #
-  # The opensuse boxes don't have dfu-util in their default repositories
-  #
-  # The virtualbox version has tools issues
-  # VMware/Virtualbox 64 bit
-  #config.vm.box = "bento/opensuse-13.2-x86_64"
-  #
-  # Virtualbox only
-  #config.vm.box = "bento/opensuse-13.2-i386"
-  # config.vm.box = ""
-  # config.vm.box = ""
 
   # This section allows you to customize the Virtualbox VM
   # settings, ie showing the GUI or upping the memory
@@ -81,18 +62,16 @@ Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
   config.vm.provision "shell", run: "always", path: "./util/install_dependencies.sh", args: "-update"
 
   config.vm.post_up_message = <<-EOT
-  Log into the VM using 'vagrant ssh' on OSX or from Git Bash (Win)
-  or 'vagrant ssh-config' and Putty or Bitvise SSH or another SSH tool
 
-  Change directory (cd) to the keyboard you wish to program
-  (Optionally) modify your layout,
-  then run 'make clean'
-  and then 'make' to compile the .eep and .hex files.
-
-  Or you can copy and paste the example line below.
-
-  cd /vagrant; cd keyboards; cd ergodox; make clean; make
+  Log into the VM using 'vagrant ssh'. QMK directory synchronized with host is
+  located at /vagrant
+  To compile the .hex files use make command inside this directory.
 
+  QMK's make format recently changed to use folder locations and colons:
+     make project_folder:keymap[:target]
+  Examples:
+     make planck/rev4:default:dfu
+     make planck:default
 
   EOT
 end

book.json

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+{
+    "structure": {
+        "summary": "_summary.md"
+    },
+    "plugins" : [
+      "edit-link",
+      "forkmegithub",
+      "hints",
+      "page-toc",
+      "terminal",
+      "toolbar",
+      "bulk-redirect"
+    ],
+    "pluginsConfig": {
+      "edit-link": {
+        "base": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/edit/master/docs",
+        "label": "Suggest an edit"
+      },
+      "forkmegithub": {
+        "color": "red",
+        "url": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware"
+      },
+      "page-toc": {
+        "selector": ".markdown-section h1, .markdown-section h2"
+      },
+      "terminal": {
+        "copyButtons": true,
+        "fade": false,
+        "style": "flat"
+      },
+      "toolbar": {
+        "buttons": [
+          {
+            "label": "QMK Firmware",
+            "icon": "fa fa-github",
+            "url": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware"
+          }
+        ]
+      }, 
+      "bulk-redirect": {
+          "basepath": "/",
+          "redirectsFile": "docs/redirects.json"
+      }
+    },
+    "root": "./docs/"
+}

bootloader.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+# Copyright 2017 Jack Humbert
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# If it's possible that multiple bootloaders can be used for one project,
+# you can leave this unset, and the correct size will be selected
+# automatically.
+#
+# Sets the bootloader defined in the keyboard's/keymap's rules.mk
+# Current options:
+#   atmel-dfu
+#   lufa-dfu
+#   qmk-dfu
+#   halfkay
+#   caterina
+#   bootloadHID
+#
+# BOOTLOADER_SIZE can still be defined manually, but it's recommended
+# you add any possible configuration to this list
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), atmel-dfu)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_ATMEL_DFU
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+    endif
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 8192
+    endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), lufa-dfu)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_LUFA_DFU
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+    endif
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 8192
+    endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), qmk-dfu)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_QMK_DFU
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+    endif
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 8192
+    endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), halfkay)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_HALFKAY
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 512
+    endif
+    ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
+      BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 1024
+    endif
+endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), caterina)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_CATERINA
+    BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), bootloadHID)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_BOOTLOADHID
+    BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+endif
+
+ifdef BOOTLOADER_SIZE
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=$(strip $(BOOTLOADER_SIZE))
+endif

build_full_test.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol.mk
+
+TEST_PATH=tests/$(TEST)
+
+$(TEST)_SRC= \
+	$(TEST_PATH)/keymap.c \
+	$(TMK_COMMON_SRC) \
+	$(QUANTUM_SRC) \
+	$(SRC) \
+	tests/test_common/matrix.c \
+	tests/test_common/test_driver.cpp \
+	tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.cpp \
+	tests/test_common/test_fixture.cpp
+$(TEST)_SRC += $(patsubst $(ROOTDIR)/%,%,$(wildcard $(TEST_PATH)/*.cpp))
+
+$(TEST)_DEFS=$(TMK_COMMON_DEFS) $(OPT_DEFS)
+$(TEST)_CONFIG=$(TEST_PATH)/config.h
+VPATH+=$(TOP_DIR)/tests/test_common

build_keyboard.mk

@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@
+# Determine what keyboard we are building and setup the build environment.
+#
+# We support folders up to 5 levels deep below `keyboards/`. This file is
+# responsible for determining which folder is being used and doing the
+# corresponding environment setup.
+
 ifndef VERBOSE
 .SILENT:
 endif
@@ -6,18 +12,15 @@ endif
 
 include common.mk
 
-ifneq ($(SUBPROJECT),)
-    TARGET ?= $(KEYBOARD)_$(SUBPROJECT)_$(KEYMAP)
-    KEYBOARD_OUTPUT := $(BUILD_DIR)/obj_$(KEYBOARD)_$(SUBPROJECT)
-else
-    TARGET ?= $(KEYBOARD)_$(KEYMAP)
-    KEYBOARD_OUTPUT := $(BUILD_DIR)/obj_$(KEYBOARD)
-endif
+# Set the filename for the final firmware binary
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE := $(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD))
+TARGET ?= $(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE)_$(KEYMAP)
+KEYBOARD_OUTPUT := $(BUILD_DIR)/obj_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE)
 
 # Force expansion
 TARGET := $(TARGET)
 
-
+# For split boards we need to set a master half.
 MASTER ?= left
 ifdef master
     MASTER = $(master)
@@ -31,77 +34,217 @@ $(error MASTER does not have a valid value(left/right))
     endif
 endif
 
+# Determine which subfolders exist.
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1 := $(KEYBOARD)
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5))
+KEYBOARD_PATHS :=
+KEYBOARD_PATH_1 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)
+KEYBOARD_PATH_2 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)
+KEYBOARD_PATH_3 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)
+KEYBOARD_PATH_4 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)
+KEYBOARD_PATH_5 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)
 
-
-KEYBOARD_PATH := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD)
-KEYBOARD_C := $(KEYBOARD_PATH)/$(KEYBOARD).c
-
-ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C))","")
-    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH)/rules.mk
-else
-    $(error "$(KEYBOARD_C)" does not exist)
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)
 endif
 
-
-ifneq ($(SUBPROJECT),)
-    SUBPROJECT_PATH := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD)/$(SUBPROJECT)
-    SUBPROJECT_C := $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/$(SUBPROJECT).c
-    ifneq ("$(wildcard $(SUBPROJECT_C))","")
-        OPT_DEFS += -DSUBPROJECT_$(SUBPROJECT)
-        include $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/rules.mk
-    else
-        $(error "$(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/$(SUBPROJECT).c" does not exist)
-    endif
+# Pull in rules.mk files from all our subfolders
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/rules.mk)","")
+    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/rules.mk
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/rules.mk)","")
+    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/rules.mk
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/rules.mk)","")
+    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/rules.mk
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/rules.mk)","")
+    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/rules.mk
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/rules.mk)","")
+    include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/rules.mk
 endif
 
-# We can assume a ChibiOS target When MCU_FAMILY is defined, since it's not used for LUFA
+# Find all the C source files to be compiled in subfolders.
+KEYBOARD_SRC :=
+
+KEYBOARD_C_1 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1).c
+KEYBOARD_C_2 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2).c
+KEYBOARD_C_3 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3).c
+KEYBOARD_C_4 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4).c
+KEYBOARD_C_5 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5).c
+
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_5))","")
+    KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_5)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_4))","")
+    KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_4)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_3))","")
+    KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_3)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_2))","")
+    KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_2)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_1))","")
+    KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_1)
+endif
+
+OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE)
+
+
+# Setup the define for QMK_KEYBOARD_H. This is used inside of keymaps so
+# that the same keymap may be used on multiple keyboards.
+#
+# We grab the most top-level include file that we can. That file should
+# use #ifdef statements to include all the neccesary subfolder includes,
+# as described here:
+#
+#    https://docs.qmk.fm/#/feature_layouts?id=tips-for-making-layouts-keyboard-agnostic
+#
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1).h)","")
+    QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1).h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2).h)","")
+    QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2).h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3).h)","")
+    QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3).h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4).h)","")
+    QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4).h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5).h)","")
+    QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5).h
+endif
+
+# Determine and set parameters based on the keyboard's processor family.
+# We can assume a ChibiOS target When MCU_FAMILY is defined since it's
+# not used for LUFA
 ifdef MCU_FAMILY
+    FIRMWARE_FORMAT?=bin
     PLATFORM=CHIBIOS
+else ifdef ARM_ATSAM
+    PLATFORM=ARM_ATSAM
+    FIRMWARE_FORMAT=bin
 else
     PLATFORM=AVR
+    FIRMWARE_FORMAT?=hex
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(PLATFORM),CHIBIOS)
-    include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol/chibios.mk
     include $(TMK_PATH)/chibios.mk
     OPT_OS = chibios
-    ifneq ("$(wildcard $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
-        OPT_DEFS += -include $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/bootloader_defs.h
-    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
-        OPT_DEFS += -include $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
-    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
-        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH)/bootloader_defs.h
-    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
-        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/bootloader_defs.h
+     else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/bootloader_defs.h
+     else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/bootloader_defs.h
+     else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/bootloader_defs.h
+     else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/bootloader_defs.h
+     else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(TOP_DIR)/drivers/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h)","")
+        OPT_DEFS += -include $(TOP_DIR)/drivers/boards/$(BOARD)/bootloader_defs.h
     endif
 endif
 
-CONFIG_H = $(KEYBOARD_PATH)/config.h
-ifneq ($(SUBPROJECT),)
-    ifneq ("$(wildcard $(SUBPROJECT_C))","")
-        CONFIG_H = $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/config.h
-    endif
+# Find all of the config.h files and add them to our CONFIG_H define.
+CONFIG_H :=
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h
 endif
 
 # Save the defines and includes here, so we don't include any keymap specific ones
 PROJECT_DEFS := $(OPT_DEFS)
-PROJECT_INC := $(VPATH) $(EXTRAINCDIRS) $(SUBPROJECT_PATH) $(KEYBOARD_PATH)
+PROJECT_INC := $(VPATH) $(EXTRAINCDIRS) $(KEYBOARD_PATHS)
 PROJECT_CONFIG := $(CONFIG_H)
 
-MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH := $(KEYBOARD_PATH)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
-MAIN_KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH)/keymap.c
-SUBPROJ_KEYMAP_PATH := $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
-SUBPROJ_KEYMAP_C := $(SUBPROJ_KEYMAP_PATH)/keymap.c
-ifneq ("$(wildcard $(SUBPROJ_KEYMAP_C))","")
-    -include $(SUBPROJ_KEYMAP_PATH)/Makefile
-    KEYMAP_C := $(SUBPROJ_KEYMAP_C)
-    KEYMAP_PATH := $(SUBPROJ_KEYMAP_PATH)
-else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_C))","")
-    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH)/Makefile
-    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_C)
-    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.c)","")
+    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/rules.mk
+    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.c)","")
+    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/rules.mk
+    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.c)","")
+    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/rules.mk
+    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.c)","")
+    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/rules.mk
+    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.c)","")
+    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/rules.mk
+    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)
+else ifneq ($(LAYOUTS),)
+    include build_layout.mk
 else
-    $(error "$(MAIN_KEYMAP_C)/keymap.c" does not exist)
+    $(error Could not find keymap)
+    # this state should never be reached
+endif
+
+# Userspace setup and definitions
+ifeq ("$(USER_NAME)","")
+    USER_NAME := $(KEYMAP)
+endif
+USER_PATH := users/$(USER_NAME)
+
+-include $(USER_PATH)/rules.mk
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(USER_PATH)/config.h)","")
+    CONFIG_H += $(USER_PATH)/config.h
 endif
 
 
@@ -110,161 +253,29 @@ endif
 #     this an empty or blank macro!
 KEYMAP_OUTPUT := $(BUILD_DIR)/obj_$(TARGET)
 
-
 ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h)","")
-    CONFIG_H = $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h
+    CONFIG_H += $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h
 endif
 
 # # project specific files
-SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C) \
+SRC += $(KEYBOARD_SRC) \
     $(KEYMAP_C) \
-    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/quantum.c \
-    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/keymap_common.c \
-    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/keycode_config.c \
-    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_leader.c
-
-ifneq ($(SUBPROJECT),)
-    SRC += $(SUBPROJECT_C)
-endif
-
-ifndef CUSTOM_MATRIX
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/matrix.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(API_SYSEX_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DAPI_SYSEX_ENABLE
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/api/api_sysex.c
-    OPT_DEFS += -DAPI_ENABLE
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/api.c
-    MIDI_ENABLE=yes
-endif
-
-MUSIC_ENABLE := 0
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(AUDIO_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DAUDIO_ENABLE
-    MUSIC_ENABLE := 1
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_audio.c
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/audio.c
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/voices.c
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/luts.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(MIDI_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DMIDI_ENABLE
-    MUSIC_ENABLE := 1
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_midi.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(MUSIC_ENABLE), 1)
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_music.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(COMBO_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DCOMBO_ENABLE
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_combo.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(VIRTSER_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DVIRTSER_ENABLE
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DFAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/fauxclicky.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(UCIS_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DUCIS_ENABLE
-    UNICODE_COMMON = yes
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_ucis.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODEMAP_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DUNICODEMAP_ENABLE
-    UNICODE_COMMON = yes
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_unicodemap.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODE_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DUNICODE_ENABLE
-    UNICODE_COMMON = yes
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_unicode.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODE_COMMON)), yes)
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_unicode_common.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DRGBLIGHT_ENABLE
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/light_ws2812.c
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgblight.c
-    CIE1931_CURVE = yes
-    LED_BREATHING_TABLE = yes
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(TAP_DANCE_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DTAP_DANCE_ENABLE
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(PRINTING_ENABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DPRINTING_ENABLE
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_printer.c
-    SRC += $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/serial_uart.c
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(SERIAL_LINK_ENABLE)), yes)
-    SRC += $(patsubst $(QUANTUM_PATH)/%,%,$(SERIAL_SRC))
-    OPT_DEFS += $(SERIAL_DEFS)
-    VAPTH += $(SERIAL_PATH)
-endif
-
-ifneq ($(strip $(VARIABLE_TRACE)),)
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/variable_trace.c
-    OPT_DEFS += -DNUM_TRACED_VARIABLES=$(strip $(VARIABLE_TRACE))
-ifneq ($(strip $(MAX_VARIABLE_TRACE_SIZE)),)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DMAX_VARIABLE_TRACE_SIZE=$(strip $(MAX_VARIABLE_TRACE_SIZE))
-endif
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(LCD_ENABLE)), yes)
-    CIE1931_CURVE = yes
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(LED_ENABLE)), yes)
-    CIE1931_CURVE = yes
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(CIE1931_CURVE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DUSE_CIE1931_CURVE
-    LED_TABLES = yes
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(LED_BREATHING_TABLE)), yes)
-    OPT_DEFS += -DUSE_LED_BREATHING_TABLE
-    LED_TABLES = yes
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(strip $(LED_TABLES)), yes)
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/led_tables.c
-endif
+    $(QUANTUM_SRC)
 
 # Optimize size but this may cause error "relocation truncated to fit"
 #EXTRALDFLAGS = -Wl,--relax
 
 # Search Path
 VPATH += $(KEYMAP_PATH)
-ifneq ($(SUBPROJECT),)
-    VPATH += $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)
-endif
-VPATH += $(KEYBOARD_PATH)
+VPATH += $(KEYBOARD_PATHS)
 VPATH += $(COMMON_VPATH)
+VPATH += $(USER_PATH)
 
+include common_features.mk
 include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol.mk
-
 include $(TMK_PATH)/common.mk
+include bootloader.mk
+
 SRC += $(TMK_COMMON_SRC)
 OPT_DEFS += $(TMK_COMMON_DEFS)
 EXTRALDFLAGS += $(TMK_COMMON_LDFLAGS)
@@ -278,30 +289,38 @@ endif
     include $(TMK_PATH)/avr.mk
 endif
 
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ARM_ATSAM)
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/arm_atsam.mk
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol/arm_atsam.mk
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),CHIBIOS)
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol/chibios.mk
+endif
+
 ifeq ($(strip $(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)), yes)
     VISUALIZER_DIR = $(QUANTUM_DIR)/visualizer
     VISUALIZER_PATH = $(QUANTUM_PATH)/visualizer
     include $(VISUALIZER_PATH)/visualizer.mk
 endif
 
+ALL_CONFIGS := $(PROJECT_CONFIG) $(CONFIG_H)
+
 OUTPUTS := $(KEYMAP_OUTPUT) $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)
 $(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_SRC := $(SRC)
-$(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_DEFS := $(OPT_DEFS) $(GFXDEFS) -DQMK_KEYBOARD=\"$(KEYBOARD)\" -DQMK_KEYMAP=\"$(KEYMAP)\"
+$(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_DEFS := $(OPT_DEFS) $(GFXDEFS) \
+-DQMK_KEYBOARD=\"$(KEYBOARD)\" -DQMK_KEYBOARD_H=\"$(QMK_KEYBOARD_H)\" -DQMK_KEYBOARD_CONFIG_H=\"$(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h\" \
+-DQMK_KEYMAP=\"$(KEYMAP)\" -DQMK_KEYMAP_H=\"$(KEYMAP).h\" -DQMK_KEYMAP_CONFIG_H=\"$(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h\" \
+-DQMK_SUBPROJECT -DQMK_SUBPROJECT_H -DQMK_SUBPROJECT_CONFIG_H
 $(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_INC :=  $(VPATH) $(EXTRAINCDIRS)
 $(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_CONFIG := $(CONFIG_H)
 $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_SRC := $(CHIBISRC) $(GFXSRC)
 $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_DEFS := $(PROJECT_DEFS) $(GFXDEFS)
 $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_INC := $(PROJECT_INC) $(GFXINC)
-$(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_CONFIG  := $(PROJECT_CONFIG)
+$(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_CONFIG := $(PROJECT_CONFIG)
 
 # Default target.
-all: build sizeafter
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex
-#build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
+all: build check-size
+build: elf cpfirmware
 
 include $(TMK_PATH)/rules.mk
-

build_layout.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+LAYOUTS_PATH := layouts
+LAYOUTS_REPOS := $(patsubst %/,%,$(sort $(dir $(wildcard $(LAYOUTS_PATH)/*/))))
+
+define SEARCH_LAYOUTS_REPO
+    LAYOUT_KEYMAP_PATH := $$(LAYOUTS_REPO)/$$(LAYOUT)/$$(KEYMAP)
+    LAYOUT_KEYMAP_C := $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAP_PATH)/keymap.c
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAP_C))","")
+        -include $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAP_PATH)/rules.mk
+        KEYMAP_C := $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAP_C)
+        KEYMAP_PATH := $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAP_PATH)
+    endif
+endef
+
+define SEARCH_LAYOUTS
+    $$(foreach LAYOUTS_REPO,$$(LAYOUTS_REPOS),$$(eval $$(call SEARCH_LAYOUTS_REPO)))
+endef
+
+$(foreach LAYOUT,$(LAYOUTS),$(eval $(call SEARCH_LAYOUTS)))

build_test.mk

@@ -40,13 +40,23 @@ VPATH +=\
 all: elf
 
 VPATH += $(COMMON_VPATH)
+PLATFORM:=TEST
 
+ifneq ($(filter $(FULL_TESTS),$(TEST)),)
+include tests/$(TEST)/rules.mk
+endif
+
+include common_features.mk
 include $(TMK_PATH)/common.mk
 include $(QUANTUM_PATH)/serial_link/tests/rules.mk
+ifneq ($(filter $(FULL_TESTS),$(TEST)),)
+include build_full_test.mk
+endif
 
 $(TEST_OBJ)/$(TEST)_SRC := $($(TEST)_SRC)
 $(TEST_OBJ)/$(TEST)_INC := $($(TEST)_INC) $(VPATH) $(GTEST_INC)
 $(TEST_OBJ)/$(TEST)_DEFS := $($(TEST)_DEFS)
+$(TEST_OBJ)/$(TEST)_CONFIG := $($(TEST)_CONFIG)
 
 include $(TMK_PATH)/native.mk
 include $(TMK_PATH)/rules.mk

common.mk

@@ -3,19 +3,16 @@ include message.mk
 # Directory common source files exist
 TOP_DIR = .
 TMK_DIR = tmk_core
-TMK_PATH = $(TOP_DIR)/$(TMK_DIR)
-LIB_PATH = $(TOP_DIR)/lib
+TMK_PATH = $(TMK_DIR)
+LIB_PATH = lib
 
 QUANTUM_DIR = quantum
-QUANTUM_PATH = $(TOP_DIR)/$(QUANTUM_DIR)
+QUANTUM_PATH = $(QUANTUM_DIR)
 
-BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/.build
+DRIVER_DIR = drivers
+DRIVER_PATH = $(DRIVER_DIR)
 
-SERIAL_DIR := $(QUANTUM_DIR)/serial_link
-SERIAL_PATH := $(QUANTUM_PATH)/serial_link
-SERIAL_SRC := $(wildcard $(SERIAL_PATH)/protocol/*.c)
-SERIAL_SRC += $(wildcard $(SERIAL_PATH)/system/*.c)
-SERIAL_DEFS += -DSERIAL_LINK_ENABLE
+BUILD_DIR := .build
 
 COMMON_VPATH := $(TOP_DIR)
 COMMON_VPATH += $(TMK_PATH)
@@ -24,4 +21,5 @@ COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/keymap_extras
 COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/audio
 COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/process_keycode
 COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/api
-COMMON_VPATH += $(SERIAL_PATH)
+COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/split_common
+COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)

common_features.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+# Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+SERIAL_DIR := $(QUANTUM_DIR)/serial_link
+SERIAL_PATH := $(QUANTUM_PATH)/serial_link
+SERIAL_SRC := $(wildcard $(SERIAL_PATH)/protocol/*.c)
+SERIAL_SRC += $(wildcard $(SERIAL_PATH)/system/*.c)
+SERIAL_DEFS += -DSERIAL_LINK_ENABLE
+COMMON_VPATH += $(SERIAL_PATH)
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(API_SYSEX_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DAPI_SYSEX_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/api/api_sysex.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DAPI_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/api.c
+    MIDI_ENABLE=yes
+endif
+
+MUSIC_ENABLE := 0
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(AUDIO_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DAUDIO_ENABLE
+    MUSIC_ENABLE := 1
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_audio.c
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_clicky.c
+    ifeq ($(PLATFORM),AVR)
+        SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/audio.c
+    else
+        SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/audio_arm.c
+    endif
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/voices.c
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/luts.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(MIDI_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMIDI_ENABLE
+    MUSIC_ENABLE := 1
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_midi.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(MUSIC_ENABLE), 1)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_music.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(COMBO_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DCOMBO_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_combo.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(STENO_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DSTENO_ENABLE
+    VIRTSER_ENABLE := yes
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_steno.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(VIRTSER_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DVIRTSER_ENABLE
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DFAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/fauxclicky.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(POINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DPOINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMOUSE_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/pointing_device.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(UCIS_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUCIS_ENABLE
+    UNICODE_COMMON = yes
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_ucis.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODEMAP_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUNICODEMAP_ENABLE
+    UNICODE_COMMON = yes
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_unicodemap.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODE_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUNICODE_ENABLE
+    UNICODE_COMMON = yes
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_unicode.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODE_COMMON)), yes)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_unicode_common.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DRGBLIGHT_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgblight.c
+    CIE1931_CURVE = yes
+    LED_BREATHING_TABLE = yes
+    ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER)), yes)
+        OPT_DEFS += -DRGBLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER
+    else
+        SRC += ws2812.c
+    endif
+endif
+
+RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE ?= no
+VALID_MATRIX_TYPES := yes IS31FL3731 IS31FL3733 custom
+ifneq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), no)
+ifeq ($(filter $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE),$(VALID_MATRIX_TYPES)),)
+    $(error RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE="$(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)" is not a valid matrix type)
+endif
+    OPT_DEFS += -DRGB_MATRIX_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/color.c
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgb_matrix.c
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgb_matrix_drivers.c
+    CIE1931_CURVE = yes
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), yes)
+	RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3731)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3731
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
+    SRC += is31fl3731.c
+    SRC += i2c_master.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3733)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3733
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
+    SRC += is31fl3733.c
+    SRC += i2c_master.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(TAP_DANCE_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DTAP_DANCE_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(KEY_LOCK_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEY_LOCK_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_key_lock.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(PRINTING_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DPRINTING_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_printer.c
+    SRC += $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/serial_uart.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(AUTO_SHIFT_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DAUTO_SHIFT_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_auto_shift.c
+    ifeq ($(strip $(AUTO_SHIFT_MODIFIERS)), yes)
+        OPT_DEFS += -DAUTO_SHIFT_MODIFIERS
+    endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(SERIAL_LINK_ENABLE)), yes)
+    SRC += $(patsubst $(QUANTUM_PATH)/%,%,$(SERIAL_SRC))
+    OPT_DEFS += $(SERIAL_DEFS)
+    VAPTH += $(SERIAL_PATH)
+endif
+
+ifneq ($(strip $(VARIABLE_TRACE)),)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/variable_trace.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DNUM_TRACED_VARIABLES=$(strip $(VARIABLE_TRACE))
+ifneq ($(strip $(MAX_VARIABLE_TRACE_SIZE)),)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMAX_VARIABLE_TRACE_SIZE=$(strip $(MAX_VARIABLE_TRACE_SIZE))
+endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(LCD_ENABLE)), yes)
+    CIE1931_CURVE = yes
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(BACKLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
+    ifeq ($(strip $(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)), yes)
+        CIE1931_CURVE = yes
+    endif
+        ifeq ($(strip $(BACKLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER)), yes)
+        OPT_DEFS += -DBACKLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER
+    endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(CIE1931_CURVE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUSE_CIE1931_CURVE
+    LED_TABLES = yes
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(LED_BREATHING_TABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUSE_LED_BREATHING_TABLE
+    LED_TABLES = yes
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(LED_TABLES)), yes)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/led_tables.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(TERMINAL_ENABLE)), yes)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_terminal.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DTERMINAL_ENABLE
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(USB_HID_ENABLE)), yes)
+    include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/usb_hid.mk
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(HD44780_ENABLE)), yes)
+    SRC += drivers/avr/hd44780.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DHD44780_ENABLE
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(DYNAMIC_KEYMAP_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DDYNAMIC_KEYMAP_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/dynamic_keymap.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(LEADER_ENABLE)), yes)
+  SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_leader.c
+  OPT_DEFS += -DLEADER_ENABLE
+endif
+
+QUANTUM_SRC:= \
+    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/quantum.c \
+    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/keymap_common.c \
+    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/keycode_config.c
+
+ifndef CUSTOM_MATRIX
+    ifeq ($(strip $(SPLIT_KEYBOARD)), yes)
+        QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/matrix.c
+    else
+        QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/matrix.c
+    endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(SPLIT_KEYBOARD)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DSPLIT_KEYBOARD
+    QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/split_flags.c \
+                $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/split_util.c \
+                $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/i2c.c \
+                $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/serial.c
+endif

doc/BUILD_GUIDE.md

@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-# This guide has now been included in the main readme - please reference that one instead.
-
-## Build Environment Setup
-
-### Windows (Vista and later)
-1. If you have ever installed WinAVR, uninstall it.
-2. Install [MHV AVR Tools](https://infernoembedded.com/sites/default/files/project/MHV_AVR_Tools_20131101.exe). Disable smatch, but **be sure to leave the option to add the tools to the PATH checked**.
-3. Install [MinGW](https://sourceforge.net/projects/mingw/files/Installer/mingw-get-setup.exe/download). During installation, uncheck the option to install a graphical user interface. **DO NOT change the default installation folder.** The scripts depend on the default location.
-4. Clone this repository. [This link will download it as a zip file, which you'll need to extract.](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/archive/master.zip) Open the extracted folder in Windows Explorer.
-5. Double-click on the 1-setup-path-win batch script to run it. You'll need to accept a User Account Control prompt. Press the spacebar to dismiss the success message in the command prompt that pops up.
-6. Right-click on the 2-setup-environment-win batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. This part may take a couple of minutes, and you'll need to approve a driver installation, but once it finishes, your environment is complete!
-7. Future build commands should be run from the standard Windows command prompt, which you can find by searching for "command prompt" from the start menu or start screen. Ignore the "MHV AVR Shell".
-
-### Mac
-If you're using [homebrew,](http://brew.sh/) you can use the following commands:
-
-    brew tap osx-cross/avr
-    brew install avr-libc
-    brew install dfu-programmer
-
-This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line.
-
-You can also try these instructions:
-
-1. Install Xcode from the App Store.
-2. Install the Command Line Tools from `Xcode->Preferences->Downloads`.
-3. Install [DFU-Programmer][dfu-prog].
-
-### Linux
-Install AVR GCC, AVR libc, and dfu-progammer with your favorite package manager.
-
-Debian/Ubuntu example:
-
-    sudo apt-get update
-    sudo apt-get install gcc-avr avr-libc dfu-programmer
-
-### Vagrant
-If you have any problems building the firmware, you can try using a tool called Vagrant. It will set up a virtual computer with a known configuration that's ready-to-go for firmware building. OLKB does NOT host the files for this virtual computer. Details on how to set up Vagrant are in the [VAGRANT_GUIDE file](VAGRANT_GUIDE.md).
-
-## Verify Your Installation
-1. If you haven't already, obtain this repository ([https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware)). You can either download it as a zip file and extract it, or clone it using the command line tool git or the Github Desktop application.
-2. Open up a terminal or command prompt and navigate to the `qmk_firmware` folder using the `cd` command. The command prompt will typically open to your home directory. If, for example, you cloned the repository to your Documents folder, then you would type `cd Documents/qmk_firmware`. If you extracted the file from a zip, then it may be named `qmk_firmware-master` instead.
-3. To confirm that you're in the correct location, you can display the contents of your current folder using the `dir` command on Windows, or the `ls` command on Linux or Mac. You should see several files, including `readme.md` and a `quantum` folder. From here, you need to navigate to the appropriate folder under `keyboards/`. For example, if you're building for a Planck, run `cd keyboards/planck`.
-4. Once you're in the correct keyboard-specific folder, run the `make` command. This should output a lot of information about the build process. More information about the `make` command can be found below.
-
-## Customizing, Building, and Deploying Your Firmware
-
-### The Make command
-
-The `make` command is how you compile the firmware into a .hex file, which can be loaded by a dfu programmer (like dfu-progammer via `make dfu`) or the [Teensy loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html) (only used with Teensys). You can run `make` from the root (`/`), your keyboard folder (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/`), or your keymap folder (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/`) if you have a `Makefile` there (see the example [here](/doc/keymap_makefile_example.mk)).
-
-By default, this will generate a `<keyboard>_<keymap>.hex` file in whichever folder you run `make` from. These files are ignored by git, so don't worry about deleting them when committing/creating pull requests.
-
-* The "root" (`/`) folder is the qmk_firmware folder, in which are `doc`, `keyboard`, `quantum`, etc.
-* The "keyboard" folder is any keyboard project's folder, like `/keyboards/planck`.
-* The "keymap" folder is any keymap's folder, like `/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default`.
-
-Below is a list of the useful `make` commands in QMK:
-
-* `make` - cleans automatically and builds your keyboard and keymap depending on which folder you're in. This defaults to the "default" layout (unless in a keymap folder), and Planck keyboard in the root folder
-  * `make keyboard=<keyboard>` - specifies the keyboard (only to be used in root)
-  * `make keymap=<keymap>` - specifies the keymap (only to be used in root and keyboard folder - not needed when in keymap folder)
-* `make quick` - skips the clean step (cannot be used immediately after modifying config.h or Makefiles)
-* `make dfu` - (requires dfu-programmer) builds and flashes the keymap to your keyboard once placed in reset/dfu mode (button or press `KC_RESET`). This does not work for Teensy-based keyboards like the ErgoDox EZ.
-  * `keyboard=` and `keymap=` are compatible with this
-* `make all-keyboards` - builds all keymaps for all keyboards and outputs status of each (use in root)
-* `make all-keyboards-default` - builds all default keymaps for all keyboards and outputs status of each (use in root)
-* `make all-keymaps [keyboard=<keyboard>]` - builds all of the keymaps for whatever keyboard folder you're in, or specified by `<keyboard>`
-* `make all-keyboards-quick`, `make all-keyboards-default-quick` and `make all-keymaps-quick [keyboard=<keyboard>]` - like the normal "make-all-*" commands, but they skip the clean steps
-
-Other, less useful functionality:
-
-* `make COLOR=false` - turns off color output
-* `make SILENT=true` - turns off output besides errors/warnings
-* `make VERBOSE=true` - outputs all of the avr-gcc stuff (not interesting)
-
-### The Makefile
-
-There are 3 different `make` and `Makefile` locations:
-
-* root (`/`)
-* keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/`)
-* keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/`)
-
-The root contains the code used to automatically figure out which keymap or keymaps to compile based on your current directory and commandline arguments. It's considered stable, and shouldn't be modified. The keyboard one will contain the MCU set-up and default settings for your keyboard, and shouldn't be modified unless you are the producer of that keyboard. The keymap Makefile can be modified by users, and is optional. It is included automatically if it exists. You can see an example [here](/doc/keymap_makefile_example.mk) - the last few lines are the most important. The settings you set here will override any defaults set in the keyboard Makefile. **It is required if you want to run `make` in the keymap folder.**
-
-### The `config.h` file
-
-There are 2 `config.h` locations:
-
-* keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/`)
-* keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/`)
-
-The keyboard `config.h` is included only if the keymap one doesn't exist. The format to use for your custom one [is here](/doc/keymap_config_h_example.h). If you want to override a setting from the parent `config.h` file, you need to do this:
-
-```
-#undef MY_SETTING
-#define MY_SETTING 4
-```
-
-For a value of `4` for this imaginary setting. So we `undef` it first, then `define` it.
-
-You can then override any settings, rather than having to copy and paste the whole thing.

doc/CYGWIN_GUIDE.md

@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-#Planck Advanced (but not too advanced) `cygwin` Users Guide
-If you are a user of the [cygwin environment](https://cygwin.com) in Windows and want the freedom to use the latest tools available, then this is the guide for you. If compiling your own copy of the latest and greatest Gnu C Compiler makes you super happy, then this is the guide for you. If the command line make you smile, then this is the guide for you.
-
-This guide was written step by step as I went through the process on a `Windows 10` `x86_64` and a `Windows 7` `amd k10` based system.  This should be generally applicable to to any `Windows` environment with `cygwin`.
-
-#####Do not skip steps. Do not move past a step until the previous step finishes successfully.
-
-Based on [avr-libc installation guide](http://www.nongnu.org/avr-libc/user-manual/install_tools.html)
-
-##Get the Required Packages
-Download the `cygwin` setup ([x86_64](https://cygwin.com/setup-x86_64.exe)) and install the default system plus the following if they are not already selected:
-- devel/git
-- devel/gcc-core
-- devel/gcc-g++
-- devel/flex
-- devel/bison
-- devel/make
-- devel/texinfo
-- devel/gettext-devel
-- devel/automake
-- devel/autoconfig
-- devel/libtool
-- text/gettext
-- libs/libgcc1
-- interpreters/m4
-- web/wget
-- archive/unzip
-
-The following sources will be required:
-- [gmp](https://gmplib.org/) (6.1.0)
-- [mpfr](http://www.mpfr.org/) (3.1.4)
-- [mpc](http://www.multiprecision.org/) (1.0.3) 
-- [binutils](https://www.sourceware.org/binutils/) (2.26)
-- [gcc](https://gcc.gnu.org/) (5.3.0)
-- [avr-libc](http://www.nongnu.org/avr-libc/) (2.0.0)
-
-The `dfu-programmer` will be required to flash the new firmware 
-- [dfu-programmer](https://dfu-programmer.github.io/) (0.7.2)
-
-The set of commands below will create a directory (`~/local/avr`) for the sources you compile to be installed on the machine and a directory (`~/src`) for these source files to be stored. The commands then download the sources of the needed packages and unpack them. Note: the expand commands are different depending on if the packages are offered as a `bz2` or `gz` archive
-```
-$ mkdir ~/local
-$ mkdir ~/local/avr
-$ mkdir ~/src
-$ cd ~/src
-$ wget https://gmplib.org/download/gmp/gmp-6.1.0.tar.bz2
-$ wget http://www.mpfr.org/mpfr-3.1.4/mpfr-3.1.4.tar.bz2
-$ wget ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/mpc/mpc-1.0.3.tar.gz
-$ wget http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/binutils/binutils-2.26.tar.gz
-$ wget http://mirror0.babylon.network/gcc/releases/gcc-5.3.0/gcc-5.3.0.tar.gz
-$ wget http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/avr-libc/avr-libc-2.0.0.tar.bz2
-$ tar -xjf gmp-6.1.0.tar.bz2
-$ tar -xjf mpfr-3.1.4.tar.bz2
-$ tar -zxf mpc-1.0.3.tar.gz
-$ tar -zxf binutils-2.26.tar.gz
-$ tar -zxf gcc-5.3.0.tar.gz
-$ tar -xjf avr-libc-2.0.0.tar.bz2 
-```
-
-##Setup the Build Environment
-These commands will set up the install directory and the `PATH` variable, which will allow you to access your installed packages.  Note: if you close the `cygwin` terminal window, you will need to rerun these commands, they are not permanent.
-```
-$ PREFIX=$HOME/local/avr
-$ export PREFIX
-$ PATH=/usr/local/bin:/usr/local/lib:/usr/local/include:/bin:/lib:/cygdrive/c/WINDOWS/system32:/cygdrive/c/WINDOWS
-$ PATH=$PATH:$PREFIX/bin:$PREFIX/lib
-$ export PATH
-```
-
-##The `gcc` Required Math Library Packages
-The following packages are required to be complied and installed in order to compile `gcc`.  They are not sufficiently available through the `cygwin` package system, so we have to make them ourselves.  They must be complied in this order because each one depends on the previous. Verfiy that for each package, `make check` returns all passing and no fails.
-
-###Build and Install `gmp`
-```
-$ cd ~/src/gmp-6.1.0
-$ ./configure --enable-static --disable-shared
-$ make
-$ make check
-$ make install
-```
-
-###Build and Install `mpfr`
-```
-$ cd ~/src/mpfr-3.1.4
-$ ./configure --with-gmp-build=../gmp-6.1.0 --enable-static --disable-shared
-$ make
-$ make check
-$ make install
-```
-
-###Build and Install `mpc`
-```
-$ cd ~/src/mpc-1.0.3
-$ ./configure --with-gmp=/usr/local --with-mpfr=/usr/local --enable-static --disable-shared
-$ make
-$ make check
-$ make install
-```
-
-##OPTIONAL Part
-You can build and install a brand new `gcc` or you can use the one supplied by `cygwin`.  This will take about 4-5 hours to compile (It is a "native build", so it does the entire build **3 times**. This takes a long while).
-
-###Build and Install `gcc` for Your Machine  
-```
-$ cd ~/src/gcc-5.3.0
-$ mkdir obj-local
-$ cd obj-local
-$ ../configure --enable-languages=c,c++ --with-gmp=/usr/local --with-mpfr=/usr/local --with-mpc=/usr/local --enable-static --disable-shared
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-##End OPTIONAL Part
-
-###Build and Install `binutils` for Your Machine
-```
-$ cd ~/src/binutils-2.26
-$ mkdir obj-local
-$ cd obj-local
-$ ../configure
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-##Buliding `binutils`, `gcc`, and `avr-libc` for the AVR system
-Now we can make the critical stuff for compiling our firmware: `binutils`, `gcc`, and `avr-libc` for the AVR architecture.  These allow us to build and manipulate the firmware for the keyboard.
-
-###Build `binutils` for AVR
-If you plan to build and install `avr-gdb` also, use the `gdb` install at the end of this guide as it also builds the `binutils`
-```
-$ cd ~/src/binutils-2.26
-$ mkdir obj-avr
-$ cd obj-avr
-$ ../configure --prefix=$PREFIX --target=avr --disable-nls
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-###Build `gcc` for AVR
-```
-$ cd ~/src/gcc-5.3.0
-$ mkdir obj-avr
-$ cd obj-avr
-$ ../configure --prefix=$PREFIX --target=avr --enable-languages=c,c++ --with-gmp=/usr/local --with-mpfr=/usr/local --with-mpc=/usr/local --enable-static --disable-shared --disable-nls --disable-libssp --with-dwarf2
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-###Build `avr-libc` for AVR
-For building the `avr-libc`, we have to specify the host build system.  In my case it is `x86_64-unknown-cygwin`. You can look for build system type in the `gcc` configure notes for the proper `--build` specification to pass when you configure `avr-libc`.
-```
-$ cd ~/src/avr-libc-2.0.0
-$ ./configure --prefix=$PREFIX --build=x86_64-unknown-cygwin --host=avr
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-##Building 'dfu-programmer' for flashing the firmware via USB and installing the drivers
-We can either build our own, or use the precomplied binaries.  The precompiled binaries don't play well with `cygwin` so it is better to build them ourselves.  The procedure for the precompiled binaries is included at the end of this guide.
-
-### Build and Install the `libusb`
-The `dfu-programmer` requires `libusb` so that it can interact with the USB system. These repos must be bootstrapped in order to create an appropriate `./configure` and `Makefile` for your system.
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ git clone https://github.com/libusb/libusb.git
-$ cd libusb
-$ ./bootstrap.sh
-$ ./configure
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-### Build and Install the `dfu-programmer`
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ git clone https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer.git
-$ cd dfu-programmer
-$ ./bootstrap.sh
-$ ./configure
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-Verify the installation with:
-```
-$ which dfu-programmer
-/usr/local/bin/dfu-programmer
-
-$ dfu-programmer
-dfu-programmer 0.7.2
-https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer
-Type 'dfu-programmer --help'    for a list of commands
-     'dfu-programmer --targets' to list supported target devices
-```
-If you are not getting the above result, you will not be able to flash the firmware! 
-
-###Install the USB drivers
-The drivers are included in the windows binary version of [`dfu-programmer` 0.7.2](http://iweb.dl.sourceforge.net/project/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer/0.7.2/dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip).
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ wget http://iweb.dl.sourceforge.net/project/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer/0.7.2/dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip
-$ unzip dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip -d dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2
-```
-
-or
-
-The official drivers are found in [Atmel's `FLIP` installer](http://www.atmel.com/images/Flip%20Installer%20-%203.4.7.112.exe). Download and then install `FLIP`. Upon installation, the drivers will be found in `C:\Program Files (x86)\Atmel\Flip 3.4.7\usb`.
-
-Then, from an **administrator-privileged** `Windows` terminal, run the following command (adjust the path for username, etc. as necessary) and accept the prompt that pops up:
-```
-C:\> pnputil -i -a C:\cygwin64\home\Kevin\src\dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2\dfu-prog-usb-1.2.2\atmel_usb_dfu.inf
-or
-C:\> pnputil -i -a "C:\Program Files (x86)\Atmel\Flip 3.4.7\usb\atmel_usb_dfu.inf"
-```
-
-This should be the result:
-```
-Microsoft PnP Utility
-
-Processing inf :            atmel_usb_dfu.inf
-Successfully installed the driver on a device on the system.
-Driver package added successfully.
-Published name :            oem104.inf
-
-
-Total attempted:              1
-Number successfully imported: 1
-```
-
-Alternatively, the `Windows` driver can be installed when prompted by `Windows` when the keyboard is attached. Do not let `Windows` search for a driver; specify the path to search for a driver and point it to the `atmel_usb_dfu.inf` file.
-
-##Building and Flashing the Planck firmware!
-If you did everything else right. This part should be a snap! Grab the latest sources from `github`, make the Plank firmware, then flash it.
-
-###Build Planck and Load the Firmware
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ git clone https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git
-$ cd qmk_firmware/keyboards/planck
-$ make
-```
-
-Make sure there are no errors.  You should end up with this or something similar:
-```
-Creating load file for Flash: planck.hex
-avr-objcopy -O ihex -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature planck.elf planck.hex
-
-Creating load file for EEPROM: planck.eep
-avr-objcopy -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
---change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O ihex planck.elf planck.eep || exit 0
-
-Creating Extended Listing: planck.lss
-avr-objdump -h -S -z planck.elf > planck.lss
-
-Creating Symbol Table: planck.sym
-avr-nm -n planck.elf > planck.sym
-
-Size after:
-   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
-  18602      82     155   18839    4997 planck.elf
-
--------- end --------
-```
-
-If you do not get the above, you **did not** build the firmware, and you will have nothing to flash.  If you have the fresh clone from `github`, it was probably something gone wrong in this install process, go check and see what didn't work and threw errors or what steps you might have missed.
-
-But if everything went OK, you are ready to flash! Press the reset button on the bottom of the Planck, wait two seconds, then:
-```
-$ make dfu
-```
-.
-.
-.
-profit!!!
-
-
-
-
-
-##extra bits...
-
-###Installing Precompiled `dfu-programmer` Binaries (not recommended for `cygwin`)
-To install the `dfu-programmer` from the binaries, we must get if from [the `dfu-programmer` website](https://dfu-programmer.github.io/) ([0.7.2](http://iweb.dl.sourceforge.net/project/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer/0.7.2/dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip)).
-
-Copy this file into your `cygwin` home\src directory.  (For me, it is `C:\cygwin64\home\Kevin\src`), extract the files, move `dfu-programmer.exe` to `~/local/avr/bin`. Most obnoxiously, the `libusb0_x86.dll` and `libusb0.sys` need to be moved from  `./dfu-prog-usb-1.2.2/x86/` to a directory in the `Windows` `PATH` and the `cygwin` `PATH`. This is because the `dfu-programmer` binary is `mingw` based, not `cygwin` based, so the `dlls` do not cooperate. I achieved acceptable pathing by moving the files to  `C:\cygwin64\home\Kevin\local\avr\bin` Then, in a `WINDOWS` command prompt running (Adjusting your path for username, etc. as needed):
-```
-C:\> set PATH=%PATH%;C:\cygwin64\home\Kevin\local\avr\bin
-```
-
-Then, rename `libusb0_x86.dll` to `libusb0.dll`.
- 
-You can tell that you were successful by trying to execute 'dfu-programmer' from the 'cygwin' prompt:
-```
-$ which dfu-programmer
-/home/Kevin/local/avr/bin/dfu-programmer
-
-$ dfu-programmer
-dfu-programmer 0.7.2
-https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer
-Type 'dfu-programmer --help'    for a list of commands
-     'dfu-programmer --targets' to list supported target devices
-```
-
-If you are not getting the above result, you will not be able to flash the firmware! 
-- Try making sure your `PATH` variables are set correctly for both `Windows` and `cygwin`. 
-- Make sure the `dll` is named correctly.
-- Do not extract it with `cygwin`'s `unzip` as it does not set the executable permission. If you did it anyway, do `chmod +x dfu-programmer.exe`.
-- Still have problems? Try building it instead.
-
-
-##Debugging Tools
-
-These tools are for debugging your firmware, etc. before flashing. Theoretically, it can save your memory from wearing out. However, these tool do not work 100% for the Planck firmware.
-
-### `gdb` for AVR
-`gdb` has a simulator for AVR but it does not support all instructions (like WDT), so it immediately crashes when running the Planck firmware (because `lufa.c` disables the WDT in the first few lines of execution). But it can still be useful in debugging example code and test cases, if you know how to use it.
-
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ git clone git://sourceware.org/git/binutils-gdb.git
-$ cd binutils-gdb
-$ mkdir obj-avr
-$ cd obj-avr
-$ ../configure --prefix=$PREFIX --target=avr --build=x86_64-unknown-cygwin --with-gmp=/usr/local --with-mpfr=/usr/local --with-mpc=/usr/local --disable-nls --enable-static
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-### `simulavr`
-`simulavr` is an AVR simulator.  It runs the complied AVR elfs. `simulavr` does not support the `atmega32u4` device... it does `atmega32` but that is not good enough for the firmware (no PORTE and other things), so you cannot run the Planck firmware. I use it to simulate ideas I have for features in separate test projects.
-
-This one is a major pain in the butt because it has a lot of dependencies and it is buggy.  I will do my best to explain it but... it was hard to figure out. A few things need to be changed in the 'Makefile' to make it work in `cygwin`.
-
-
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ git clone https://github.com/Traumflug/simulavr.git
-$ cd simulavr
-$ ./bootstrap
-$ ./configure --prefix=$PREFIX --enable-static --disable-tcl --disable-doxygen-doc
-```
- Edit `src/Makefile.am` now so that `-no-undefined` is included (I did this by removing the SYS_MINGW conditional surrounding `libsim_la_LDFLAGS += -no-undefined` and  `libsimulavr_la_LDFLAGS += -no-undefined \ libsimulavr_la_LIBADD += $(TCL_LIB)`. Also, `$(EXEEXT)` is added after `kbdgentables` in two places.
-
-```
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-
-TODO:
-- git repos for all sources
-- command line magic for cygwin setup
-- better options for `dfu-drivers`

doc/HAND_WIRE.md

@@ -1,321 +0,0 @@
-# Quantum Hand-wiring Guide
-
-Parts list:
-* *x* keyswitches (MX, Matias, Gateron, etc)
-* *x* diodes
-* Keyboard plate (metal, plastic, cardboard, etc)
-* Wire (strained for wiring to the Teensy, anything for the rows/columns)
-* Soldering iron set at 600ºF or 315ºC (if temperature-controlled)
-* Resin-cored solder (leaded or lead-free)
-* Adequate ventilation/a fan
-* Tweezers (optional)
-* Wire cutters/snippers
-
-## How the matrix works (why we need diodes)
-
-The microcontroller (in this case, the Teensy 2.0) will be setup up via the firmware to send a logical 1 to the columns, one at a time, and read from the rows, all at once - this process is called matrix scanning. The matrix is a bunch of open switches that, by default, don't allow any current to pass through - the firmware will read this as no keys being pressed. As soon as you press one key down, the logical 1 that was coming from the column the keyswitch is attached to gets passed through the switch and to the corresponding row - check out the following 2x2 example:
-
-        Column 0 being scanned     Column 1 being scanned
-                  x                                   x
-                 col0     col1              col0     col1
-                  |        |                 |        |
-        row0 ---(key0)---(key1)    row0 ---(key0)---(key1)
-                  |        |                 |        |
-        row1 ---(key2)---(key3)    row1 ---(key2)---(key3)
-
-The `x` represents that the column/row associated has a value of 1, or is HIGH. Here, we see that no keys are being pressed, so no rows get an `x`. For one keyswitch, keep in mind that one side of the contacts is connected to its row, and the other, its column.
-
-When we press `key0`, `col0` gets connected to `row0`, so the values that the firmware receives for that row is `0b01` (the `0b` here means that this is a bit value, meaning all of the following digits are bits - 0 or 1 - and represent the keys in that column). We'll use this notation to show when a keyswitch has been pressed, to show that the column and row are being connected:
-
-        Column 0 being scanned     Column 1 being scanned
-                  x                                   x
-                 col0     col1              col0     col1
-                  |        |                 |        |
-      x row0 ---(-+-0)---(key1)    row0 ---(-+-0)---(key1)
-                  |        |                 |        |
-        row1 ---(key2)---(key3)    row1 ---(key2)---(key3)
-
-We can now see that `row0` has an `x`, so has the value of 1. As a whole, the data the firmware receives when `key0` is pressed is
-
-    col0: 0b01
-    col1: 0b00
-            │└row0
-            └row1
-
-A problem arises when you start pressing more than one key at a time. Looking at our matrix again, it should become pretty obvious:
-
-        Column 0 being scanned     Column 1 being scanned
-                  x                                   x
-                 col0     col1              col0     col1
-                  |        |                 |        |
-      x row0 ---(-+-0)---(-+-1)  x row0 ---(-+-0)---(-+-1)
-                  |        |                 |        |
-      x row1 ---(key2)---(-+-3)  x row1 ---(key2)---(-+-3)
-
-      Remember that this ^ is still connected to row1
-
-The data we get from that is:
-
-    col0: 0b11
-    col1: 0b11
-            │└row0
-            └row1
-
-Which isn't accurate, since we only have 3 keys pressed down, not all 4. This behavior is called ghosting, and only happens in odd scenarios like this, but can be much more common on a bigger keyboard. The way we can get around this is by placing a diode after the keyswitch, but before it connects to its row. A diode only allows current to pass through one way, which will protect our other columns/rows from being activated in the previous example. We'll represent a dioded matrix like this;
-
-        Column 0 being scanned     Column 1 being scanned
-                    x                                   x
-                  col0      col1              col0     col1
-                    │        │                 |        │
-                 (key0)   (key1)            (key0)   (key1)
-                  ! │      ! │               ! |      ! │
-        row0 ─────┴────────┘ │     row0 ─────┴────────┘ │
-                    │        │                 |        │
-                 (key2)   (key3)            (key2)   (key3)
-                  !        !                 !        !
-        row1 ─────┴────────┘       row1 ─────┴────────┘
-
-In practical applications, the black line of the diode will be placed facing the row, and away from the keyswitch - the `!` in this case is the diode, where the gap represents the black line. A good way to remember this is to think of this symbol: `>|`
-
-Now when we press the three keys, invoking what would be a ghosting scenario:
-
-        Column 0 being scanned     Column 1 being scanned
-                    x                                   x
-                  col0      col1              col0     col1
-                    │        │                 │        │
-                 (┌─┤0)   (┌─┤1)            (┌─┤0)   (┌─┤1)
-                  ! │      ! │               ! │      ! │
-      x row0 ─────┴────────┘ │   x row0 ─────┴────────┘ │
-                    │        │                 │        │
-                 (key2)   (┌─┘3)            (key2)   (┌─┘3)
-                  !        !                 !        !
-        row1 ─────┴────────┘     x row1 ─────┴────────┘
-
-Things act as they should! Which will get us the following data:
-
-    col0: 0b01
-    col1: 0b11
-            │└row0
-            └row1
-
-The firmware can then use this correct data to detect what it should do, and eventually, what signals it needs to send to the OS.
-
-## The actual hand-wiring
-
-### Getting things in place
-
-When starting this, you should have all of your stabilisers and keyswitches already installed (and optionally keycaps). If you're using a Cherry-type stabiliser (plate-mounted only, obviously), you'll need to install that before your keyswitches. If you're using Costar ones, you can installed them afterwards.
-
-To make things easier on yourself, make sure all of the keyswitches are oriented the same way (if they can be - not all layouts support this). Despite this, it's important to remember that the contacts on the keyswitches are completely symmetrical. We'll be using the keyswitch's left side contact for wiring the rows, and the right side one for wiring the columns.
-
-Get your soldering iron heated-up and collect the rest of the materials from the part list at the beginning of the guide. Place your keyboard so that the bottoms of the keyswitches are accessible - it may be a good idea to place it on a cloth to protect your keyswitches/keycaps.
-
-Before continuing, plan out where you're going to place your Teensy. If you're working with a board that has a large (6.25u) spacebar, it may be a good idea to place it in-between switches against the plate. Otherwise, you may want to trim some of the leads on the keyswitches where you plan on putting it - this will make it a little harder to solder the wire/diodes, but give you more room to place the Teensy.
-
-### Preparing the diodes
-
-It's a little easier to solder the diodes in place if you bend them at a 90º angle immediately after the black line - this will help to make sure you put them on the right way (direction matters), and in the correct position. The diodes will look like this when bent (with longer leads):
-
-       ┌─────┬─┐
-    ───┤     │ ├─┐
-       └─────┴─┘ │
-                 │
-
-We'll be using the long lead at the bent end to connect it to the elbow (bent part) of the next diode, creating the row.
-
-### Soldering the diodes
-
-Starting at the top-left switch, place the diode (with tweezers if you have them) on the switch so that the diode itself is vertically aligned, and the black line is facing toward you. The straight end of the diode should be touching the left contact on the switch, and the bent end should be facing to the right and resting on the switch there, like this:
-
-     │o
-    ┌┴┐         o
-    │ │    O
-    ├─┤      
-    └┬┘
-     └─────────────
-
-Letting the diode rest, grab your solder, and touch both it and the soldering iron to the left contact at the same time - the rosin in the solder should make it easy for the solder to flow over both the diode and the keyswitch contact. The diode may move a little, and if it does, carefully position it back it place by grabbing the bent end of the diode - the other end will become hot very quickly. If you find that it's moving too much, using needle-nose pliers of some sort may help to keep the diode still when soldering.
-
-The smoke that the rosin releases is harmful, so be careful not to breath it or get it in your eyes/face.
-
-After soldering things in place, it may be helpful to blow on the joint to push the smoke away from your face, and cool the solder quicker. You should see the solder develop a matte (not shiney) surface as it solidifies. Keep in mind that it will still be very hot afterwards, and will take a couple minutes to be cool to touch. Blow on it will accelerate this process.
-
-When the first diode is complete, the next one will need to be soldered to both the keyswitch, and the previous diode at the new elbow. That will look something like this:
-
-     │o               │o
-    ┌┴┐         o    ┌┴┐         o
-    │ │    O         │ │    O
-    ├─┤              ├─┤      
-    └┬┘              └┬┘
-     └────────────────┴─────────────
-
-After completing a row, use the wire cutters to trim the excess wire from the tops of the diodes, and from the right side on the final switch. This process will need to completed for each row you have.
-
-When all of the diodes are completely soldered, it's a good idea to quickly inspect each one to ensure that your solder joints are solid and sturdy - repairing things after this is possible, but more difficult.
-
-### Soldering the columns
-
-You'll have some options in the next process - it's a good idea to insulate the column wires (since the diodes aren't), but if you're careful enough, you can use exposed wires for the columns - it's not recommended, though. If you're using single-cored wire, stripping the plastic off of the whole wire and feeding it back on is probably the best option, but can be difficult depending on the size and materials. You'll want to leave parts of the wire exposed where you're going to be solder it onto the keyswitch.
-
-If you're using stranded wire, it's probably easiest to just use a lot of small wires to connect each keyswitch along the column. It's possible to use one and melt through the insulation, but this isn't recommended, will produce even more harmful fumes, and can ruin your soldering iron.
-
-Before beginning to solder, it helps to have your wire pre-bent (if using single-cored), or at least have an idea of how you're going to route the column (especially if you're making a staggered board). Where you go in particular doesn't matter too much, as we'll be basing our keymap definitions on how it was wired - just make sure every key in a particular row is in a unique column, and that they're in order from left to right.
-
-If you're not using any insulation, you can try to keep the column wires elevated, and solder them near the tips of the keyswitch contacts - if the wires are sturdy enough, they won't short out to the row wiring an diodes.
-
-### Wiring things to the Teensy
-
-Now that the matrix itself is complete, it's time to connect what you've done to the Teensy. You'll be needing the number of pins equal to your number of columns + your number of rows. There are some pins on the Teensy that are special, like D6 (the LED on the chip), or some of the UART, SPI, I2C, or PWM channels, but only avoid those if you're planning something in addition to a keyboard. If you're unsure about wanting to add something later, you should have enough pins in total to avoid a couple.
-
-The pins you'll absolutely have to avoid are: GND, VCC, AREF, and RST - all the others are usable and accessible in the firmware.
-
-Place the Teensy where you plan to put it - you'll have to cut wires to length in the next step, and you'll want to make sure they reach.
-
-Starting with the first column on the right side, measure out how much wire you'll need to connect it to the first pin on the Teensy - it helps to pick a side that you'll be able to work down, to keep the wires from overlapping too much. It may help to leave a little bit of slack so things aren't too tight. Cut the piece of wire, and solder it to the Teensy, and then the column - you can solder it anywhere along the column, but it may be easiest at the keyswitch. Just be sure the wire doesn't separate from the keyswitch when soldering.
-
-As you move from column to column, it'll be helpful to write the locations of the pins down. We'll use this data to setup the matrix in the future.
-
-When you're done with the columns, start with the rows in the same process, from top to bottom, and write them all down. Again, you can solder anywhere along the row, as long as it's after the diode - soldering before the diode (on the keyswitch side) will cause that row not to work.
-
-As you move along, be sure that the Teensy is staying in place - recutting and soldering the wires is a pain!
-
-### Getting some basic firmware set-up
-
-From here, you should have a working keyboard with the correct firmware. Before we attach the Teensy permanently to the keyboard, let's quickly get some firmware loaded onto the Teensy so we can test each keyswitch.
-
-To start out, download [the firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/) - we'll be using my (Jack's) fork of TMK called QMK/Quantum. We'll be doing a lot from the Terminal/command prompt, so get that open, along with a decent text editor like [Sublime Text](http://www.sublimetext.com/).
-
-The first thing we're going to do is create a new project using the script in the root directory of the firmware. In your terminal, run this command with `<project_name>` replaced by the name of your project - it'll need to be different from any other project in the `keyboards/` folder:
-
-    util/new_project.sh <project_name>
-
-You'll want to navigate to the `keyboards/<project_name>/` folder by typing, like the print-out from the script specifies:
-
-    cd keyboards/<project_name>
-
-#### config.h
-
-The first thing you're going to want to modify is the `config.h` file. Find `MATRIX_ROWS` and `MATRIX_COLS` and change their definitions to match the dimensions of your keyboard's matrix.
-
-Farther down are `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS`. Change their definitions to match how you wired up your matrix (looking from the top of the keyboard, the rows run top-to-bottom and the columns run left-to-right). Likewise, change the definition of `UNUSED_PINS` to match the pins you did not use (this will save power).
-
-#### \<project_name\>.h
-
-The next file you'll want to look at is `<project_name>.h`. You're going to want to rewrite the `KEYMAP` definition - the format and syntax here is extremely important, so pay attention to how things are setup. The first half of the definition are considered the arguments - this is the format that you'll be following in your keymap later on, so you'll want to have as many k*xy* variables here as you do keys. The second half is the part that the firmware actually looks at, and will contain gaps depending on how you wired your matrix.
-
-We'll dive into how this will work with the following example. Say we have a keyboard like this:
-
-    ┌───┬───┬───┐
-    │   │   │   │
-    ├───┴─┬─┴───┤
-    │     │     │
-    └─────┴─────┘
-
-This can be described by saying the top row is 3 1u keys, and the bottom row is 2 1.5u keys. The difference between the two rows is important, because the bottom row has an unused column spot (3 v 2). Let's say that this is how we wired the columns:
-
-    ┌───┬───┬───┐
-    │ ┋ │ ┋ │ ┋ │
-    ├─┋─┴─┬─┴─┋─┤
-    │ ┋   │   ┋ │
-    └─────┴─────┘
-
-The middle column is unused on the bottom row in this example. Our `KEYMAP` definition would look like this:
-
-    #define KEYMAP( \
-        k00, k01, k02, \
-          k10,  k11,   \
-    ) \
-    { \
-        { k00, k01,   k02 }, \
-        { k10, KC_NO, k11 }, \
-    }
-
-Notice how the top half is spaced to resemble our physical layout - this helps us understand which keys are associated with which columns. The bottom half uses the keycode `KC_NO` where there is no keyswitch wired in. It's easiest to keep the bottom half aligned in a grid to help us make sense of how the firmware actually sees the wiring.
-
-Let's say that instead, we wired our keyboard like this (a fair thing to do):
-
-    ┌───┬───┬───┐
-    │ ┋ │  ┋│ ┋ │
-    ├─┋─┴─┬┋┴───┤
-    │ ┋   │┋    │
-    └─────┴─────┘
-
-This would require our `KEYMAP` definition to look like this:
-
-    #define KEYMAP( \
-        k00, k01, k02, \
-          k10,  k11,   \
-    ) \
-    { \
-        { k00, k01, k02   }, \
-        { k10, k11, KC_NO }, \
-    }
-
-Notice how the `k11` and `KC_NO` switched places to represent the wiring, and the unused final column on the bottom row. Sometimes it'll make more sense to put a keyswitch on a particular column, but in the end, it won't matter, as long as all of them are accounted for. You can use this process to write out the `KEYMAP` for your entire keyboard - be sure to remember that your keyboard is actually backwards when looking at the underside of it.
-
-#### keymaps/default.c
-
-This is the actual keymap for your keyboard, and the main place you'll make changes as you perfect your layout. `default.c` is the file that gets pull by default when typing `make`, but you can make other files as well, and specify them by typing `make KEYMAP=<variant>`, which will pull `keymaps/<variant>.c`.
-
-The basis of a keymap is its layers - by default, layer 0 is active. You can activate other layers, the highest of which will be referenced first. Let's start with our base layer.
-
-Using our previous example, let's say we want to create the following layout:
-
-    ┌───┬───┬───┐
-    │ A │ 1 │ H │
-    ├───┴─┬─┴───┤
-    │ TAB │ SPC │
-    └─────┴─────┘
-
-This can be accomplished by using the following `keymaps` definition:
-
-    const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-    [0] = KEYMAP( /* Base */
-      KC_A,  KC_1,  KC_H, \
-        KC_TAB,  KC_SPC   \
-    ),
-    };
-
-Note that the layout of the keycodes is similar to the physical layout of our keyboard - this make it much easier to see what's going on. A lot of the keycodes should be fairly obvious, but for a full list of them, check out [tmk_code/doc/keycode.txt](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/doc/keycode.txt) - there are also a lot of aliases to condense your keymap file.
-
-It's also important to use the `KEYMAP` function we defined earlier - this is what allows the firmware to associate our intended readable keymap with the actual wiring.
-
-#### Compiling your firmware
-
-After you've written out your entire keymap, you're ready to get the firmware compiled and onto your Teensy. Before compiling, you'll need to get your [development environment set-up](/doc/BUILD_GUIDE.md) - you can skip the dfu-programmer instructions, but you'll need to download and install the [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html) to get the firmware on your Teensy.
-
-Once everything is installed, running `make` in the terminal should get you some output, and eventually a `<project_name>.hex` file in that folder. If you're having trouble with this step, see the end of the guide for the trouble-shooting section.
-
-Once you have your `<project_name>.hex` file, open up the Teensy loader application, and click the file icon. From here, navigate to your `QMK/keyboards/<project_name>/` folder, and select the `<project_name>.hex` file. Plug in your keyboard and press the button on the Teensy - you should see the LED on the device turn off once you do. The Teensy Loader app will change a little, and the buttons should be clickable - click the download button (down arrow), and then the reset button (right arrow), and your keyboard should be ready to go!
-
-#### Testing your firmware
-
-Carefully flip your keyboard over, open up a new text document, and try typing - you should get the characters that you put into your keymap. Test each key, and note the ones that aren't working. Here's a quick trouble-shooting guide for non-working keys:
-
-0. Flip the keyboard back over and short the keyswitch's contacts with a piece wire - this will eliminate the possibility of the keyswitch being bad and needing to be replaced.
-1. Check the solder points on the keyswitch - these need to be plump and whole. If you touch it with a moderate amount of force and it comes apart, it's not strong enough.
-2. Check the solder joints on the diode - if the diode is loose, part of your row may register, while the other may not.
-3. Check the solder joints on the columns - if your column wiring is loose, part or all of the column may not work.
-4. Check the solder joints on both sides of the wires going to/from the Teensy - the wires need to be fully soldered and connect to both sides.
-5. Check the <project_name>.h file for errors and incorrectly placed `KC_NO`s - if you're unsure where they should be, instead duplicate a k*xy* variable.
-6. Check to make sure you actually compiled the firmware and flashed the Teensy correctly. Unless you got error messages in the terminal, or a pop-up during flashing, you probably did everything correctly.
-
-If you've done all of these things, keep in mind that sometimes you might have had multiple things affecting the keyswitch, so it doesn't hurt to test the keyswitch by shorting it out at the end.
-
-#### Securing the Teensy, finishing your hardware, getting fancier firmware
-
-Now that you have a working board, it's time to get things in their permanent positions. I've often used liberal amounts of hot glue to secure and insulate things, so if that's your style, start spreading that stuff like butter. Otherwise, double-sided tape is always an elegant solution, and electrical tape is a distant second. Due to the nature of these builds, a lot of this part is up to you and how you planned (or didn't plan) things out.
-
-There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - check out the [readme](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/readme.md) for a full feature list, and dive into the different project (Planck, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)
-
-## Trouble-shooting compiling
-
-### Windows
-
-#### fork: Resource temporarily unavailable
-
-http://www.avrfreaks.net/forum/windows-81-compilation-error
-
-### Mac
-
-### Linux

doc/PCB_GUIDE.md

@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-# Planck Firmware Guide
-
-## Setting up the environment
-
-### Windows
-1. Install [MHV AVR Tools](https://infernoembedded.com/sites/default/files/project/MHV_AVR_Tools_20131101.exe). Disable smatch, but **be sure to leave the option to add the tools to the PATH checked**.
-2. Install [MinGW](https://sourceforge.net/projects/mingw/files/Installer/mingw-get-setup.exe/download). During installation, uncheck the option to install a graphical user interface. **DO NOT change the default installation folder.** The scripts depend on the default location.
-3. Clone this repository. [This link will download it as a zip file, which you'll need to extract.](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/archive/master.zip) Open the extracted folder in Windows Explorer.
-4. Right-click on the 1-setup-path-win batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. Press the spacebar to dismiss the success message in the command prompt that pops up.
-5. Right-click on the 2-setup-environment-win batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. This part may take a couple of minutes, and you'll need to approve a driver installation, but once it finishes, your environment is complete!
-
-
-### Mac
-
-If you're using homebrew, you can use the following commands:
-
-    brew tap osx-cross/avr
-    brew install avr-libc
-    brew install dfu-programmer
-
-Otherwise, these instructions will work:
-
-1. Install Xcode from the App Store.
-2. Install the Command Line Tools from `Xcode->Preferences->Downloads`.
-3. Install [DFU-Programmer][dfu-prog].
-
-### Linux
-1. Install AVR GCC with your favorite package manager.
-2. Install [DFU-Programmer][dfu-prog].
-
-Note that, since it will be directly accessing USB hardware, the
-`dfu-programmer` program needs to be run as root.
-
-## Verify Your Installation
-1. Clone the following repository: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware
-2. Open a Terminal and `cd` into `qmk_firmware/keyboards/planck`
-3. Run `make`. This should output a lot of information about the build process.
-
-## Using the built-in functions
-
-Here is a list of some of the functions available from the command line:
-
-* `make clean`: clean the environment - may be required in-between builds
-* `make`: compile the code
-* `make KEYMAP=<keymap>`: compile with the extended keymap file `extended_keymaps/extended_keymap_<keymap>.c`
-* `make dfu`: build and flash the layout to the PCB
-* `make dfu-force`: build and force-flash the layout to the PCB (may be require for first flash)
-
-Generally, the instructions to flash the PCB are as follows:
-
-1. Make changes to the appropriate keymap file
-2. Save the file
-3. `make clean`
-4. Press the reset button on the PCB/press the key with the `RESET` keycode
-5. `make <arguments> dfu` - use the necessary `KEYMAP=<keymap>` and/or `COMMON=true` arguments here.
-
-## Troubleshooting
-If you see something like this
-
-          0 [main] sh 13384 sync_with_child: child 9716(0x178) died before initialization with status code 0xC0000142
-        440 [main] sh 13384 sync_with_child: *** child state waiting for longjmp
-    /usr/bin/sh: fork: Resource temporarily unavailable
-
-after running 'make' on Windows than you are encountering a very popular issue with WinAVR on Windows 8.1 and 10.
-You can easily fix this problem by replacing msys-1.0.dll in WinAVR/utils/bin with [this one](http://www.madwizard.org/download/electronics/msys-1.0-vista64.zip).
-Restart your system and everything should work fine!
-
-
-If you see this
-
-    dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase
-    process_begin: CreateProcess(NULL, dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase, ...) failed.
-    make (e=2): The system cannot find the file specified.
-    make: *** [dfu] Error 2
-
-when trying to 'make dfu' on Windows you need to copy the dfu-programmer.exe to qmk_firmware/keyboards/planck.
-
-
-## Quantum MK Firmware
-
-### Keymap
-
-Unlike the other keymaps, prefixing the keycodes with `KC_` is required. A full list of the keycodes is available [here](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/doc/keycode.txt). For the keycodes available only in the extended keymap, see this [header file](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/keymap_common.h).
-
-You can use modifiers with keycodes like this:
-
-    LCTL(KC_C)
-    
-Which will generate Ctrl+c. These are daisy-chainable, meaning you can do things like:
-
-    LCTL(LALT(KC_C))
-    
-That will generate Ctrl+Alt+c. The entire list of these functions is here:
-
-* `LCTL()`: Left control
-* `LSFT()` / `S()`: Left shift
-* `LALT()`: Left alt/opt
-* `LGUI()`: Left win/cmd
-* `RCTL()`: Right control
-* `RSFT()`: Right shift
-* `RALT()`: Right alt/opt
-* `RGUI()`: Right win/cmd
-
-`S(KC_1)`-like entries are useful in writing keymaps for the Planck.
-
-### Other keycodes
-
-A number of other keycodes have been added that you may find useful:
-
-* `CM_<key>`: the Colemak equivalent of a key (in place of `KC_<key>`), when using Colemak in software (`CM_O` generates `KC_SCLN`)
-* `RESET`: jump to bootloader for flashing (same as press the reset button)
-* `BL_STEP`: step through the backlight brightnesses
-* `BL_<0-15>`: set backlight brightness to 0-15
-* `BL_DEC`: lower the backlight brightness
-* `BL_INC`: raise the backlight brightness
-* `BL_TOGG`: toggle the backlight on/off
-
-### Function layers
-
-The extended keymap extends the number of function layers from 32 to the near-infinite value of 256. Rather than using `FN<num>` notation (still available, but limited to `FN0`-`FN31`), you can use the `FUNC(<num>)` notation. `F(<num>)` is a shortcut for this.
-
-The function actions are unchanged, and you can see the full list of them [here](https://github.com/jackhumbert/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/common/action_code.h). They are explained in detail [here](https://github.com/jackhumbert/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#2-action).
-
-### Macros
-
-Macros have been setup in the `keymaps/keymap_default.c` file so that you can use `M(<num>)` to access a macro in the `action_get_macro` section on your keymap. The switch/case structure you see here is required, and is setup for `M(0)` - you'll need to copy and paste the code to look like this (e.g. to support `M(3)`):
-
-    switch(id) {
-      case 0:
-        return MACRODOWN(TYPE(KC_A), END);
-        break;
-      case 1:
-        return MACRODOWN(TYPE(KC_B), END);
-        break;
-      case 2:
-        return MACRODOWN(TYPE(KC_C), END);
-        break;
-      case 3:
-        return MACRODOWN(TYPE(KC_D), END);
-        break;
-    } 
-    return MACRO_NONE;
-
-`MACRODOWN()` is a shortcut for `(record->event.pressed ? MACRO(__VA_ARGS__) : MACRO_NONE)` which tells the macro to execute when the key is pressed. Without this, the macro will be executed on both the down and up stroke.
-
-[cygwin]:       https://www.cygwin.com/
-[mingw]:        http://www.mingw.org/
-[mhv]:          https://infernoembedded.com/products/avr-tools
-[winavr]:       http://winavr.sourceforge.net/
-[crosspack]:    http://www.obdev.at/products/crosspack/index.html
-[dfu-prog]:     http://dfu-programmer.sourceforge.net/

doc/POWER.txt

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-Time to Sleep
-=============
-USB suspend     no activity on USB line for  3ms
-No Interaction  no user interaction
-    matrix has no change
-    matrix has no switch on
-
-
-AVR Power Management
-====================
-
-V-USB suspend
-    USB suspend
-    http://vusb.wikidot.com/examples
-
-MCUSR   MCU Status Register
-    WDRF    Watchdog Reset Flag
-    BORF
-    EXTRF
-    PORF    Power-on Reset Flag
-
-SMCR    Sleep Mode Control Register
-    SE      Sleep Enable
-    SM2:0   
-        #define set_sleep_mode(mode) \
-        #define SLEEP_MODE_IDLE         (0)
-        #define SLEEP_MODE_ADC          _BV(SM0)
-        #define SLEEP_MODE_PWR_DOWN     _BV(SM1)
-        #define SLEEP_MODE_PWR_SAVE     (_BV(SM0) | _BV(SM1))
-        #define SLEEP_MODE_STANDBY      (_BV(SM1) | _BV(SM2))
-        #define SLEEP_MODE_EXT_STANDBY  (_BV(SM0) | _BV(SM1) | _BV(SM2))
-
-
-ACSR    Analog Comparator Control and Status Register
-    To disable Analog Comparator
-    ACSR = 0x80;
-    or
-    ACSR &= ~_BV(ACIE);
-    ACSR |= _BV(ACD);
-
-    ACD: Analog Comparator Disable
-        When this bit is written logic one, the power to the Analog Comparator is
-        switched off. This bit can be set at any time to turn off the Analog
-        Comparator. This will reduce power consumption in Active and Idle mode.
-        When changing the ACD bit, the Analog Comparator Interrupt must be disabled
-        by clearing the ACIE bit in ACSR. Otherwise an interrupt can occur when
-        the bit is changed.
-
-DIDR1   Digital Input Disable Register 1
-    AIN1D
-    AIN0D
-        When this bit is written logic one, the digital input buffer on the AIN1/0 pin is disabled. The corresponding PIN Register bit will always read as zero when this bit is set. When an analog signal is applied to the AIN1/0 pin and the digital input from this pin is not needed, this bit should be written logic one to reduce power consumption in the digital input buffer.
-
-
-PRR     Power Reduction Register
-    PRTWI
-    PRTIM2
-    PRTIM0
-    PRTIM1
-    PRSPI
-    PRUSART0
-    PRADC

doc/TMK_README.md

@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-# TMK Documenation
-
-Features
---------
-These features can be used in your keyboard.
-
-* Multi-layer Keymap  - Multiple keyboard layouts with layer switching
-* Mouse key           - Mouse control with keyboard
-* System Control Key  - Power Down, Sleep, Wake Up and USB Remote Wake up
-* Media Control Key   - Volume Down/Up, Mute, Next/Prev track, Play, Stop and etc
-* USB NKRO            - 120 keys(+ 8 modifiers) simultaneously
-* PS/2 mouse support  - PS/2 mouse(TrackPoint) as composite device
-* Keyboard protocols  - PS/2, ADB, M0110, Sun and other old keyboard protocols
-* User Function       - Customizable function of key with writing code
-* Macro               - Very primitive at this time
-* Keyboard Tricks     - Oneshot modifier and modifier with tapping feature
-* Debug Console       - Messages for debug and interaction with firmware
-* Virtual DIP Switch  - Configurations stored EEPROM(Boot Magic)
-* Locking CapsLock    - Mechanical switch support for CapsLock
-* Breathing Sleep LED - Sleep indicator with charm during USB suspend
-* Backlight           - Control backlight levels
-
-
-
-Projects
---------
-You can find some keyboard specific projects under `converter` and `keyboard` directory.
-
-## Main projects
-
-### OLKB products
-* [planck](keyboards/planck/)                - [Planck] Ortholinear 40% keyboard
-* [preonic](keyboards/preonic/)              - [Preonic] Ortholinear 50% keyboard
-* [atomic](keyboards/atomic/)                - [Atomic] Ortholinear 60% keyboard
-
-### Ergodox EZ
-* [ergodox_ez](keyboards/ergodox/ez)         - [Ergodox_EZ] Assembled split keyboard
-
-## Other projects
-
-### converter
-* [ps2_usb](converter/ps2_usb/)             - [PS/2 keyboard to USB][GH_ps2]
-* [adb_usb](converter/adb_usb/)             - [ADB keyboard to USB][GH_adb]
-* [m0110_usb](converter/m0110_usb)          - [Macintosh 128K/512K/Plus keyboard to USB][GH_m0110]
-* [terminal_usb](converter/terminal_usb/)   - [IBM Model M terminal keyboard(PS/2 scancode set3) to USB][GH_terminal]
-* [news_usb](converter/news_usb/)           - [Sony NEWS keyboard to USB][GH_news]
-* [x68k_usb](converter/x68k_usb/)           - [Sharp X68000 keyboard to USB][GH_x68k]
-* [sun_usb](converter/sun_usb/)             - [Sun] to USB(type4, 5 and 3?)
-* [pc98_usb](converter/pc98_usb/)           - [PC98] to USB
-* [usb_usb](converter/usb_usb/)             - USB to USB(experimental)
-* [ascii_usb](converter/ascii_usb/)         - ASCII(Serial console terminal) to USB
-* [ibm4704_usb](converter/ibm4704_usb)      - [IBM 4704 keyboard Converter][GH_ibm4704]
-
-### keyboard
-* [hhkb](keyboards/hhkb/)                    - [Happy Hacking Keyboard pro][GH_hhkb] hasu's main board
-* [gh60](keyboards/gh60/)                    - [GH60] DIY 60% keyboard [prototype][GH60_proto] hasu's second board
-* [hbkb](keyboards/hbkb/)                    - [Happy Buckling spring keyboard][GH_hbkb](IBM Model M 60% mod)
-* [hid_liber](keyboards/hid_liber/)          - [HID liberation][HID_liber] controller (by alaricljs)
-* [phantom](keyboards/phantom/)              - [Phantom] keyboard (by Tranquilite)
-* [IIgs_Standard](keyboards/IIgs/)           - Apple [IIGS] keyboard mod(by JeffreySung)
-* [macway](keyboards/macway/)                - [Compact keyboard mod][GH_macway] [retired]
-* [KMAC](keyboards/kmac/)                    - Korean custom keyboard
-* [Lightsaber](keyboards/lightsaber/)        - Korean custom keyboard
-* [Infinity](keyboards/infinity/)            - Massdrop [Infinity keyboard][Infinity]
-* [NerD](keyboards/nerd/)                    - Korean custom keyboard
-* [KittenPaw](keyboards/kitten_paw)          - Custom Majestouch controller
-* [Lightpad](keyboards/lightpad)             - Korean custom keypad
-* [ghost_squid](keyboards/ghost_squid/)      - [The Ghost Squid][ghost_squid] controller for [Cooler Master QuickFire XT][cmxt]
-
-### Extenal projects using tmk_keyboard
-* [ErgoDox_cub-uanic][cub-uanic]            - Split Ergonomic Keyboard [ErgoDox][ergodox_org]
-* [mcdox][mcdox_tmk]                        - [mcdox][mcdox]
-
-
-[GH_macway]:    http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:11930
-[GH_hhkb]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:12047
-[GH_ps2]:       http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:14618
-[GH_adb]:       http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:14290
-[GH_hhkb_bt]:   http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:20851
-[GH_m0110]:     http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:24965
-[GH_news]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:25759
-[GH_terminal]:  http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:27272
-[GH_x68k]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:29060
-[GH_hbkb]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:29483
-[GH_ibm4704]:   http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=54706.0
-[HID_liber]:    http://deskthority.net/wiki/HID_Liberation_Device_-_DIY_Instructions
-[Phantom]:      http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=26742
-[GH60]:         http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=34959
-[GH60_proto]:   http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=37570.0
-[PC98]:         http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NEC_PC-9801
-[Sun]:          http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sun-3
-[IIGS]:         http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apple_IIGS
-[Infinity]:     https://www.massdrop.com/buy/infinity-keyboard-kit
-[ghost_squid]:  http://deskthority.net/wiki/Costar_replacement_controllers#The_Ghost_Squid
-[cmxt]:         http://gaming.coolermaster.com/en/products/keyboard/quickfirext/
-[ergodox_org]:  http://ergodox.org/
-[cub-uanic]:    https://github.com/cub-uanic/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/ergodox
-[mcdox]:        https://github.com/DavidMcEwan/mcdox
-[mcdox_tmk]:    https://github.com/DavidMcEwan/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/mcdox
-[Planck]:       http://olkb.co/planck
-[Preonic]:      http://olkb.co/preonic
-[Atomic]:       http://olkb.co/atomic
-[Ergodox_EZ]:   https://www.indiegogo.com/projects/ergodox-ez-an-incredible-mechanical-keyboard
-
-
-License
--------
-**GPLv2** or later. Some protocol files are under **Modified BSD License**.
-
-Third party libraries like LUFA, PJRC and V-USB have their own license respectively.
-
-
-
-Build Firmware and Program Controller
--------------------------------------
-See [build environment setup](/readme.md#build-environment-setup), or the readme in the particular keyboards/* folder.
-
-
-
-Change your keymap
-------------------
-See [doc/keymap.md](tmk_core/doc/keymap.md).
-
-
-
-Magic Commands
---------------
-To see help press `Magic` + `H`.
-
-`Magic` key combination is `LShift` + `RShift` in many project, but `Power` key on ADB converter. 
-`Magic` keybind can be vary on each project, check `config.h` in project directory.
-
-Following commands can be also executed with `Magic` + key. In console mode `Magic` keybind is not needed.
-
-    ----- Command Help -----
-    c:      enter console mode
-    d:      toggle debug enable
-    x:      toggle matrix debug
-    k:      toggle keyboard debug
-    m:      toggle mouse debug
-    v:      print device version & info
-    t:      print timer count
-    s:      print status
-    e:	    print eeprom config
-    n:	    toggle NKRO
-    0/F10:  switch to Layer0
-    1/F1:   switch to Layer1
-    2/F2:   switch to Layer2
-    3/F3:   switch to Layer3
-    4/F4:   switch to Layer4
-    PScr:   power down/remote wake-up
-    Caps:   Lock Keyboard(Child Proof)
-    Paus:   jump to bootloader
-
-
-
-Boot Magic Configuration - Virtual DIP Switch
----------------------------------------------
-Boot Magic are executed during boot up time. Press Magic key below then plug in keyboard cable.
-Note that you must use keys of **Layer 0** as Magic keys. These settings are stored in EEPROM so that retain your configure over power cycles.
-
-To avoid configuring accidentally additive salt key `KC_SPACE` also needs to be pressed along with the following configuration keys. The salt key is configurable in `config.h`. See [tmk_core/common/bootmagic.h](tmk_core/common/bootmagic.h).
-
-#### General
-- Skip reading EEPROM to start with default configuration(`ESC`)
-- Clear configuration stored in EEPROM to reset configuration(`Backspace`)
-
-#### Bootloader
-- Kick up Bootloader(`B`)
-
-#### Debug
-- Debug enable(`D`)
-- Debug matrix enable(`D`+`X`)
-- Debug keyboard enable(`D`+`K`)
-- Debug mouse enable(`D`+`M`)
-
-#### Keymap
-- Swap Control and CapsLock(`Left Control`)
-- Change CapsLock to Control(`Caps Lock`)
-- Swap LeftAlt and Gui(`Left Alt`)
-- Swap RightAlt and Gui(`Right Alt`)
-- Disable Gui(`Left Gui`)
-- Swap Grave and Escape(`Grave`)
-- Swap BackSlash and BackSpace(`Back Slash`)
-- Enable NKRO on boot(`N`)
-
-#### Default Layer
-- Set Default Layer to 0(`0`)
-- Set Default Layer to 1(`1`)
-- Set Default Layer to 2(`2`)
-- Set Default Layer to 3(`3`)
-- Set Default Layer to 4(`4`)
-- Set Default Layer to 5(`5`)
-- Set Default Layer to 6(`6`)
-- Set Default Layer to 7(`7`)
-
-
-
-Mechanical Locking support
---------------------------
-This feature makes it possible for you to use mechanical locking switch for `CapsLock`, `NumLock` 
-or `ScrollLock`. To enable this feature define these macros in `config.h` and use `KC_LCAP`, `KC_LN
-UM` or `KC_LSCR` in keymap for locking key instead of normal `KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK` or `KC_SLCK`. Res
-ync option tries to keep switch state consistent with keyboard LED state.
- 
-    #define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
-    #define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
-
-
-
-Start Your Own Project
------------------------
-**TBD**
-
-
-
-Debugging
---------
-Use PJRC's `hid_listen` to see debug messages. You can use the tool for debug even if firmware use LUFA stack.
-
-You can use xprintf() to display debug info on `hid_listen`, see `tmk_core/common/xprintf.h`.
-
-
-
-Files and Directories
--------------------
-### Top
-* tmk_core/     - core library
-* keyboards/     - keyboard projects
-* converter/    - protocol converter projects
-* doc/          - documents
-
-
-
-Coding Style
--------------
-- Doesn't use Tab to indent, use 4-spaces instead.
-
-
-
-Other Keyboard Firmware Projects
-------------------
-You can learn a lot about keyboard firmware from these. See [doc/other_projects.md](tmk_core/doc/other_projects.md).

doc/VAGRANT_GUIDE.md

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-# Quick Start Directions
-
-This project includes a Vagrantfile that will allow you to build a new firmware for your keyboard very easily without major changes to your primary operating system. This also ensures that when you clone the project and perform a build, you have the exact same environment as anyone else using the Vagrantfile to build. This makes it much easier for people to help you troubleshoot any issues you encounter.
-
-## Requirements
-
-Using the `/Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](http://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/) (or [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](http://www.vagrantup.com/vmware) but the (paid) VMware plugin requires a licensed copy of VMware Workstation/Fusion).
-
-*COMPATIBILITY NOTICE* Certain versions of Virtualbox 5 appear to have an incompatibility with the Virtualbox extensions installed in the boxes in this Vagrantfile. If you encounter any issues with the /vagrant mount not succeeding, please upgrade your version of Virtualbox to at least 5.0.12. **Alternately, you can try running the following command:** `vagrant plugin install vagrant-vbguest`
-
-
-Other than having Vagrant and Virtualbox installed and possibly a restart of your computer afterwards, you can simple run a 'vagrant up' anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project and it will start a Linux virtual machine that contains all the tools required to build this project. There is a post Vagrant startup hint that will get you off on the right foot, otherwise you can also reference the build documentation below.
-
-Build Firmware and Program Controller
--------------------------------------
-See [/doc/BUIDE_GUIDE.md](/doc/BUILD_GUIDE.md), or the readme in the particular keyboards/* folder.
-
-Change your keymap
-------------------
-See [/doc/keymap.md](/doc/keymap.md).
-
-## Flashing the firmware
-
-The "easy" way to flash the firmware is using a tool from your host OS like the Teensy programming app. [ErgoDox EZ](/keyboards/ergodox/readme.md) gives a great example.
-
-If you want to program via the command line you can uncomment the ['modifyvm'] lines in the Vagrantfile to enable the USB passthrough into Linux and then program using the command line tools like dfu-util/dfu-programmer or you can install the Teensy CLI version.
-	

doc/basic_how_keyboards_work.md

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-# How keys are registered, and interpreted by computers
-
-In this file, you can will learn the concepts of how keyboards work over USB,
-and you'll be able to better understand what you can expect from changing your
-firmware directly.
-
-## Schematic view
-
-Whenever you type on 1 particular key, here is the chain of actions taking
-place:
-
-``` text
-+------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     +----+
-| User |-------->| Key |------>| Firmware |----->| USB wire |---->| OS |
-+------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     |----+
-```
-
-This scheme is a very simple view of what's going on, and more details follow
-in the next sections.
-
-## 1. You Press a Key
-
-Whenever you press a key, the firmware of your keyboard can register this event.
-It can register when the key is pressed, held and released.
-
-This usually happens with a [periodic scan of key presses with a frequency around 100 hz](https://github.com/benblazak/ergodox-firmware/blob/master/references.md#typical-keyboard-information).
-This speed often is limited by the mechanical key response time, the protocol
-to transfer those key presses (here USB HID), and by the software it is used in.
-
-## 2. What the Firmware Sends
-
-The [HID specification](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf)
-tells what a keyboard can actually send through USB to have a chance to be
-properly recognised. This includes a pre-defined list of keycodes which are
-simple numbers from `0x00` to `0xE7`. The firmware assigns a keycode to each
-key of the keyboard.
-
-The firmware does not send actually letters or characters, but only keycodes.
-Thus, by modifying the firmware, you only can modify what keycode is sent over
-USB for a given key.
-
-## 3. What the Operating System Does
-
-Once the keycode reaches the operating system, a piece of software has to have
-it match an actual character thanks to a keyboard layout. For example, if your
-layout is set to QWERTY, a sample of the matching table is as follow:
-
-``` text
-| keycode | character |
-|---------+-----------|
-|    0x04 | a/A       |
-|    0x05 | b/B       |
-|    0x06 | c/C       |
-|     ... | ...       |
-|    0x1C | y/Y       |
-|    0x1D | z/Z       |
-|     ... | ...       |
-|---------+-----------|
-```
-
-## Back to the firmware
-
-As the layout is generally fixed (unless you create your own), the firmware can
-actually call a keycode by its layout name directly to ease things for you.
-
-This is exactly what is done here with `KC_A` actually representing `0x04` in
-QWERTY. The full list can be found in `keycode.txt`.
-
-## List of Characters You Can Send
-
-Putting aside shortcuts, having a limited set of keycodes mapped to a limited
-layout means that **the list of characters you can assign to a given key only
-is the ones present in the layout**.
-
-For example, this means that if you have a QWERTY US layout, and you want to
-assign 1 key to produce `€` (euro currency symbol), you are unable to do so,
-because the QWERTY US layout does not have such mapping. You could fix that by
-using a QWERTY UK layout, or a QWERTY US International.
-
-You may wonder why a keyboard layout containing all of Unicode is not devised
-then? The limited number of keycode available through USB simply disallow such
-a thing.
-
-## How to (Maybe) Enter Unicode Characters
-
-You can have the firmware send *sequences of keys* to use the [software Unicode
-Input
-Method](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input#Hexadecimal_code_input) of
-the target operating system, thus effectively entering characters independently
-of the layout defined in the OS.
-
-Yet, it does come with multiple disadvantages:
-
- - Tied to a specific OS a a time (need recompilation when changing OS);
- - Within a given OS, does not work in all software;
- - Limited to a subset of Unicode on some systems.

doc/build_old.md

@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-Build Firmware and Program Controller
-=====================================
-
-## This guide may be out-dated - use doc/BUILD_GUIDE.md instead
-
-Download and Install
---------------------
-### 1. Install Tools
-
-1. **Toolchain** On Windows install [MHV AVR Tools][mhv] for AVR GCC compiler and [Cygwin][cygwin](or [MinGW][mingw]) for shell terminal. On Mac you can use [CrossPack][crosspack]. On Linux you can install AVR GCC (and avr-libc) with your favorite package manager or run the avr_setup.sh script in the root of this repository.
-
-2. **Programmer** On Windows install [Atmel FLIP][flip]. On Mac and Linux install [dfu-programmer][dfu-prog].
-
-3. **Driver** On Windows you start DFU bootloader on the chip first time you will see 'Found New Hardware Wizard' to install driver. If you install device driver properly you can find chip name like 'ATmega32U4' under 'LibUSB-Win32 Devices' tree on 'Device Manager'. If not you shall need to update its driver on 'Device Manager'. You will find the driver in `FLIP` install directory like: C:\Program Files (x86)\Atmel\Flip 3.4.5\usb\. In case of `dfu-programmer` use its driver.
-
-If you use PJRC Teensy you don't need step 2 and 3 above, just get [Teensy loader][teensy-loader].
-
-
-### 2. Download source
-You can find firmware source at github:
-
-- <https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard>
-
-If you are familiar with `Git` tools you are recommended to use it but you can also download zip archive from:
-
-- <https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/archive/master.zip>
-
-
-Build firmware
---------------
-### 1. Open terminal
-Open terminal window to get access to commands. Use Cygwin(or MingGW) `shell terminal` in Windows or `Terminal.app` on Mac OSX. In Windows press `Windows` key and `R` then enter `cmd` in 'Run command' dialog showing up.
-
-### 2. Change directory
-Move to project directory in the firmware source.
-
-    cd tmk_keyboard/{'keyboard' or 'converter'}/<project>
-
-### 3. Make
-Build firmware using GNU `make` command. You'll see `<project>_<variant>.hex` file in that directory unless something unexpected occurs in build process.
-
-
-    make -f Makefile.<variant> clean
-    make -f Makefile.<variant>
-
-
-
-
-Program Controller
-------------------
-Now you have **hex** file to program on current directory. This **hex** is only needed to program your controller, other files are used for development and you may leave and forget them.
-
-### 1. Start bootloader
-How to program controller depends on controller chip and its board design. To program AVR USB chips you'll need to start it up in bootloader mode. Most of boards with the chip have a push button to let bootloader come up. Consult with your controller board manual.
-
-### 2. Program with DFU bootloader
-Stock AVR USB chip including ATmega32U4 has DFU bootloader by factory default. `FLIP` is a DFU programmer on Windows offered by Atmel. Open source command line tool `dfu-programmer` also supports AVR chips, it runs on Linux, Mac OSX and even Windows.
-
-To program AVR chip with DFU bootloader use `FLIP` or `dfu-programmer`.
-If you have a proper program command in `Makefile` just type this.
-
-`FLIP` has two version of tool, GUI app and command line program. If you want GUI see tutorial below.
-To use command line tool run this command. Note that you need to set PATH variable properly.
-
-    $ make -f Makefile.<variant> flip
-
-Or to program with `dfu-programmer` run:
-
-    $ make -f Makefile.<variant> dfu
-
-#### FLIP GUI tutorial
-1. On menu bar click Device -> Select, then. `ATmega32u4`.
-2. On menu bar click Settings -> Communication -> USB, then click 'Open' button on 'USB Port Connection' dialog.
-At this point you'll see grey-outed widgets on the app get colored and ready.
-
-3. On menu bar click File -> Load HEX File, then select your firmware hex file on File Selector dialog.
-4. On 'Operations Flow' panel click 'Run' button to load the firmware binary to the chip. Note that you should keep 'Erase', 'Blank Check', 'Program' and 'Verify' check boxes selected.
-5. Re-plug USB cord or click 'Start Application' button to restart your controller.
-Done.
-
-See also these instructions if you need.
-
-- <http://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/LoadingFirmwareWithFLIP>
-- <http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc7769.pdf>
-
-
-### 3. Program with Teensy Loader
-If you have PJRC Teensy see instruction of `Teensy Loader`.
-
-- <http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html>
-
-Or use this command if you have command line version of Teensy Loader installed.
-
-    $ make -f Makefile.<variant> teensy
-
-
-### 4. Program with Other programmer
-You may want to use other programmer like `avrdude` with AVRISPmkII, Arduino or USBasp. In that case you can still use make target `program` for build with configuring `PROGRAM_CMD` in Makefile.
-
-    $ make -f Makefile.<variant> program
-
-
-[cygwin]:       https://www.cygwin.com/
-[mingw]:        http://www.mingw.org/
-[mhv]:          https://infernoembedded.com/products/avr-tools
-[winavr]:       http://winavr.sourceforge.net/
-[crosspack]:    http://www.obdev.at/products/crosspack/index.html
-[flip]:         http://www.atmel.com/tools/FLIP.aspx
-[dfu-prog]:     http://dfu-programmer.sourceforge.net/
-[teensy-loader]:http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html
-
-
-
-Makefile Options
-----------------
-### 1. MCU and Frequency.
-
-    MCU = atmega32u4       # Teensy 2.0
-    #MCU = at90usb1286      # Teensy++ 2.0
-    F_CPU = 16000000
-
-Set your MCU and its clock in Hz.
-
-    # Boot Section Size in *bytes*
-    #   Teensy halfKay   512
-    #   Atmel DFU loader 4096
-    #   LUFA bootloader  4096
-    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
-
-If you are using PJRC Teensy use `512` for `BOOTLOADER_SIZE`, otherwise use `4096` unless you are sure.
-
-### 2. Features
-Optional. Note that ***comment out*** with `#` to disable them.
-
-    BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes      # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
-    MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
-    EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
-    CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes        # Console for debug(+400)
-    COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
-    SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = yes      # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
-    #NKRO_ENABLE = yes          # USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
-    #BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes     # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
-
-### 3. Programmer
-Optional. Set proper command for your controller, bootloader and programmer. This command can be used with `make program`. Not needed if you use `FLIP`, `dfu-programmer` or `Teensy Loader`.
-
-    # avrdude with AVRISPmkII
-    PROGRAM_CMD = avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avrispmkII -P USB -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-
-    # avrdude with USBaspLoader
-    PROGRAM_CMD = avrdude -p $(MCU) -c usbasp -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-
-    # avrdude with arduino
-    PROGRAM_CMD = avrdude -p $(MCU) -c arduino -P COM1 -b 57600 -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-
-
-
-Config.h Options
-----------------
-### 1. Magic command key combination
-
-    #define IS_COMMAND() (keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KB_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KB_RSHIFT)))
-
-### 2. Mechanical Locking Support for CapsLock
-
-    /* Mechanical locking CapsLock support. Use KC_LCAP instead of KC_CAPS in keymap */
-    #define CAPSLOCK_LOCKING_ENABLE
-    /* Locking CapsLock re-synchronize hack */
-    #define CAPSLOCK_LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
-
-### 3. Disable Debug and Print
-
-    /* disable debug print */
-    #define NO_DEBUG
-
-    /* disable print */
-    #define NO_PRINT
-
-### 4. Disable Action Features
-
-    #define NO_ACTION_LAYER
-    #define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
-    #define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
-    #define NO_ACTION_MACRO
-    #define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
-
-***TBD***

doc/keymap.md

@@ -1,685 +0,0 @@
-Keymap framework - how to define your keymap
-============================================
-***NOTE: This is updated for QMK but this is still work in progress.  This may still be inconsistent with the source code.***
-
-QMK is based on TMK.   Understanding the essential changes made should help you understand variable names etc.
-
-## TMK vs. QMK
-
-| Firmware                  |TMK                    |QMK                      |
-|---------------------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
-| Maintainer                |hasu                   |Jack Humbert et al.      |
-| Build path customization  | `TMK_DIR = ...`       | `include .../Makefile`  |
-| `keymaps` data            | 3D array of `uint8_t` holding **keycode**      | 3D array of `uint16_t` holding **action code**  |
-| `fn_actions` data         | 1D array of `uint16_t` holding **action code** | 1D array of `uint16_t` holding **action code**  |
-
-Since QMK is based on TMK and uses major portion of TMK code as is, understanding the essential changes made should help you understand the code.
-
-## 0. Keymap and layers
-In QMK,  **`const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS]`** holds multiple **layers** of keymap information in **16 bit** data holding the **action code**. You can define **32 layers** at most.
-
-For trivial key definitions, the higher 8 bits of the **action code** are all 0 and the lower 8 bits holds the USB HID usage code generated by the key as **keycode**.
-
-Respective layers can be validated simultaneously. Layers are indexed with 0 to 31 and higher layer has precedence.
-
-    Keymap: 32 Layers                   Layer: action code matrix
-    -----------------                   ---------------------
-    stack of layers                     array_of_action_code[row][column]
-           ____________ precedence               _______________________
-          /           / | high                  / ESC / F1  / F2  / F3   ....
-      31 /___________// |                      /-----/-----/-----/-----
-      30 /___________// |                     / TAB /  Q  /  W  /  E   ....
-      29 /___________/  |                    /-----/-----/-----/-----
-       :   _:_:_:_:_:__ |               :   /LCtrl/  A  /  S  /  D   ....
-       :  / : : : : : / |               :  /  :     :     :     :
-       2 /___________// |               2 `--------------------------
-       1 /___________// |               1 `--------------------------
-       0 /___________/  V low           0 `--------------------------
-
-
-Sometimes, the action code stored in keymap may be referred as keycode in some documents due to the TMK history.
-
-### 0.1 Keymap layer status
-Keymap layer has its state in two 32 bit parameters:
-
-* **`default_layer_state`** indicates a base keymap layer(0-31) which is always valid and to be referred.
-* **`layer_state`** () has current on/off status of the layer on its each bit.
-
-Keymap has its state in two parameter **`default_layer`** indicates a base keymap layer(0-31) which is always valid and to be referred, **`keymap_stat`** is 16bit variable which has current on/off status of layers on its each bit.
-Keymap layer '0' is usually `default_layer` and which is the only valid layer and other layers is initially off after boot up firmware, though, you can configured them in `config.h`.
-To change `default_layer` will be useful when you switch key layout completely, say you want Colmak instead of Qwerty.
-
-    Initial state of Keymap          Change base layout              
-    -----------------------          ------------------              
-
-      31                               31
-      30                               30
-      29                               29
-       :                                :
-       :                                :   ____________
-       2   ____________                 2  /           /
-       1  /           /              ,->1 /___________/
-    ,->0 /___________/               |  0
-    |                                |
-    `--- default_layer = 0           `--- default_layer = 1
-         layer_state   = 0x00000001       layer_state   = 0x00000002
-
-On the other hand, you shall change `layer_state` to overlay base layer with some layers for feature such as navigation keys, function key(F1-F12), media keys or special actions.
-
-    Overlay feature layer
-    ---------------------      bit|status
-           ____________        ---+------
-      31  /           /        31 |   0
-      30 /___________// -----> 30 |   1
-      29 /___________/  -----> 29 |   1
-       :                        : |   :
-       :   ____________         : |   :
-       2  /           /         2 |   0
-    ,->1 /___________/  ----->  1 |   1
-    |  0                        0 |   0
-    |                                 +
-    `--- default_layer = 1            |
-         layer_state   = 0x60000002 <-'
-
-
-
-### 0.2 Layer Precedence and Transparency
-Note that ***higher layer has higher priority on stack of layers***, namely firmware falls down from top layer to bottom to look up keycode. Once it spots keycode other than **`KC_TRNS`**(transparent) on a layer it stops searching and lower layers aren't referred.
-
-You can place `KC_TRANS` on overlay layer changes just part of layout to fall back on lower or base layer.
-Key with `KC_TRANS` (`KC_TRNS` and `_______` are the alias) doesn't has its own keycode and refers to lower valid layers for keycode, instead.
-See example below.
-
-
-### 0.3 Keymap Example
-Keymap in this QMK is **`static const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[]`** C array in fact and you can define layers in it with **`KEYMAP()`** C macro and keycodes. To use complex actions you need to define `Fn` keycode in **`fn_actions[]`** array.  It holds the 16 bit quantum keycode (action code).
-
-> Please note that keymap in the TMK, which QMK was forked from, is **`static const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[]`** C array which holds the 8 bit keycode (~USB HID usage code).
-
-This is a keymap example for [HHKB](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Happy_Hacking_Keyboard) keyboard.
-This example has three layers, 'QWERTY' as base layer, 'FN' and  'MOUSE'.
-
-In this example,
-
- `MO(layer)` is a **momentary layer switching** key.
-
-You can find other keymap definitions in file `keymap.c` located on project directories.
-```
-/*
- * dbroqua HHKB Layout
- */
-#include "hhkb.h"
-
-#define BASE 0
-#define FN 1
-#define MOUSE 2
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-    /* BASE Level: Default Layer
-     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
-     * | Esc |  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |  9  |  0  |  -  |  =  |  \  |  `  |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * | Tab    |  Q  |  W  |  E  |  R  |  T  |  Y  |  U  |  I  |  O  |  P  |  [  |  ]  |  Bksp  |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * | Ctrl    |  A  |  S  |  D  |  F  |  G  |  H  |  J  |  K  |  L  |  ;  |  '  |    Enter    |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * | Shift     |  Z  |  X  |  C  |  V  |  B  |  N  |  M  |  ,  |  .  |  /  | Shift     | fn  |
-     * +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     *         | Gui |  Alt   |               Space               | AltGr |Mouse|
-     *         `----------------------------------------------------------------´
-     */
-    [BASE] = KEYMAP(
-        KC_ESC,   KC_1,  KC_2,  KC_3,  KC_4,  KC_5,  KC_6,  KC_7,  KC_8,     KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,    KC_BSLS,  KC_GRV, \
-        KC_TAB,   KC_Q,  KC_W,  KC_E,  KC_R,  KC_T,  KC_Y,  KC_U,  KC_I,     KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,   KC_BSPC,          \
-        KC_LCTL,  KC_A,  KC_S,  KC_D,  KC_F,  KC_G,  KC_H,  KC_J,  KC_K,     KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_ENT,                      \
-        KC_LSFT,  KC_Z,  KC_X,  KC_C,  KC_V,  KC_B,  KC_N,  KC_M,  KC_COMM,  KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH,  KC_RSFT,  MO(FN),                    \
-                        KC_LGUI, KC_LALT,  /*        */ KC_SPC, KC_RALT, MO(MOUSE)
-    ),
-
-    /* FN Layer
-     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
-     * | Pwr |  F1  | F2  | F3  | F4  | F5  | F6  | F7  | F8  | F9  | F0  | F11 | F12 | Ins | Del|
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * | Caps   |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |PrtSc| Slck| Paus|  Up |     |        |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * |         | Vol-| Vol+| Mute|     |     | *   | /   | Home| PgUp| Left |Right|            |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * |           | Prev| Play| Next|     |     | +   | -   | End |PgDwn| Down|           |     |
-     * +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     *         |     |        |                                   | Stop  |     |
-     *         `----------------------------------------------------------------´
-     */
-    [FN] = KEYMAP(
-        KC_PWR,   KC_F1,    KC_F2,    KC_F3,    KC_F4,    KC_F5,    KC_F6,    KC_F7,    KC_F8,    KC_F9,    KC_F10,   KC_F11,   KC_F12,   KC_INS,   KC_DEL, \
-        KC_CAPS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_PSCR,  KC_SLCK,  KC_PAUS,  KC_UP,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,          \
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_VOLD,  KC_VOLU,  KC_MUTE,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_PAST,  KC_PSLS,  KC_HOME,  KC_PGUP,  KC_LEFT,  KC_RGHT,  KC_TRNS,                    \
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_MPRV,  KC_MPLY,  KC_MNXT,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_PPLS,  KC_PMNS,  KC_END,   KC_PGDN,  KC_DOWN,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,                    \
-                        KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,           KC_TRNS,                KC_MSTP, KC_TRNS
-    ),
-
-    /* MOUSE Layer
-     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
-     * |     |      |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |    |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * |        |     | WUp |     |     |     |     |     |     |     | Btn1|  Up | Btn2|        |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * |         | WLt | WDn | WRt |     |     |     |     |     |     | Left |Right|            |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * |           |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     | Btn3| Down|           |     |
-     * +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     *         |     |        |                                   |       |     |
-     *         `----------------------------------------------------------------´
-     */
-    [MOUSE] = KEYMAP(
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS, \
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_WH_U,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_BTN1,  KC_MS_U,  KC_BTN2,  KC_TRNS,          \
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_WH_L,  KC_WH_D,  KC_WH_R,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_MS_L,  KC_MS_R,  KC_TRNS,                    \
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_BTN3,  KC_MS_D,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,                    \
-                        KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,           KC_TRNS,                KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS
-    )
-};
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-
-};
-
-const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
-{
-  // MACRODOWN only works in this function
-      switch(id) {
-        case 0:
-          if (record->event.pressed) {
-            register_code(KC_RSFT);
-          } else {
-            unregister_code(KC_RSFT);
-          }
-        break;
-      }
-    return MACRO_NONE;
-};
-```
-
-
-## 1. Keycode
-See [`tmk_core/common/keycode.h`](../tmk_core/common/keycode.h) or keycode table below for the detail. Keycode is internal **8bit code** to indicate action performed on key in keymap.  Keycodes are based on [HID Usage Keyboard/Keypad Page(0x07)](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf) plus special codes in the `0xA5-DF` range.
-
-Keycode has `KC_` prefixed symbol respectively. Most of keycodes like `KC_A` have simple action registers key to host on press and unregister on release, while some of other keycodes has some special actions like `Fn` keys, Media control keys, System control keys and Mousekeys.
-
-keymaps[]
-
-In `KEYMAP()` macro, TMK recommends you to keep prefix part `KC_` of keycode to keep keymap compact. For example, just use `A` instead you place `KC_A` in `KEYMAP()`.  But this doesn't apply for QMK. 
-
-The `KEYMAP()` macro defines correspondence between the physical key location to the electrical key connection.
-
-Some keycodes has 7-letter **short name** such as `KC_COMM` in addition to descriptive name `KC_COMMA`, you'll prefer short one in `KEYMAP()`.
-
-### 1.0 Other key
-- `KC_NO` for no action
-- `KC_TRNS` for layer transparency (See above)
-
-### 1.1 Normal key
-- `KC_A` to `KC_Z`, `KC_1` to `KC_0` for alpha numeric key
-- `KC_MINS`, `KC_EQL`, `KC_GRV`, `KC_RBRC`, `KC_LBRC`, `KC_COMM`, `KC_DOT`, `KC_BSLS`, `KC_SLSH`, `KC_SCLN`, `KC_QUOT`
-- `KC_ESC`, `KC_TAB`, `KC_SPC`, `KC_BSPC`, `KC_ENT`, `KC_DEL`, `KC_INS`
-- `KC_UP`, `KC_DOWN`, `KC_RGHT`, `KC_LEFT`, `KC_PGUP`, `KC_PGDN`, `KC_HOME`, `KC_END`
-- `KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK`, `KC_SLCK`, `KC_PSCR`, `KC_PAUS`, `KC_APP`, `KC_F1` to `KC_F24`
-- `KC_P1` to `KC_P0`, `KC_PDOT`, `KC_PCMM`, `KC_PSLS`, `KC_PAST`, `KC_PMNS`, `KC_PPLS`, `KC_PEQL`, `KC_PENT` for keypad.
-
-### 1.2 Modifier
-There are 8 modifiers which has discrimination between left and right. 
-
-- `KC_LCTL` and `KC_RCTL` for Control
-- `KC_LSFT` and `KC_RSFT` for Shift
-- `KC_LALT` and `KC_RALT` for Alt
-- `KC_LGUI` and `KC_RGUI` for Windows key or Command key in Mac
-
-### 1.3 Mousekey
-- `KC_MS_U`, `KC_MS_D`, `KC_MS_L`, `KC_MS_R` for mouse cursor
-- `KC_WH_U`, `KC_WH_D`, `KC_WH_L`, `KC_WH_R` for mouse wheel
-- `KC_BTN1`, `KC_BTN2`, `KC_BTN3`, `KC_BTN4`, `KC_BTN5` for mouse buttons
-
-### 1.4 System & Media key
-- `KC_PWR`, `KC_SLEP`, `KC_WAKE` for Power, Sleep, Wake
-- `KC_MUTE`, `KC_VOLU`, `KC_VOLD` for audio volume control
-- `KC_MNXT`, `KC_MPRV`, `KC_MSTP`, `KC_MPLY`, `KC_MSEL` for media control
-- `KC_MAIL`, `KC_CALC`, `KC_MYCM` for application launch
-- `KC_WSCH`, `KC_WHOM`, `KC_WBAK`, `KC_WFWD`, `KC_WSTP`, `KC_WREF`, `KC_WFAV` for web browser operation
-
-### 1.5 Fn key
-You don't need to use this functionality under QMK since this is a backward compatibility functionality.  Unlike TMK, you can write action code itself directly in  **`static const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[]`** C array using `MO(layer)`, etc.
-
-`KC_FNnn` are keycodes for `Fn` key which not given any actions at the beginning unlike most of keycodes has its own inborn action. To use these keycodes in `KEYMAP()` you need to assign action you want at first. Action of `Fn` key is defined in `fn_actions[]` and its index of the array is identical with number part of `KC_FNnn`. Thus `KC_FN0` keycode indicates the action defined in first element of the array. ***Only 32 `Fn` keys can be defined at most.***
-
-
-### 1.6 Keycode Table
- See keycode table in [`doc/keycode.txt`](./keycode.txt) for description of keycodes.
-
- In regard to implementation side most of keycodes are identical with [HID usage][HID_usage](pdf) sent to host for real and some virtual keycodes are defined to support special actions.
-[HID_usage]: http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf
-
-
-
-## 2. Action
-See [`common/action_code.h`](../common/action_code.h). Action is a **16bit code** and defines function to perform on events of a key like press, release, holding and tapping.
-
-Most of keys just register 8bit scancode to host, but to support other complex features needs 16bit extended action codes internally. However, using 16bit action codes in keymap results in double size in memory compared to using just keycodes. To avoid this waste 8bit keycodes are used in `KEYMAP()` instead of action codes.
-
-***You can just use keycodes of `Normal key`, `Modifier`, `Mousekey` and `System & Media key` in keymap*** to indicate corresponding actions instead of using action codes. While ***to use other special actions you should use keycode of `Fn` key defined in `fn_actions[]`.***
-
-
-### 2.1 Key Action
-This is a simple action that registers scancodes(HID usage in fact) to host on press event of key and unregister on release.
-
-#### Parameters
-+ **mods**: { ` MOD_LCTL`, ` MOD_LSFT`, ` MOD_LALT`, ` MOD_LGUI`,
-              ` MOD_RCTL`, ` MOD_RSFT`, ` MOD_RALT`, ` MOD_RGUI` }
-+ **key**: keycode
-
-
-#### 2.1.1 Normal key and Modifier
-***This action usually won't be used expressly in keymap*** because you can just use keycodes in `KEYMAP()` instead.
-
-You can define these actions on *'A'* key and *'left shift'* modifier with:
-
-    ACTION_KEY(KC_A)
-    ACTION_KEY(KC_LSFT)
-
-#### 2.1.2 Modified key
-This action is comprised of strokes of modifiers and a key. `Macro` action is needed if you want more complex key strokes.
-
-Say you want to assign a key to `Shift + 1` to get character *'!'* or `Alt + Tab` to switch application windows.
-
-    ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_1)
-    ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LALT, KC_TAB)
-
-Or `Alt,Shift + Tab` can be defined. `ACTION_MODS_KEY(mods, key)` requires **4-bit modifier state** and a **keycode** as arguments. See `keycode.h` for `MOD_BIT()` macro.
-
-    ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LALT | MOD_LSFT, KC_TAB)
-
-#### 2.1.3 Multiple Modifiers
-Registers multiple modifiers with pressing a key. To specify multiple modifiers use `|`.
-
-    ACTION_MODS(MOD_ALT | MOD_LSFT)
-
-#### 2.1.3 Modifier with Tap key([Dual role][dual_role])
-Works as a modifier key while holding, but registers a key on tap(press and release quickly).
-
-
-    ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_ENT)
-
-
-
-### 2.2 Layer Action
-These actions operate layers of keymap.
-
-#### Parameters
-You can specify a **target layer** of action and **when the action is executed**. Some actions take a **bit value** for bitwise operation.
-
-
-+ **layer**: `0`-`31`
-+ **on**: { `ON_PRESS` | `ON_RELEASE` | `ON_BOTH` }
-+ **bits**: 4-bit value and 1-bit mask bit
-
-
-#### 2.2.1 Default Layer
-Default Layer is a layer which always is valid and referred to when actions is not defined on other overlay layers.
-
-This sets Default Layer to given parameter `layer` and activate it.
-
-    ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_SET(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.2 Momentary 
-Turns on `layer` momentarily while holding, in other words it activates when key is pressed and deactivate when released.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.3 Toggle Switch
-Turns on `layer` with first type(press and release) and turns off with next.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.4 Momentary Switch with tap key
-Turns on `layer` momentary while holding, but registers key on tap(press and release quickly).
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(layer, key)
-
-
-#### 2.2.5 Momentary Switch with tap toggle
-Turns on `layer` momentary while holding and toggles it with serial taps.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.6 Invert state of layer
-Inverts current state of `layer`. If the layer is on it becomes off with this action.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_INVERT(layer, on)
-
-
-#### 2.2.7 Turn On layer
-Turns on layer state.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_ON(layer, on)
-
-Turns on layer state on press and turns off on release.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_ON_OFF(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.8 Turn Off layer
-Turns off layer state.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_OFF(layer, on)
-
-Turns off layer state on press and activates on release.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_OFF_ON(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.9 Set layer
-Turn on layer only.
-`layer_state = (1<<layer) [layer: 0-31]`
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_SET(layer, on)
-
-Turns on layer only and clear all layer on release..
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_SET_CLEAR(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.10 Bitwise operation
-
-**part** indicates which part of 32bit layer state(0-7). **bits** is 5-bit value. **on** indicates when the action is executed.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_BIT_AND(part, bits, on)
-    ACTION_LAYER_BIT_OR(part, bits, on)
-    ACTION_LAYER_BIT_XOR(part, bits, on)
-    ACTION_LAYER_BIT_SET(part, bits, on)
-
-These actions works with parameters as following code.
-
-    uint8_t shift = part*4;
-    uint32_t mask = (bits&0x10) ? ~(0xf<<shift) : 0;
-    uint32_t layer_state = layer_state <bitop> ((bits<<shift)|mask);
-
-
-Default Layer also has bitwise operations, they are executed when key is released.
-
-    ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_BIT_AND(part, bits)
-    ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_BIT_OR(part, bits)
-    ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_BIT_XOR(part, bits)
-    ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_BIT_SET(part, bits)
-
-
-
-### 2.3 Macro action
-***TBD***
-
-`Macro` action indicates complex key strokes.
- 
-    MACRO( D(LSHIFT), D(D), END )
-    MACRO( U(D), U(LSHIFT), END )
-    MACRO( I(255), T(H), T(E), T(L), T(L), W(255), T(O), END )
-
-#### 2.3.1 Macro Commands
-- **I()**   change interval of stroke.
-- **D()**   press key
-- **U()**   release key
-- **T()**   type key(press and release)
-- **W()**   wait
-- **END**   end mark
-
-#### 2.3.2 Examples
-
-***TODO: sample implementation***
-See `keyboards/hhkb/keymap.c` for sample.
-
-
-
-### 2.4 Function action
-***TBD***
-
-There are two type of action, normal `Function` and tappable `Function`.
-These actions call user defined function with `id`, `opt`, and key event information as arguments.
-
-#### 2.4.1 Function
-To define normal `Function` action in keymap use this.
-
-    ACTION_FUNCTION(id, opt)
-
-#### 2.4.2 Function with tap
-To define tappable `Function` action in keymap use this.
-
-    ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP(id, opt)
-
-#### 2.4.3 Implement user function
-`Function` actions can be defined freely with C by user in callback function:
-
-    void keymap_call_function(keyrecord_t *event, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
-
-This C function is called every time key is operated, argument `id` selects action to be performed and `opt` can be used for option. Function `id` can be 0-255 and `opt` can be 0-15.
-
- `keyrecord_t` is comprised of key event and tap count. `keyevent_t` indicates which and when key is pressed or released. From `tap_count` you can know tap state, 0 means no tap. These information will be used in user function to decide how action of key is performed.
-
-    typedef struct {
-        keyevent_t  event;
-        uint8_t     tap_count;
-    } keyrecord_t;
-
-    typedef struct {
-        key_t    key;
-        bool     pressed;
-        uint16_t time;
-    } keyevent_t;
-
-    typedef struct {
-        uint8_t col;
-        uint8_t row;
-    } key_t;
-
-***TODO: sample implementation***
-See `keyboards/hhkb/keymap.c` for sample.
-
-
-
-### 2.5 Backlight Action
-These actions control the backlight.
-
-#### 2.5.1 Change backlight level
-Increase backlight level.
-
-    ACTION_BACKLIGHT_INCREASE()
-
-Decrease backlight level.
-
-    ACTION_BACKLIGHT_DECREASE()
-
-Step through backlight levels.
-
-    ACTION_BACKLIGHT_STEP()
-
-Turn a specific backlight level on or off.
-
-    ACTION_BACKLIGHT_LEVEL(1)
-
-#### 2.5.2 Turn on / off backlight
-Turn the backlight on and off without changing level.
-
-    ACTION_BACKLIGHT_TOGGLE()
-
-
-
-### 2.6 Swap-Hands Action
-The swap-hands action allows support for one-handed keyboards without requiring a separate layer. Set `ONEHAND_ENABLE` in the Makefile and define a `hand_swap_config` entry in your keymap. Now whenever the `ACTION_SWAP_HANDS` command key is pressed the keyboard is mirrored. For instance, to type "Hello, World" on QWERTY you would type `^Ge^s^s^w^c W^wr^sd`
-
-### 2.6.1 Configuration
-The configuration table is a simple 2-dimensional array to map from column/row to new column/row. Example `hand_swap_config` for Planck:
-
-```
-const keypos_t hand_swap_config[MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-  {{11, 0}, {10, 0}, {9, 0}, {8, 0}, {7, 0}, {6, 0}, {5, 0}, {4, 0}, {3, 0}, {2, 0}, {1, 0}, {0, 0}},
-  {{11, 1}, {10, 1}, {9, 1}, {8, 1}, {7, 1}, {6, 1}, {5, 1}, {4, 1}, {3, 1}, {2, 1}, {1, 1}, {0, 1}},
-  {{11, 2}, {10, 2}, {9, 2}, {8, 2}, {7, 2}, {6, 2}, {5, 2}, {4, 2}, {3, 2}, {2, 2}, {1, 2}, {0, 2}},
-  {{11, 3}, {10, 3}, {9, 3}, {8, 3}, {7, 3}, {6, 3}, {5, 3}, {4, 3}, {3, 3}, {2, 3}, {1, 3}, {0, 3}},
-};
-```
-
-Note that the array indices are reversed same as the matrix and the values are of type `keypos_t` which is `{col, row}` and all values are zero-based. In the example above, `hand_swap_config[2][4]` (third row, fifth column) would return {7, 2} (third row, eighth column).
-
-### 2.6.2 Advanced Swap Commands
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS()`** Swaps hands when pressed, returns to normal when released (momentary).
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_TOGGLE()`** Toggles swap on and off with every keypress.
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_TAP_TOGGLE()`** Toggles with a tap; momentary when held.
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_TAP_KEY(key)`** Sends `key` with a tap; momentary swap when held.
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_ON_OFF()`** Alias for `ACTION_SWAP_HANDS()`
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_OFF_ON()`** Momentarily turns off swap.
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_ON()`** Turns on swapping and leaves it on.
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_OFF()`** Turn off swapping and leaves it off. Good for returning to a known state.
-
-
-
-## 3. Layer switching Example
-There are some ways to switch layer with 'Layer' actions.
-
-### 3.1 Momentary switching
-Momentary switching changes layer only while holding Fn key.
-
-This action makes 'Layer 1' active(valid) on key press event and inactive on release event. Namely you can overlay a layer on lower layers or default layer temporarily with this action.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1)
-
-
-Note that after switching on press the actions on destination layer(Layer 1) are performed.
-***Thus you shall need to place an action to go back on destination layer***, or you will be stuck in destination layer without way to get back. Usually you need to place same action or 'KC_TRNS` on destination layer to get back.
-
-
-### 3.2 Toggle switching
-Toggle switching performed after releasing a key. With this action you can keep staying on the destination layer until you type the key again to return.
-
-This performs toggle switching action of 'Layer 2'.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(2)
-
-
-
-### 3.3 Momentary switching with Tap key
-These actions switch a layer only while holding a key but register the key on tap. **Tap** means to press and release a key quickly.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_SCLN)
-
-With this you can place a layer switching action on normal key like ';' without losing its original key register function. This action allows you to have layer switching action without necessity of a dedicated key. It means you can have it even on home row of keyboard.
-
-
-
-### 3.4 Momentary switching with Tap Toggle
-This switches layer only while holding a key but toggle layer with several taps. **Tap** means to press and release key quickly.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(1)
-
-Number of taps can be configured with `TAPPING_TOGGLE` in `config.h`, `5` by default.
-
-
-
-### 3.5 Momentary switching with Modifiers
-This registers modifier key(s) simultaneously with layer switching.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_MODS(2, MOD_LSFT | MOD_LALT)
-
-
-
-## 4. Tapping
-Tapping is to press and release a key quickly. Tapping speed is determined with setting of `TAPPING_TERM`, which can be defined in `config.h`, 200ms by default.
-
-### 4.1 Tap Key
-This is a feature to assign normal key action and modifier including layer switching to just same one physical key. This is a kind of [Dual role key][dual_role]. It works as modifier when holding the key but registers normal key when tapping.
-
-Modifier with tap key:
-
-    ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_GRV)
-
-Layer switching with tap key:
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_SCLN)
-
-[dual_role]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys
-
-When user hold a key after tap, it repeat the tapped key rather to hold a modifier key.
-If you prefer to hold a modifier instead, define `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD` in `config.h`.
-See https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/889 for the detail.
-
-### 4.2 Tap Toggle
-This is a feature to assign both toggle layer and momentary switch layer action to just same one physical key. It works as momentary layer switch when holding a key but toggle switch with several taps.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(1)
-
-
-### 4.3 Oneshot Modifier
-This runs onetime effects which modify only on just one following key. It works as normal modifier key when holding down while oneshot modifier when tapping. The behavior of oneshot modifiers is similar to the [sticky keys](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/StickyKeys) functionality found in most operating systems.
-
-    ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT(MOD_LSFT)
-
-Oneshot layer key:
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_ONESHOT(MY_LAYER)
-
-Say you want to type 'The', you have to push and hold Shift key before type 't' then release it before type 'h' and 'e', otherwise you'll get 'THe' or 'the' unintentionally. With Oneshot Modifier you can tap Shift then type 't', 'h' and 'e' normally, you don't need to holding Shift key properly here. This mean you can release Shift before 't' is pressed down.
-
-Oneshot effect is cancel unless following key is pressed down within `ONESHOT_TIMEOUT` of `config.h`. No timeout when it is `0` or not defined.
-
-Most implementations of sticky keys allow you to lock a modifier by double tapping the modifier. The layer then remains locked untill the modifier is tapped again. To enable this behaviour for oneshot modifiers set `ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE` to the number taps required. The feature is disabled if `ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE<2` or not defined.
-
-
-### 4.4 Tap Toggle Mods
-Similar to layer tap toggle, this works as a momentary modifier when holding, but toggles on with several taps. A single tap will 'unstick' the modifier again.
-
-    ACTION_MODS_TAP_TOGGLE(MOD_LSFT)
-
-
-
-
-## 5. Legacy Keymap
-In QMK, `tmk_core/common/keymap.c` is missing and its replacement `quantum/keymap_common.c` lacks Legacy Keymap support.
-
-Legacy Keymap uses two arrays `fn_layer[]` and `fn_keycode[]` to define Fn key. The index of arrays corresponds with postfix number of `Fn` key. Array `fn_layer[]` indicates destination layer to switch and `fn_keycode[]` has keycodes to send when tapping `Fn` key.
-
-In the following legacy keymap setting example, `Fn0`, `Fn1` and `Fn2` switch layer to 1, 2 and 2 respectively. `Fn2` registers `Space` key when tapping while `Fn0` and `Fn1` doesn't send any key.
-
-    static const uint8_t PROGMEM fn_layer[] = {
-        1,              // Fn0
-        2,              // Fn1
-        2,              // Fn2
-    };
-
-    static const uint8_t PROGMEM fn_keycode[] = {
-        KC_NO,          // Fn0
-        KC_NO,          // Fn1
-        KC_SPC,         // Fn2
-    };
-
-Under QMK, these can be realized using action code ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(1, KC_NO), ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_NO), and ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_SPC) in the `keymaps` directly.
-
-## 6. Terminology
-***TBD***
-### keymap
-is comprised of multiple layers.
-### layer
-is matrix of keycodes.
-### key
-is physical button on keyboard or logical switch on software.
-### keycode
-is codes used on firmware.
-### action
-is a function assigned on a key.
-### layer transparency
-Using transparent keycode one layer can refer key definition on other lower layer.
-### layer precedence
-Top layer has higher precedence than lower layers.
-### tapping
-is to press and release a key quickly.
-### Fn key
-is key which executes a special action like layer switching, mouse key, macro or etc.
-### dual role key
-<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys>

doc/other_projects.md

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-Other Keyboard Firmware Projects
-================================
-## PJRC USB Keyboard/Mouse Example[USB][PJRC][Teensy][AVR]
-- <http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/usb_keyboard.html>
-- <http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/usb_mouse.html>
-
-## kbupgrade[USB][V-USB][AVR]
-- <http://github.com/rhomann/kbupgrade>
-- <http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:8406>
-
-## c64key[USB][V-USB][AVR]
-- <http://symlink.dk/projects/c64key/>
-
-## rump[USB][V-USB][AVR]
-- <http://mg8.org/rump/>
-- <http://github.com/clee/rump>
-
-## dulcimer[USB][V-USB][AVR]
-- <http://www.schatenseite.de/dulcimer.html>
-
-## humblehacker-keyboard[USB][LUFA][AVR][Ergo]
-- <http://github.com/humblehacker>
-- <http://www.humblehacker.com/keyboard/>
-- <http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:6292>
-
-## ps2avr[PS/2][AVR]
-- <http://sourceforge.net/projects/ps2avr/>
-
-## ErgoDox[Ergo][Split][USB][AVR]
-- <http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=22780.0>
-- <https://github.com/benblazak/ergodox-firmware>
-- <https://github.com/cub-uanic/tmk_keyboard>
-
-## Suka's keyboard collection[Ergo][Split][3DPrinting][USB][AVR]
-- <http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/my-diy-keyboard-collection-or-how-i-became-a-kb-geek-t2534.html>
-- <https://github.com/frobiac/adnw>
-
-## bpiphany's AVR-Keyboard[PJRC][AVR][USB]
-- <https://github.com/BathroomEpiphanies/AVR-Keyboard>
-- <http://deskthority.net/wiki/HID_Liberation_Device_-_DIY_Instructions>
-- <http://deskthority.net/wiki/Phantom>
-
-## USB-USB keyboard remapper[converter][USB-USB][AVR][Arduino]
-- <http://forum.colemak.com/viewtopic.php?pid=10837>
-- <https://github.com/darkytoothpaste/keymapper>
-
-## USB-USB converter threads[converter][USB-USB]
-- <http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/is-remapping-a-usb-keyboard-using-teensy-possible-t2841-30.html>
-- <http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=19458.0>
-
-## kbdbabel.org[converter][vintage][protocol][8051]
-Great resource of vintage keyboard protocol information and code
-
-- <http://www.kbdbabel.org/>
-
-## Haata's kiibohd Controller[converter][vintage][protocol][AVR][PJRC][Cortex]
-A lots of vintage keyboard protocol supports
-
-- <http://gitorious.org/kiibohd-controller>
-
-## Kinesis ergonomic keyboard firmware replacement[V-USB][LUFA][Ergo]
-- <https://github.com/chrisandreae/kinesis-firmware>

docs/CNAME

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+docs.qmk.fm

docs/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Quantum Mechanical Keyboard Firmware
+
+[![Current Version](https://img.shields.io/github/tag/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tags)
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware)
+[![Discord](https://img.shields.io/discord/440868230475677696.svg)](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
+[![Docs Status](https://img.shields.io/badge/docs-ready-orange.svg)](https://docs.qmk.fm)
+[![GitHub contributors](https://img.shields.io/github/contributors/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulse/monthly)
+[![GitHub forks](https://img.shields.io/github/forks/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?style=social&label=Fork)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/)
+
+## What is QMK Firmware?
+
+QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) is an open source community that maintains QMK Firmware, QMK Toolbox, qmk.fm, and these docs. QMK Firmware is a keyboard firmware based on the [tmk\_keyboard](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) with some useful features for Atmel AVR controllers, and more specifically, the [OLKB product line](http://olkb.com), the [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com) keyboard, and the [Clueboard product line](http://clueboard.co/). It has also been ported to ARM chips using ChibiOS. You can use it to power your own hand-wired or custom keyboard PCB.
+
+## How to Get It
+
+If you plan on contributing a keymap, keyboard, or features to QMK, the easiest thing to do is [fork the repo through Github](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), and clone your repo locally to make your changes, push them, then open a [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) from your fork.
+
+Otherwise, you can either download it directly ([zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master), [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master)), or clone it via git (`git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git`), or https (`https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
+
+## How to Compile
+
+Before you are able to compile, you'll need to [install an environment](getting_started_build_tools.md) for AVR or/and ARM development. Once that is complete, you'll use the `make` command to build a keyboard and keymap with the following notation:
+
+    make planck/rev4:default
+
+This would build the `rev4` revision of the `planck` with the `default` keymap. Not all keyboards have revisions (also called subprojects or folders), in which case, it can be omitted:
+
+    make preonic:default
+
+## How to Customize
+
+QMK has lots of [features](features.md) to explore, and a good deal of [reference documentation](http://docs.qmk.fm) to dig through. Most features are taken advantage of by modifying your [keymap](keymap.md), and changing the [keycodes](keycodes.md).

docs/_sidebar.md

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+* [Complete Newbs Guide](newbs.md)
+  * [Getting Started](newbs_getting_started.md)
+  * [Building Your First Firmware](newbs_building_firmware.md)
+  * [Flashing Firmware](newbs_flashing.md)
+  * [Testing and Debugging](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
+
+* [QMK Basics](README.md)
+  * [QMK Introduction](getting_started_introduction.md)
+  * [Contributing to QMK](contributing.md)
+  * [How to Use Github](getting_started_github.md)
+  * [Getting Help](getting_started_getting_help.md)
+
+* [FAQ](faq.md)
+  * [General FAQ](faq_general.md)
+  * [Build/Compile QMK](faq_build.md)
+  * [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
+  * [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)
+
+* Detailed Guides
+  * [Install Build Tools](getting_started_build_tools.md)
+  * [Vagrant Guide](getting_started_vagrant.md)
+  * [Build/Compile Instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md)
+  * [Flashing Firmware](flashing.md)
+  * [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md)
+  * [Keymap Overview](keymap.md)
+
+* [Hardware](hardware.md)
+  * [AVR Processors](hardware_avr.md)
+  * [Drivers](hardware_drivers.md)
+
+* Reference
+  * [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
+  * [Config Options](config_options.md)
+  * [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
+  * [Documentation Best Practices](documentation_best_practices.md)
+  * [Documentation Templates](documentation_templates.md)
+  * [Glossary](reference_glossary.md)
+  * [Unit Testing](unit_testing.md)
+  * [Useful Functions](ref_functions.md)
+
+* [Features](features.md)
+  * [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md)
+  * [Quantum Keycodes](quantum_keycodes.md)
+  * [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md)
+  * [Audio](feature_audio.md)
+  * [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md)
+  * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md)
+  * [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md)
+  * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+  * [Command](feature_command.md)
+  * [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md)
+  * [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md)
+  * [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md)
+  * [Layouts](feature_layouts.md)
+  * [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md)
+  * [Macros](feature_macros.md)
+  * [Mouse Keys](feature_mouse_keys.md)
+  * [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
+  * [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md)
+  * [PS/2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
+  * [RGB Lighting](feature_rgblight.md)
+  * [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md)
+  * [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md)
+  * [Space Cadet Shift Enter](feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md)
+  * [Stenography](feature_stenography.md)
+  * [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
+  * [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md)
+  * [Terminal](feature_terminal.md)
+  * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md)
+  * [Unicode](feature_unicode.md)
+  * [Userspace](feature_userspace.md)
+  * [US ANSI Shifted Keys](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
+
+* For Makers and Modders
+  * [Hand Wiring Guide](hand_wire.md)
+  * [ISP Flashing Guide](isp_flashing_guide.md)
+
+* For a Deeper Understanding
+  * [How Keyboards Work](how_keyboards_work.md)
+  * [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md)
+
+* Other Topics
+  * [Using Eclipse with QMK](eclipse.md)
+
+* QMK Internals (In Progress)
+  * [Defines](internals_defines.md)
+  * [Input Callback Reg](internals_input_callback_reg.md)
+  * [Midi Device](internals_midi_device.md)
+  * [Midi Device Setup Process](internals_midi_device_setup_process.md)
+  * [Midi Util](internals_midi_util.md)
+  * [Send Functions](internals_send_functions.md)
+  * [Sysex Tools](internals_sysex_tools.md)

docs/_summary.md

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+* [Complete Newbs Guide](newbs.md)
+  * [Getting Started](newbs_getting_started.md)
+  * [Building Your First Firmware](newbs_building_firmware.md)
+  * [Flashing Firmware](newbs_flashing.md)
+  * [Testing and Debugging](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
+
+* [QMK Basics](README.md)
+  * [QMK Introduction](getting_started_introduction.md)
+  * [Contributing to QMK](contributing.md)
+  * [How to Use Github](getting_started_github.md)
+  * [Getting Help](getting_started_getting_help.md)
+
+* [FAQ](faq.md)
+  * [General FAQ](faq_general.md)
+  * [Build/Compile QMK](faq_build.md)
+  * [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
+  * [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)
+
+* Detailed Guides
+  * [Install Build Tools](getting_started_build_tools.md)
+  * [Vagrant Guide](getting_started_vagrant.md)
+  * [Build/Compile Instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md)
+  * [Flashing Firmware](flashing.md)
+  * [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md)
+  * [Keymap Overview](keymap.md)
+
+* [Hardware](hardware.md)
+  * [AVR Processors](hardware_avr.md)
+  * [Drivers](hardware_drivers.md)
+
+* Reference
+  * [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
+  * [Config Options](config_options.md)
+  * [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
+  * [Documentation Best Practices](documentation_best_practices.md)
+  * [Documentation Templates](documentation_templates.md)
+  * [Glossary](reference_glossary.md)
+  * [Unit Testing](unit_testing.md)
+  * [Useful Functions](ref_functions.md)
+
+* [Features](features.md)
+  * [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md)
+  * [Quantum Keycodes](quantum_keycodes.md)
+  * [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md)
+  * [Audio](feature_audio.md)
+  * [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md)
+  * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md)
+  * [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md)
+  * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+  * [Command](feature_command.md)
+  * [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md)
+  * [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md)
+  * [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md)
+  * [Layouts](feature_layouts.md)
+  * [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md)
+  * [Macros](feature_macros.md)
+  * [Mouse Keys](feature_mouse_keys.md)
+  * [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
+  * [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md)
+  * [PS/2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
+  * [RGB Lighting](feature_rgblight.md)
+  * [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md)
+  * [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md)
+  * [Space Cadet Shift Enter](feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md)
+  * [Stenography](feature_stenography.md)
+  * [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
+  * [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md)
+  * [Terminal](feature_terminal.md)
+  * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md)
+  * [Unicode](feature_unicode.md)
+  * [Userspace](feature_userspace.md)
+  * [US ANSI Shifted Keys](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
+
+* For Makers and Modders
+  * [Hand Wiring Guide](hand_wire.md)
+  * [ISP Flashing Guide](isp_flashing_guide.md)
+
+* For a Deeper Understanding
+  * [How Keyboards Work](how_keyboards_work.md)
+  * [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md)
+
+* Other Topics
+  * [Using Eclipse with QMK](eclipse.md)
+
+* QMK Internals (In Progress)
+  * [Defines](internals_defines.md)
+  * [Input Callback Reg](internals_input_callback_reg.md)
+  * [Midi Device](internals_midi_device.md)
+  * [Midi Device Setup Process](internals_midi_device_setup_process.md)
+  * [Midi Util](internals_midi_util.md)
+  * [Send Functions](internals_send_functions.md)
+  * [Sysex Tools](internals_sysex_tools.md)

docs/becoming_a_qmk_collaborator.md

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Becoming a QMK Collaborator
+
+A QMK collaborator is a keyboard maker or designer that is interested in helping QMK grow and fully support their keyboard(s), and encouraging their users and customers to submit features, ideas, and keymaps. We're always looking to add more keyboards and collaborators, but we ask that they fulfill these requirements:
+
+* **Have a PCB available for sale.** Unfortunately there's just too much variation and complications with handwired keyboards.
+* **Maintain your keyboard in QMK.** This may just require an initial setup to get your keyboard working, but it could also include accommodating changes made to QMK's core that might break or render any custom code redundant.
+* **Approve and merge keymap pull requests for your keyboard.** We like to encourage users to contribute their keymaps for others to see and work from when creating their own.
+
+If you feel you meet these requirements, shoot us an email at hello@qmk.fm with an introduction and some links to your keyboard!

docs/compatible_microcontrollers.md

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# Atmel AVR
+
+QMK should run on any Atmel AVR processor with enough Flash. It has been tested on the following:
+
+* ATmega32U4 ([PJRC Teensy 2.0](http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/))
+* AT90USB1286 ([PJRC Teensy++ 2.0](http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/))
+* AT90USB1287 ([Atmel USBKEY](http://www.atmel.com/tools/AT90USBKEY.aspx))
+* ATmega168P with using [V-USB](http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/index.html)
+* ATmega328P with using [V-USB](http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/index.html)
+* ATmega32U2
+* AT90USB1286, 646, 647 should work
+* AT90USB162 testing...
+
+NOTE: To enable full features of firmware you'll need 32KB flash size.
+
+Please add any tested microcontrollers to this list.
+
+# ARM
+
+You can also use any ARM processor that [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.org) supports. The following processors have been tested:
+
+* [Kinetis MKL26Z64](http://www.nxp.com/products/microcontrollers-and-processors/arm-processors/kinetis-cortex-m-mcus/l-series-ultra-low-power-m0-plus/kinetis-kl2x-48-mhz-usb-ultra-low-power-microcontrollers-mcus-based-on-arm-cortex-m0-plus-core:KL2x)
+* [Kinetis MK20DX128](http://www.nxp.com/assets/documents/data/en/data-sheets/K20P64M50SF0.pdf)
+* [Kinetis MK20DX128](http://www.nxp.com/assets/documents/data/en/data-sheets/K20P64M50SF0.pdf)
+* [Kinetis MK20DX256](http://www.nxp.com/products/microcontrollers-and-processors/arm-processors/kinetis-cortex-m-mcus/k-series-performance-m4/k2x-usb/kinetis-k20-72-mhz-full-speed-usb-mixed-signal-integration-microcontrollers-mcus-based-on-arm-cortex-m4-core:K20_72)

docs/config_options.md

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+# Configuring QMK
+
+QMK is nearly infinitely configurable. Wherever possible we err on the side of allowing users to customize their keyboard, even at the expense of code size. That level of flexibility makes for a daunting configuration experience, however.
+
+There are two main types of configuration files in QMK- `config.h` and `rules.mk`. These files exist at various levels in QMK and all files of the same type are combined to build the final configuration. The levels, from lowest priority to highest priority, are:
+
+* QMK Default
+* Keyboard
+* Folders (Up to 5 levels deep)
+* Keymap
+
+## QMK Default
+
+Every available setting in QMK has a default. If that setting is not set at the Keyboard, Folder, or Keymap level this is the setting that will be used.
+
+## Keyboard
+
+This level contains config options that should apply to the whole keyboard. Some settings won't change in revisions, or most keymaps. Other settings are merely defaults for this keyboard and can be overridden by folders and/or keymaps.
+
+## Folders
+
+Some keyboards have folders and sub-folders to allow for different hardware configurations. Most keyboards only go 1 folder deep, but QMK supports structures up to 5 folders deep. Each folder can have its own `config.h` and `rules.mk` files that are incorporated into the final configuration.
+
+## Keymap
+
+This level contains all of the options for that particular keymap. If you wish to override a previous declaration, you can use `#undef <variable>` to undefine it, where you can then redefine it without an error.
+
+# The `config.h` File
+
+This is a C header file that is one of the first things included, and will persist over the whole project (if included). Lots of variables can be set here and accessed elsewhere. The `config.h` file shouldn't be including other `config.h` files, or anything besides this:
+
+    #include "config_common.h"
+
+
+## Hardware Options
+* `#define VENDOR_ID 0x1234`
+  * defines your VID, and for most DIY projects, can be whatever you want
+* `#define PRODUCT_ID 0x5678`
+  * defines your PID, and for most DIY projects, can be whatever you want
+* `#define DEVICE_VER 0`
+  * defines the device version (often used for revisions)
+* `#define MANUFACTURER Me`
+  * generally who/whatever brand produced the board
+* `#define PRODUCT Board`
+  * the name of the keyboard
+* `#define DESCRIPTION a keyboard`
+  * a short description of what the keyboard is
+* `#define MATRIX_ROWS 5`
+  * the number of rows in your keyboard's matrix
+* `#define MATRIX_COLS 15`
+  * the number of columns in your keyboard's matrix
+* `#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D5, B5, B6 }`
+  * pins of the rows, from top to bottom
+* `#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F1, F0, B0, C7, F4, F5, F6, F7, D4, D6, B4, D7 }`
+  * pins of the columns, from left to right
+* `#define UNUSED_PINS { D1, D2, D3, B1, B2, B3 }`
+  * pins unused by the keyboard for reference
+* `#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST`
+  * define is matrix has ghost (unlikely)
+* `#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW`
+  * COL2ROW or ROW2COL - how your matrix is configured. COL2ROW means the black mark on your diode is facing to the rows, and between the switch and the rows.
+* `#define AUDIO_VOICES`
+  * turns on the alternate audio voices (to cycle through)
+* `#define C4_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin C4
+* `#define C5_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin C5
+* `#define C6_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin C6
+* `#define B5_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+* `#define B6_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin B6 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+* `#define B7_AUDIO`
+  * enables audio on pin B7 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+* `#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7`
+  * pin of the backlight - B5, B6, B7 use PWM, others use softPWM
+* `#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3`
+  * number of levels your backlight will have (maximum 15 excluding off)
+* `#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`
+  * enables backlight breathing (only works with backlight pins B5, B6 and B7)
+* `#define BREATHING_PERIOD 6`
+  * the length of one backlight "breath" in seconds
+* `#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5`
+  * the delay when reading the value of the pin (5 is default)
+* `#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE`
+  * mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap
+* `#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE`
+  * tries to keep switch state consistent with keyboard LED state
+* `#define IS_COMMAND() ( keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) )`
+  * key combination that allows the use of magic commands (useful for debugging)
+* `#define USB_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION`
+  * sets the maximum power (in mA) over USB for the device (default: 500)
+* `#define SCL_CLOCK 100000L`
+  * sets the SCL_CLOCK speed for split keyboards. The default is `100000L` but some boards can be set to `400000L`.
+
+## Features That Can Be Disabled
+
+If you define these options you will disable the associated feature, which can save on code size.
+
+* `#define NO_DEBUG`
+  * disable debugging
+* `#define NO_PRINT`
+  * disable printing/debugging using hid_listen
+* `#define NO_ACTION_LAYER`
+  * disable layers
+* `#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING`
+  * disable tap dance and other tapping features
+* `#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT`
+  * disable one-shot modifiers
+* `#define NO_ACTION_MACRO`
+  * disable all macro handling
+* `#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION`
+  * disable the action function (deprecated)
+
+## Features That Can Be Enabled
+
+If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may increase your code size.
+
+* `#define FORCE_NKRO`
+  * NKRO by default requires to be turned on, this forces it on during keyboard startup regardless of EEPROM setting. NKRO can still be turned off but will be turned on again if the keyboard reboots.
+* `#define STRICT_LAYER_RELEASE`
+  * force a key release to be evaluated using the current layer stack instead of remembering which layer it came from (used for advanced cases)
+
+## Behaviors That Can Be Configured
+
+* `#define TAPPING_TERM 200`
+  * how long before a tap becomes a hold, if set above 500, a key tapped during the tapping term will turn it into a hold too
+* `#define RETRO_TAPPING`
+  * tap anyway, even after TAPPING_TERM, if there was no other key interruption between press and release
+  * See [Retro Tapping](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#retro-tapping) for details
+* `#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 2`
+  * how many taps before triggering the toggle
+* `#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD`
+  * makes tap and hold keys work better for fast typers who don't want tapping term set above 500
+  * See [Permissive Hold](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#permissive-hold) for details
+* `#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT`
+  * makes it possible to do rolling combos (zx) with keys that convert to other keys on hold
+  * See [Mod tap interrupt](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#mod-tap-interrupt) for details
+* `#define TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD`
+  * makes it possible to use a dual role key as modifier shortly after having been tapped
+  * See [Hold after tap](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#hold-after-tap)
+* `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300`
+  * how long before the leader key times out
+* `#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 300`
+  * how long before oneshot times out
+* `#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 2`
+  * how many taps before oneshot toggle is triggered
+* `#define QMK_KEYS_PER_SCAN 4`
+  * Allows sending more than one key per scan. By default, only one key event gets
+    sent via `process_record()` per scan. This has little impact on most typing, but
+    if you're doing a lot of chords, or your scan rate is slow to begin with, you can
+    have some delay in processing key events. Each press and release is a separate
+    event. For a keyboard with 1ms or so scan times, even a very fast typist isn't
+    going to produce the 500 keystrokes a second needed to actually get more than a
+    few ms of delay from this. But if you're doing chording on something with 3-4ms
+    scan times? You probably want this.
+
+## RGB Light Configuration
+
+* `#define RGB_DI_PIN D7`
+  * pin the DI on the ws2812 is hooked-up to
+* `#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS`
+  * run RGB animations
+* `#define RGBLED_NUM 15`
+  * number of LEDs
+* `#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 12`
+  * units to step when in/decreasing hue
+* `#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 25`
+  * units to step when in/decreasing saturation
+* `#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 12`
+  * units to step when in/decreasing value (brightness)
+* `#define RGBW_BB_TWI`
+  * bit-bangs TWI to EZ RGBW LEDs (only required for Ergodox EZ)
+
+## Mouse Key Options
+
+* `#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL 20`
+* `#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY 0`
+* `#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX 60`
+* `#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED 7`
+* `#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_DELAY 0`
+
+## Split Keyboard Options
+
+Split Keyboard specific options, make sure you have 'SPLIT_KEYBOARD = yes' in your rules.mk
+
+* `#define SPLIT_HAND_PIN B7`
+  * For using high/low pin to determine handedness, low = right hand, high = left hand. Replace 'B7' with the pin you are using. This is optional and you can still use the EEHANDS method or MASTER_LEFT / MASTER_RIGHT defines like the stock Let's Split uses.
+  
+* `#define USE_I2C`
+  * For using I2C instead of Serial (defaults to serial)
+
+# The `rules.mk` File
+
+This is a [make](https://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.html) file that is included by the top-level `Makefile`. It is used to set some information about the MCU that we will be compiling for as well as enabling and disabling certain features.
+
+## Build Options
+
+* `DEFAULT_FOLDER`
+  * Used to specify a default folder when a keyboard has more than one sub-folder.
+* `FIRMWARE_FORMAT`
+  * Defines which format (bin, hex) is copied to the root `qmk_firmware` folder after building.
+* `SRC`
+  * Used to add files to the compilation/linking list.
+* `LAYOUTS`
+  * A list of [layouts](feature_layouts.md) this keyboard supports.
+
+## AVR MCU Options
+* `MCU = atmega32u4`
+* `F_CPU = 16000000`
+* `ARCH = AVR8`
+* `F_USB = $(F_CPU)`
+* `OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT`
+* `BOOTLOADER = atmel-dfu` with the following options:
+  * `atmel-dfu`
+  * `lufa-dfu`
+  * `qmk-dfu`
+  * `halfkay`
+  * `caterina`
+  * `bootloadHID`
+
+## Feature Options
+
+Use these to enable or disable building certain features. The more you have enabled the bigger your firmware will be, and you run the risk of building a firmware too large for your MCU.
+
+* `BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE`
+  * Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+* `MOUSEKEY_ENABLE`
+  * Mouse keys(+4700)
+* `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`
+  * Audio control and System control(+450)
+* `CONSOLE_ENABLE`
+  * Console for debug(+400)
+* `COMMAND_ENABLE`
+  * Commands for debug and configuration
+* `NKRO_ENABLE`
+  * USB N-Key Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+* `AUDIO_ENABLE`
+  * Enable the audio subsystem.
+* `RGBLIGHT_ENABLE`
+  * Enable keyboard underlight functionality
+* `MIDI_ENABLE`
+  * MIDI controls
+* `UNICODE_ENABLE`
+  * Unicode
+* `BLUETOOTH_ENABLE`
+  * Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+* `SPLIT_KEYBOARD`
+  * Enables split keyboard support (dual MCU like the let's split and bakingpy's boards) and includes all necessary files located at quantum/split_common
+* `WAIT_FOR_USB`
+  * Forces the keyboard to wait for a USB connection to be established before it starts up
+* `NO_USB_STARTUP_CHECK`
+  * Disables usb suspend check after keyboard startup. Usually the keyboard waits for the host to wake it up before any tasks are performed. This is useful for split keyboards as one half will not get a wakeup call but must send commands to the master.

docs/contributing.md

@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+# How to Contribute
+
+👍🎉 First off, thanks for taking the time to read this and contribute! 🎉👍
+
+Third-party contributions help us grow and improve QMK. We want to make the pull request and contribution process useful and easy for both contributors and maintainers. To this end we've put together some guidelines for contributors to help your pull request be accepted without major changes.
+
+* [Project Overview](#project-overview)
+* [Coding Conventions](#coding-conventions)
+* [General Guidelines](#general-guidelines)
+* [What does the Code of Conduct mean for me?](#what-does-the-code-of-conduct-mean-for-me)
+
+## I Don't Want to Read This Whole Thing! I Just Have a Question!
+
+If you'd like to ask questions about QMK you can do so on the [OLKB Subreddit](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) or on [Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
+
+Please keep these things in mind:
+
+* It may take several hours for someone to respond to your question. Please be patient!
+* Everyone involved with QMK is donating their time and energy. We don't get paid to work on or answer questions about QMK.
+* Try to ask your question so it's as easy to answer as possible. If you're not sure how to do that these are some good guides:
+  * https://opensource.com/life/16/10/how-ask-technical-questions
+  * http://www.catb.org/esr/faqs/smart-questions.html
+
+# Project Overview
+
+QMK is largely written in C, with specific features and parts written in C++. It targets embedded processors found in keyboards, particularly AVR ([LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php)) and ARM ([ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com)). If you are already well versed in Arduino programming you'll find a lot of the concepts and limitations familiar. Prior experience with Arduino is not required to successfully contribute to QMK.
+
+<!-- FIXME: We should include a list of resources for learning C here. -->
+
+# Where Can I Go for Help?
+
+If you need help you can [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) or [chat on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
+
+# How Do I Make a Contribution?
+
+Never made an open source contribution before? Wondering how contributions work in QMK? Here's a quick rundown!
+
+0. Sign up for a [GitHub](https://github.com) account.
+1. Put together a keymap to contribute, [find an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) you are interested in addressing, or [a feature](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Afeature) you would like to add.
+2. Fork the repository associated with the issue to your GitHub account. This means that you will have a copy of the repository under `your-GitHub-username/qmk_firmware`.
+3. Clone the repository to your local machine using `git clone https://github.com/github-username/repository-name.git`.
+4. If you're working on a new feature consider opening an issue to talk with us about the work you're about to undertake.
+5. Create a new branch for your fix using `git checkout -b branch-name-here`.
+6. Make the appropriate changes for the issue you are trying to address or the feature that you want to add.
+7. Use `git add insert-paths-of-changed-files-here` to add the file contents of the changed files to the "snapshot" git uses to manage the state of the project, also known as the index.
+8. Use `git commit -m "Insert a short message of the changes made here"` to store the contents of the index with a descriptive message.
+9. Push the changes to your repository on GitHub using `git push origin branch-name-here`.
+10. Submit a pull request to [QMK Firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/new/master).
+11. Title the pull request with a short description of the changes made and the issue or bug number associated with your change. For example, you can title an issue like so "Added more log outputting to resolve #4352".
+12. In the description of the pull request explain the changes that you made, any issues you think exist with the pull request you made, and any questions you have for the maintainer. It's OK if your pull request is not perfect (no pull request is), the reviewer will be able to help you fix any problems and improve it!
+13. Wait for the pull request to be reviewed by a maintainer.
+14. Make changes to the pull request if the reviewing maintainer recommends them.
+15. Celebrate your success after your pull request is merged!
+
+# Coding Conventions
+
+Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on, but right now it's not entirely consistent. You should match the style of the code surrounding your change, but if that code is inconsistent or unclear use the following guidelines:
+
+* We indent using two spaces (soft tabs)
+* We use One True Brace Style
+  * Opening Brace: At the end of the same line as the statement that opens the block
+  * Closing Brace: Lined up with the first character of the statement that opens the block
+  * Else If: Place the closing brace at the beginning of the line and the next opening brace at the end of the same line.
+  * Optional Braces: Always include optional braces.
+    * Good: if (condition) { return false; }
+    * Bad: if (condition) return false;
+* We use C style comments: `/* */`
+  * Think of them as a story describing the feature
+  * Use them liberally to explain why particular decisions were made.
+  * Do not write obvious comments
+  * If you not sure if a comment is obvious, go ahead and include it.
+* In general we don't wrap lines, they can be as long as needed. If you do choose to wrap lines please do not wrap any wider than 76 columns.
+* We use `#pragma once` at the start of header files rather than old-style include guards (`#ifndef THIS_FILE_H`, `#define THIS_FILE_H`, ..., `#endif`)
+
+# General Guidelines
+
+We have a few different types of changes in QMK, each requiring a different level of rigor. We'd like you to keep the following guidelines in mind no matter what type of change you're making.
+
+* Separate PR's into logical units. For example, do not submit one PR covering two separate features, instead submit a separate PR for each feature.
+* Check for unnecessary whitespace with `git diff --check` before committing.
+* Make sure your code change actually compiles.
+  * Keymaps: Make sure that `make keyboard:your_new_keymap` does not return an error
+  * Keyboards: Make sure that `make keyboard:all` does not return any errors
+  * Core: Make sure that `make all` does not return any errors.
+* Make sure commit messages are understandable on their own. You should put a short description (no more than 70 characters) on the first line, the second line should be empty, and on the 3rd and later lines you should describe your commit in detail, if required. Example:
+
+```
+Adjust the fronzlebop for the kerpleplork
+
+The kerpleplork was intermittently failing with error code 23. The root cause was the fronzlebop setting, which causes the kerpleplork to activate every N iterations.
+
+Limited experimentation on the devices I have available shows that 7 is high enough to avoid confusing the kerpleplork, but I'd like to get some feedback from people with ARM devices to be sure.
+```
+
+## Documentation
+
+Documentation is one of the easiest ways to get started contributing to QMK. Finding places where the documentation is wrong or incomplete and fixing those is easy! We also very badly need someone to edit our documentation, so if you have editing skills but aren't sure where or how to jump in please [reach out for help](#where-can-i-go-for-help)!
+
+You'll find all our documentation in the `qmk_firmware/docs` directory, or if you'd rather use a web based workflow you can click "Suggest An Edit" at the top of each page on http://docs.qmk.fm/.
+
+## Keymaps
+
+Most first-time QMK contributors start with their personal keymaps. We try to keep keymap standards pretty casual (keymaps, after all, reflect the personality of their creators) but we do ask that you follow these guidelines to make it easier for others to discover and learn from your keymap.
+
+* Write a `readme.md` using [the template](documentation_templates.md).
+* All Keymap PR's are squashed, so if you care about how your commits are squashed you should do it yourself
+* Do not lump features in with keymap PR's. Submit the feature first and then a second PR for the keymap.
+* Do not include `Makefile`s in your keymap folder (they're no longer used)
+* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME `)
+
+## Keyboards
+
+Keyboards are the raison d'être for QMK. Some keyboards are community maintained, while others are maintained by the people responsible for making a particular keyboard. The `readme.md` should tell you who maintains a particular keyboard. If you have questions relating to a particular keyboard you can [Open An Issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) and tag the maintainer in your question.
+
+We also ask that you follow these guidelines:
+
+* Write a `readme.md` using [the template](documentation_templates.md).
+* Keep the number of commits reasonable or we will squash your PR
+* Do not lump core features in with new keyboards. Submit the feature first and then submit a separate PR for the keyboard.
+* Name `.c`/`.h` file after the immediate parent folder, eg `/keyboards/<kb1>/<kb2>/<kb2>.[ch]`
+* Do not include `Makefile`s in your keyboard folder (they're no longer used)
+* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME `)
+
+## Quantum/TMK Core
+
+Before you put a lot of work into building your new feature you should make sure you are implementing it in the best way. You can get a basic understanding of QMK by reading [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md), which will take you on a tour of the QMK program flow. From here you should talk to us to get a sense of the best way to implement your idea. There are two main ways to do this:
+
+* [Chat on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
+* [Open an Issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new)
+
+Feature and Bug Fix PR's affect all keyboards. We are also in the process of restructuring QMK. For this reason it is especially important for significant changes to be discussed before implementation has happened. If you open a PR without talking to us first please be prepared to do some significant rework if your choices do not mesh well with our planned direction.
+
+Here are some things to keep in mind when working on your feature or bug fix.
+
+* **Disabled by default** - memory is a pretty limited on most chips QMK supports, and it's important that current keymaps aren't broken, so please allow your feature to be turned **on**, rather than being turned off. If you think it should be on by default, or reduces the size of the code, please talk with us about it.
+* **Compile locally before submitting** - hopefully this one is obvious, but things need to compile! Our Travis system will catch any issues, but it's generally faster for you to compile a few keyboards locally instead of waiting for the results to come back.
+* **Consider revisions and different chip-bases** - there are several keyboards that have revisions that allow for slightly different configurations, and even different chip-bases. Try to make a feature supported in ARM and AVR, or automatically disabled on platforms it doesn't work on.
+* **Explain your feature** - Document it in `docs/`, either as a new file or as part of an existing file. If you don't document it other people won't be able to benefit from your hard work.
+
+We also ask that you follow these guidelines:
+
+* Keep the number of commits reasonable or we will squash your PR
+* Do not lump keyboards or keymaps in with core changes. Submit your core changes first.
+* Write [Unit Tests](unit_testing.md) for your feature
+* Follow the style of the file you are editing. If the style is unclear or there are mixed styles you should conform to the [coding conventions](#coding-conventions) above.
+
+## Refactoring
+
+To maintain a clear vision of how things are laid out in QMK we try to plan out refactors in-depth and have a collaborator make the changes. If you have an idea for refactoring, or suggestions, [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues), we'd love to talk about how QMK can be improved.
+
+# What Does the Code of Conduct Mean for Me?
+
+Our [Code of Conduct](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) means that you are responsible for treating everyone on the project with respect and courtesy regardless of their identity. If you are the victim of any inappropriate behavior or comments as described in our Code of Conduct, we are here for you and will do the best to ensure that the abuser is reprimanded appropriately, per our code.

docs/custom_quantum_functions.md

@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+# How to Customize Your Keyboard's Behavior
+
+For a lot of people a custom keyboard is about more than sending button presses to your computer. You want to be able to do things that are more complex than simple button presses and macros. QMK has hooks that allow you to inject code, override functionality, and otherwise customize how your keyboard behaves in different situations.
+
+This page does not assume any special knowledge about QMK, but reading [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md) will help you understand what is going on at a more fundamental level.
+
+## A Word on Core vs Keyboards vs Keymap
+
+We have structured QMK as a hierarchy:
+
+* Core (`_quantum`)
+  * Keyboard/Revision (`_kb`)
+    * Keymap (`_user`)
+
+Each of the functions described below can be defined with a `_kb()` suffix or a `_user()` suffix. We intend for you to use the `_kb()` suffix at the Keyboard/Revision level, while the `_user()` suffix should be used at the Keymap level.
+
+When defining functions at the Keyboard/Revision level it is important that your `_kb()` implementation call `_user()` before executing anything else- otherwise the keymap level function will never be called.
+
+# Custom Keycodes
+
+By far the most common task is to change the behavior of an existing keycode or to create a new keycode. From a code standpoint the mechanism for each is very similar.
+
+## Defining a New Keycode
+
+The first step to creating your own custom keycode(s) is to enumerate them. This means both naming them and assigning a unique number to that keycode. Rather than limit custom keycodes to a fixed range of numbers QMK provides the `SAFE_RANGE` macro. You can use `SAFE_RANGE` when enumerating your custom keycodes to guarantee that you get a unique number.
+
+
+Here is an example of enumerating 2 keycodes. After adding this block to your `keymap.c` you will be able to use `FOO` and `BAR` inside your keymap.
+
+```c
+enum my_keycodes {
+  FOO = SAFE_RANGE,
+  BAR
+};
+```
+
+## Programming the Behavior of Any Keycode
+
+When you want to override the behavior of an existing key, or define the behavior for a new key, you should use the `process_record_kb()` and `process_record_user()` functions. These are called by QMK during key processing before the actual key event is handled. If these functions return `true` QMK will process the keycodes as usual. That can be handy for extending the functionality of a key rather than replacing it. If these functions return `false` QMK will skip the normal key handling, and it will be up to you to send any key up or down events that are required.
+
+These function are called every time a key is pressed or released.
+
+### Example `process_record_user()` Implementation
+
+This example does two things. It defines the behavior for a custom keycode called `FOO`, and it supplements our Enter key by playing a tone whenever it is pressed.
+
+```c
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case FOO:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // Do something when pressed
+      } else {
+        // Do something else when release
+      }
+      return false; // Skip all further processing of this key
+    case KC_ENTER:
+      // Play a tone when enter is pressed
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
+      }
+      return true; // Let QMK send the enter press/release events
+    default:
+      return true; // Process all other keycodes normally
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### `process_record_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`
+* Keymap: `bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`
+
+The `keycode` argument is whatever is defined in your keymap, eg `MO(1)`, `KC_L`, etc. You should use a `switch...case` block to handle these events.
+
+The `record` argument contains information about the actual press:
+
+```c
+keyrecord_t record {
+  keyevent_t event {
+    keypos_t key {
+      uint8_t col
+      uint8_t row
+    }
+    bool     pressed
+    uint16_t time
+  }
+}
+```
+
+# LED Control
+
+This allows you to control the 5 LED's defined as part of the USB Keyboard spec. It will be called when the state of one of those 5 LEDs changes.
+
+* `USB_LED_NUM_LOCK`
+* `USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK`
+* `USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK`
+* `USB_LED_COMPOSE`
+* `USB_LED_KANA`
+
+### Example `led_set_user()` Implementation
+
+```c
+void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) {
+        PORTB |= (1<<0);
+    } else {
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<0);
+    }
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+        PORTB |= (1<<1);
+    } else {
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<1);
+    }
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) {
+        PORTB |= (1<<2);
+    } else {
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<2);
+    }
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_COMPOSE_LOCK)) {
+        PORTB |= (1<<3);
+    } else {
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<3);
+    }
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_KANA_LOCK)) {
+        PORTB |= (1<<4);
+    } else {
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<4);
+    }
+}
+```
+
+### `led_set_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led)`
+* Keymap: `void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led)`
+
+
+# Matrix Initialization Code
+
+Before a keyboard can be used the hardware must be initialized. QMK handles initialization of the keyboard matrix itself, but if you have other hardware like LED's or i&#xb2;c controllers you will need to set up that hardware before it can be used.
+
+
+### Example `matrix_init_user()` Implementation
+
+This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
+
+```c
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+  // Call the keymap level matrix init.
+
+  // Set our LED pins as output
+  DDRB |= (1<<1);
+  DDRB |= (1<<2);
+  DDRB |= (1<<3);
+}
+```
+
+### `matrix_init_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_init_kb(void)`
+* Keymap: `void matrix_init_user(void)`
+
+# Matrix Scanning Code
+
+Whenever possible you should customize your keyboard by using `process_record_*()` and hooking into events that way, to ensure that your code does not have a negative performance impact on your keyboard. However, in rare cases it is necessary to hook into the matrix scanning. Be extremely careful with the performance of code in these functions, as it will be called at least 10 times per second.
+
+### Example `matrix_scan_*` Implementation
+
+This example has been deliberately omitted. You should understand enough about QMK internals to write this without an example before hooking into such a performance sensitive area. If you need help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) or [chat with us on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
+
+### `matrix_scan_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_scan_kb(void)`
+* Keymap: `void matrix_scan_user(void)`
+
+This function gets called at every matrix scan, which is basically as often as the MCU can handle. Be careful what you put here, as it will get run a lot.
+
+You should use this function if you need custom matrix scanning code. It can also be used for custom status output (such as LED's or a display) or other functionality that you want to trigger regularly even when the user isn't typing.
+
+
+# Keyboard Idling/Wake Code
+
+If the board supports it, it can be "idled", by stopping a number of functions.  A good example of this is RGB lights or backlights.   This can save on power consumption, or may be better behavior for your keyboard.
+
+This is controlled by two functions: `suspend_power_down_*` and `suspend_wakeup_init_*`, which are called when the system is board is idled and when it wakes up, respectively.
+
+
+### Example suspend_power_down_user() and suspend_wakeup_init_user() Implementation
+
+This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
+
+```c
+void suspend_power_down_user(void)
+{
+    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
+}
+
+void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)
+{
+    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
+}
+
+```
+
+### `keyboard_init_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void suspend_power_down_kb(void)` and `void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)`
+* Keymap: `void suspend_power_down_kb(void)` and `void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)`
+
+# Layer Change Code
+
+This runs code every time that the layers get changed.  This can be useful for layer indication, or custom layer handling.
+
+### Example `layer_state_set_*` Implementation
+
+This example shows how to set the [RGB Underglow](feature_rgblight.md) lights based on the layer, using the Planck as an example
+
+```c
+uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
+    switch (biton32(state)) {
+    case _RAISE:
+        rgblight_setrgb (0x00,  0x00, 0xFF);
+        break;
+    case _LOWER:
+        rgblight_setrgb (0xFF,  0x00, 0x00);
+        break;
+    case _PLOVER:
+        rgblight_setrgb (0x00,  0xFF, 0x00);
+        break;
+    case _ADJUST:
+        rgblight_setrgb (0x7A,  0x00, 0xFF);
+        break;
+    default: //  for any other layers, or the default layer
+        rgblight_setrgb (0x00,  0xFF, 0xFF);
+        break;
+    }
+  return state;
+}
+```
+### `layer_state_set_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void uint32_t layer_state_set_kb(uint32_t state)`
+* Keymap: `uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state)`
+
+The `state` is the bitmask of the active layers, as explained in the [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-layer-status)
+
+
+# Persistent Configuration (EEPROM)
+
+This allows you to configure persistent settings for your keyboard.  These settings are stored in the EEPROM of your controller, and are retained even after power loss. The settings can be read with `eeconfig_read_kb` and `eeconfig_read_user`, and can be written to using `eeconfig_update_kb` and `eeconfig_update_user`. This is useful for features that you want to be able to toggle (like toggling rgb layer indication).  Additionally, you can use `eeconfig_init_kb` and `eeconfig_init_user` to set the default values for the EEPROM. 
+
+The complicated part here, is that there are a bunch of ways that you can store and access data via EEPROM, and there is no "correct" way to do this.  However, you only have a DWORD (4 bytes) for each function.
+
+Keep in mind that EEPROM has a limited number of writes. While this is very high, it's not the only thing writing to the EEPROM, and if you write too often, you can potentially drastically shorten the life of your MCU.
+
+* If you don't understand the example, then you may want to avoid using this feature, as it is rather complicated. 
+
+### Example  Implementation
+
+This is an example of how to add settings, and read and write it. We're using the user keymap for the example here.  This is a complex function, and has a lot going on.  In fact, it uses a lot of the above functions to work! 
+
+
+In your keymap.c file, add this to the top:
+```
+typedef union {
+  uint32_t raw;
+  struct {
+    bool     rgb_layer_change :1;
+  };
+} user_config_t;
+
+user_config_t user_config;
+```
+
+This sets up a 32 bit structure that we can store settings with in memory, and write to the EEPROM. Using this removes the need to define variables, since they're defined in this structure. Remember that `bool` (boolean) values use 1 bit, `uint8_t` uses 8 bits, `uint16_t` uses up 16 bits.  You can mix and match, but changing the order can cause issues, as it will change the values that are read and written. 
+
+We're using `rgb_layer_change`, for the `layer_state_set_*` function, and use `matrix_init_user` and `process_record_user` to configure everything. 
+
+Now, using the `matrix_init_user` code above, you want to add `eeconfig_read_user()` to it, to populate the structure you've just created. And you can then immediately use this structure to control functionality in your keymap.  And It should look like: 
+```
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+  // Call the keymap level matrix init.
+
+  // Read the user config from EEPROM
+  user_config.raw = eeconfig_read_user();
+
+  // Set default layer, if enabled
+  if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) {
+    rgblight_enable_noeeprom();
+    rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_cyan(); 
+    rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1);
+  }
+}
+```
+The above function will use the EEPROM config immediately after reading it, to set the default layer's RGB color. The "raw" value of it is converted in a usable structure based on the "union" that you created above. 
+
+```
+uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
+    switch (biton32(state)) {
+    case _RAISE:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_magenta(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    case _LOWER:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_red(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    case _PLOVER:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_green(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    case _ADJUST:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_white(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    default: //  for any other layers, or the default layer
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_cyan(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    }
+  return state;
+}
+```
+This will cause the RGB underglow to be changed ONLY if the value was enabled.  Now to configure this value, create a new keycode for `process_record_user` called `RGB_LYR` and `EPRM`. Additionally, we want to make sure that if you use the normal RGB codes, that it turns off  Using the example above, make it look this:
+```
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case FOO:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // Do something when pressed
+      } else {
+        // Do something else when release
+      }
+      return false; // Skip all further processing of this key
+    case KC_ENTER:
+        // Play a tone when enter is pressed
+        if (record->event.pressed) {
+            PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
+        }
+        return true; // Let QMK send the enter press/release events
+    case EPRM:
+        if (record->event.pressed) {
+            eeconfig_init(); // resets the EEPROM to default
+        }
+        return false;
+    case RGB_LYR:  // This allows me to use underglow as layer indication, or as normal
+        if (record->event.pressed) { 
+            user_config.rgb_layer_change ^= 1; // Toggles the status
+            eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // Writes the new status to EEPROM
+            if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { // if layer state indication is enabled, 
+                layer_state_set(layer_state);   // then immediately update the layer color
+            }
+        }
+        return false; break;
+    case RGB_MODE_FORWARD ... RGB_MODE_GRADIENT: // For any of the RGB codes (see quantum_keycodes.h, L400 for reference)
+        if (record->event.pressed) { //This disables layer indication, as it's assumed that if you're changing this ... you want that disabled
+            if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) {        // only if this is enabled 
+                user_config.rgb_layer_change = false;  // disable it, and 
+                eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // write the setings to EEPROM
+            }
+        }
+        return true; break;
+    default:
+      return true; // Process all other keycodes normally
+  }
+}
+```
+And lastly, you want to add the `eeconfig_init_user` function, so that when the EEPROM is reset, you can specify default values, and even custom actions. For example, if you want to set rgb layer indication by default, and save the default valued. 
+
+```
+void eeconfig_init_user(void) {  // EEPROM is getting reset! 
+  user_config.rgb_layer_change = true; // We want this enabled by default
+  eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // Write default value to EEPROM now
+
+  // use the non noeeprom versions, to write these values to EEPROM too
+  rgblight_enable(); // Enable RGB by default
+  rgblight_sethsv_cyan();  // Set it to CYAN by default
+  rgblight_mode(1); // set to solid by default
+}
+```
+
+And you're done.  The RGB layer indication will only work if you want it to. And it will be saved, even after unplugging the board. And if you use any of the RGB codes, it will disable the layer indication, so that it stays on the mode and color that you set it to. 
+
+### 'EECONFIG' Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void eeconfig_init_kb(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_kb(void)` and `void eeconfig_update_kb(uint32_t val)`
+* Keymap: `void eeconfig_init_user(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_user(void)` and `void eeconfig_update_user(uint32_t val)`
+
+The `val` is the value of the data that you want to write to EEPROM.  And the `eeconfig_read_*` function return a 32 bit (DWORD) value from the EEPROM. 

docs/documentation_best_practices.md

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# Documentation Best Practices
+
+This page exists to document best practices when writing documentation for QMK. Following these guidelines will help to keep a consistent tone and style, which will in turn help other people more easily understand QMK.
+
+# Page Opening
+
+Your documentation page should generally start with an H1 heading, followed by a 1 paragraph description of what the user will find on this page. Keep in mind that this heading and paragraph will sit next to the Table of Contents, so keep the heading short and avoid long strings with no whitespace.
+
+Example:
+
+```
+# My Page Title
+
+This page covers my super cool feature. You can use this feature to make coffee, squeeze fresh oj, and have an egg mcmuffin and hashbrowns delivered from your local macca's by drone.
+```
+
+# Headings
+
+Your page should generally have multiple "H1" headings. Only H1 and H2 headings will included in the Table of Contents, so plan them out appropriately. Excess width should be avoided in H1 and H2 headings to prevent the Table of Contents from getting too wide.
+
+# Styled Hint Blocks
+
+You can have styled hint blocks drawn around text to draw attention to it.
+
+### Important
+
+```
+!> This is important
+```
+
+Renders as:
+
+!> This is important
+
+### General Tips
+
+```
+?> This is a helpful tip.
+```
+
+Renders as:
+
+?> This is a helpful tip.
+
+
+# Documenting Features
+
+If you create a new feature for QMK, create a documentation page for it. It doesn't have to be very long, a few sentences describing your feature and a table listing any relevant keycodes is enough. Here is a basic template:
+
+```markdown
+# My Cool Feature
+
+This page describes my cool feature. You can use my cool feature to make coffee and order cream and sugar to be delivered via drone.
+
+## My Cool Feature Keycodes
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_COFFEE||Make Coffee|
+|KC_CREAM||Order Cream|
+|KC_SUGAR||Order Sugar|
+```
+
+Place your documentation into `docs/feature_<my_cool_feature>.md`, and add that file to the appropriate place in `docs/_sidebar.md`. If you have added any keycodes be sure to add them to `docs/keycodes.md` with a link back to your feature page.

docs/documentation_templates.md

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# Documentation Templates
+
+This page documents the templates you should use when submitting new Keymaps and Keyboards to QMK.
+
+## Keymap `readme.md` Template
+
+Most keymaps have an image depicting the layout. You can use [Keyboard Layout Editor](http://keyboard-layout-editor.com) to create an image. Upload it to [Imgur](http://imgur.com) or another hosting service, please do not include images in your Pull Request.
+
+Below the image you should write a short description to help people understand your keymap.
+
+```
+![Clueboard Layout Image](http://i.imgur.com/7Capi8W.png)
+
+# Default Clueboard Layout
+
+This is the default layout that comes flashed on every Clueboard. For the most
+part it's a straightforward and easy to follow layout. The only unusual key is
+the key in the upper left, which sends Escape normally, but Grave when any of
+the Ctrl, Alt, or GUI modifiers are held down.
+```
+
+## Keyboard `readme.md` Template
+
+```
+# Planck
+
+![Planck](http://i.imgur.com/q2M3uEU.jpg)
+
+A compact 40% (12x4) ortholinear keyboard kit made and sold by OLKB and Massdrop. [More info on qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm/planck/)
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: [Jack Humbert](https://github.com/jackhumbert)  
+Hardware Supported: Planck PCB rev1, rev2, rev3, rev4, Teensy 2.0  
+Hardware Availability: [OLKB.com](https://olkb.com), [Massdrop](https://www.massdrop.com/buy/planck-mechanical-keyboard?mode=guest_open)
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make planck/rev4:default
+
+See the [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/getting_started_build_tools) and the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/getting_started_make_guide) for more information. Brand new to QMK? Start with our [Complete Newbs Guide](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/newbs).
+```
+
+There needs to be two spaces at the end of the `Keyboard Maintainer` and `Hardware Supported` lines for it to render correctly with Markdown.

docs/eclipse.md

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+# Setting up Eclipse for QMK Development
+
+[Eclipse][1] is an open-source [Integrated Development Environment](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Integrated_development_environment) (IDE) widely used for Java development, but with an extensible plugin system that allows to customize it for other languages and usages.
+
+Using an IDE such as Eclipse provides many advantages over a plain text editor, such as:
+* intelligent code completion
+* convenient navigation in the code
+* refactoring tools
+* build automation (no need for the command-line)
+* a GUI for GIT
+* static code analysis
+* many other tools such as debugging, code formatting, showing call hierarchies etc.
+
+The purpose of the is page is to document how to set-up Eclipse for developing AVR software, and working on the QMK code base.
+
+Note that this set-up has been tested on Ubuntu 16.04 only for the moment.
+
+# Prerequisites
+## Build Environment
+Before starting, you must have followed the [Getting Started](README.md#getting-started) section corresponding to your system. In particular, you must have been able to build the firmware with [the `make` command](../#the-make-command).
+
+## Java
+Eclipse is a Java application, so you will need to install Java 8 or more recent to be able to run it. You may choose between the JRE or the JDK, the latter being useful if you intend to do Java development.
+
+# Install Eclipse and Its Plugins
+Eclipse comes in [several flavours](http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/eclipse-packages/) depending on the target usage that you will have. There is no package comprising the AVR stack, so we will need to start from Eclipse CDT (C/C++ Development Tooling) and install the necessary plugins.
+
+## Download and Install Eclipse CDT
+If you already have Eclipse CDT on your system, you can skip this step. However it is advised to keep it up-to-date for better support.
+
+If you have another Eclipse package installed, it is normally possible to [install the CDT plugin over it](https://eclipse.org/cdt/downloads.php). However it is probably better to reinstall it from scratch to keep it light and avoid the clutter of tools that you don't need for the projects you will be working on.
+
+Installation is very simple: follow the [5 Steps to Install Eclipse](https://eclipse.org/downloads/eclipse-packages/?show_instructions=TRUE), and choose **Eclipse IDE for C/C++ Developers** at Step 3.
+
+Alternatively, you can also directly [download Eclipse IDE for C/C++ Developers](http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/eclipse-packages/) ([direct link to current version](http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/packages/eclipse-ide-cc-developers/neonr)) and extract the package to the location of your choice (this creates an `eclipse` folder).
+
+## First Launch
+When installation is complete, click the <kbd>Launch</kbd> button. (If you extracted the package manually, open the Eclipse installation folder and double-click the `eclipse` executable)
+
+When you are prompted with the Workspace Selector, select a directory that will hold Eclipse metadata and usually your projects. **Do not select the `qmk_firmware` directory**, this will be the project directory. Select the parent folder instead, or another (preferably empty) folder of your choice (the default is fine if you do not use it yet).
+
+Once started, click the <kbd>Workbench</kbd> button at the top right to switch to the workbench view (there is a also checkbox at the bottom to skip the welcome screen at startup).
+
+## Install the Necessary Plugins
+Note: you do not need to restart Eclipse after installing each plugin. Simply restart once all plugins are installed.
+
+### [The AVR Plugin](http://avr-eclipse.sourceforge.net/)
+This is the most important plugin as it will allow Eclipse to _understand_ AVR C code. Follow [the instructions for using the update site](http://avr-eclipse.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Plugin_Download#Update_Site), and agree with the security warning for unsigned content.
+
+### [ANSI Escape in Console](https://marketplace.eclipse.org/content/ansi-escape-console)
+This plugin is necessary to properly display the colored build output generated by the QMK makefile.
+
+1. Open <kbd><kbd>Help</kbd> > <kbd>Eclipse Marketplace…</kbd></kbd>
+2. Search for _ANSI Escape in Console_
+3. Click the <samp>Install</samp> button of the plugin
+4. Follow the instructions and agree again with the security warning for unsigned content.
+
+Once both plugins are installed, restart Eclipse as prompted.
+
+# Configure Eclipse for QMK
+## Importing the Project
+1. Click <kbd><kbd>File</kbd> > <kbd>New</kbd> > <kbd>Makefile Project with Existing Code</kbd></kbd>
+2. On the next screen:
+  * Select the directory where you cloned the repository as _Existing Code Location_;
+  * (Optional) Give a different name to the project¹, e.g. _QMK_ or _Quantum_;
+  * Select the _AVR-GCC Toolchain_;
+  * Keep the rest as-is and click <kbd>Finish</kbd>
+
+  ![Importing QMK in Eclipse](http://i.imgur.com/oHYR1yW.png)
+
+3. The project will now be loaded and indexed. Its files can be browsed easily through the _Project Explorer_ on the left.
+
+¹ There might be issues for importing the project with a custom name. If it does not work properly, try leaving the default project name (i.e. the name of the directory, probably `qmk_firmware`).
+
+## Build Your Keyboard
+We will now configure a make target that cleans the project and builds the keymap of your choice.
+
+1. On the right side of the screen, select the <kbd>Make Target</kbd> tab
+2. Expand the folder structure to the keyboard of your choice, e.g. `qmk_firmware/keyboards/ergodox`
+3. Right-click on the keyboard folder and select <kbd>New…</kbd> (or select the folder and click the <kbd>New Make Target</kbd> icon above the tree)
+4. Choose a name for your build target, e.g. _clean \<your keymap\>_
+5. Make Target: this is the arguments that you give to `make` when building from the command line. If your target name does not match these arguments, uncheck <kbd>Same as target name</kbd> and input the correct arguments, e.g. `clean <your keymap>`
+6. Leave the other options checked and click <kbd>OK</kbd>. Your make target will now appear under the selected keyboard.
+7. (Optional) Toggle the <kbd>Hide Empty Folders</kbd> icon button above the targets tree to only show your build target.
+8. Double-click the build target you created to trigger a build.
+9. Select the <kbd>Console</kbd> view at the bottom to view the running build.
+
+  [1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eclipse_(software)

docs/faq.md

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# Frequently Asked Questions
+
+* [General](faq_general.md)
+* [Building or Compiling QMK](faq_build.md)
+* [Debugging and Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
+* [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)

docs/faq_build.md

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+# Frequently Asked Build Questions
+
+This page covers questions about building QMK. If you haven't yet done so, you should read the [Build Environment Setup](getting_started_build_tools.md) and [Make Instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md) guides.
+
+## Can't Program on Linux
+You will need proper permissions to operate a device. For Linux users, see the instructions regarding `udev` rules, below. If you have issues with `udev`, a work-around is to use the `sudo` command. If you are not familiar with this command, check its manual with `man sudo` or [see this webpage](https://linux.die.net/man/8/sudo).
+
+An example of using `sudo`, when your controller is ATMega32u4:
+
+    $ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase --force
+    $ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash your.hex
+    $ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 reset
+
+or just:
+
+    $ sudo make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu
+
+Note that running `make` with `sudo` is generally *not* a good idea, and you should use one of the former methods, if possible.
+
+## Linux `udev` Rules
+On Linux, you'll need proper privileges to access the MCU. You can either use
+`sudo` when flashing firmware, or place these files in `/etc/udev/rules.d/`.
+
+**/etc/udev/rules.d/50-atmel-dfu.rules:**
+```
+# Atmel ATMega32U4
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff4", MODE:="0666"
+# Atmel USBKEY AT90USB1287
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ffb", MODE:="0666"
+# Atmel ATMega32U2
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff0", MODE:="0666"
+```
+
+**/etc/udev/rules.d/52-tmk-keyboard.rules:**
+```
+# tmk keyboard products     https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
+```
+
+## WINAVR is Obsolete
+It is no longer recommended and may cause some problem.
+See [TMK Issue #99](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/99).
+
+## USB VID and PID
+You can use any ID you want with editing `config.h`. Using any presumably unused ID will be no problem in fact except for very low chance of collision with other product.
+
+Most boards in QMK use `0xFEED` as the vendor ID. You should look through other keyboards to make sure you pick a unique Product ID.
+
+Also see this.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/150
+
+You can buy a really unique VID:PID here. I don't think you need this for personal use.
+- http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/license.html
+- http://www.mcselec.com/index.php?page=shop.product_details&flypage=shop.flypage&product_id=92&option=com_phpshop&Itemid=1
+
+## Cortex: `cstddef: No such file or directory`
+GCC 4.8 of Ubuntu 14.04 had this problem and had to update to 4.9 with this PPA.
+https://launchpad.net/~terry.guo/+archive/ubuntu/gcc-arm-embedded
+
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/212
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/mbed-cortex-porting#compile-error-cstddef
+https://developer.mbed.org/forum/mbed/topic/5205/
+
+## `clock_prescale_set` and `clock_div_1` Not Available
+Your toolchain is too old to support the MCU. For example WinAVR 20100110 doesn't support ATMega32u2.
+
+```
+Compiling C: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c
+avr-gcc -c -mmcu=atmega32u2 -gdwarf-2 -DF_CPU=16000000UL -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096 -DF_USB=16000000UL -DARCH=ARCH_AVR8 -DUSB_DEVICE_ONLY -DUSE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" -DFIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8  -DFIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1 -DPROTOCOL_LUFA -DEXTRAKEY_ENABLE -DCONSOLE_ENABLE -DCOMMAND_ENABLE -DVERSION=unknown -Os -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct -fshort-enums -fno-strict-aliasing -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -Wa,-adhlns=obj_alps64/protocol/lufa/lufa.lst -I. -I../../tmk_core -I../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa -I../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git -I../../tmk_core/common -std=gnu99 -include config.h -MMD -MP -MF .dep/obj_alps64_protocol_lufa_lufa.o.d  ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c -o obj_alps64/protocol/lufa/lufa.o
+../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c: In function 'setup_mcu':
+../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: warning: implicit declaration of function 'clock_prescale_set'
+../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: error: 'clock_div_1' undeclared (first use in this function)
+../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
+../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: error: for each function it appears in.)
+make: *** [obj_alps64/protocol/lufa/lufa.o] Error 1
+```
+
+
+## BOOTLOADER_SIZE for AVR
+Note that Teensy2.0++ bootloader size is 2048byte. Some Makefiles may have wrong comment.
+
+```
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 2048
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096       (TMK Alt Controller)
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=2048
+```
+
+## `avr-gcc: internal compiler error: Abort trap: 6 (program cc1)` on MacOS
+This is an issue with updating on brew, causing symlinks that avr-gcc depend on getting mangled. 
+
+The solution is to remove and reinstall all affected modules. 
+
+```
+brew rm avr-gcc
+brew rm dfu-programmer
+brew rm gcc-arm-none-eabi
+brew rm avrdude
+brew install avr-gcc
+brew install dfu-programmer
+brew install gcc-arm-none-eabi
+brew install avrdude
+```
+
+### avr-gcc 8.1 and LUFA
+
+If you updated your avr-gcc to above 7 you may see errors involving LUFA. For example:
+
+`lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h:380:5: error: 'const' attribute on function returning 'void'`
+
+For now, you need to rollback avr-gcc to 7 in brew.
+
+```
+brew uninstall --force avr-gcc
+brew install avr-gcc@7
+brew link avr-gcc@7
+```

docs/faq_debug.md

@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+# Debugging FAQ
+
+This page details various common questions people have about troubleshooting their keyboards.
+
+# Debug Console
+
+## `hid_listen` Can't Recognize Device
+When debug console of your device is not ready you will see like this:
+
+```
+Waiting for device:.........
+```
+
+once the device is plugged in then *hid_listen* finds it you will get this message:
+
+```
+Waiting for new device:.........................
+Listening:
+```
+
+If you can't get this 'Listening:' message try building with `CONSOLE_ENABLE=yes` in [Makefile]
+
+You may need privilege to access the device on OS like Linux.
+- try `sudo hid_listen`
+
+## Can't Get Message on Console
+Check:
+- *hid_listen* finds your device. See above.
+- Enable debug with pressing **Magic**+d. See [Magic Commands](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#magic-commands).
+- set `debug_enable=true` usually in `matrix_init()` in **matrix.c**.
+- try using 'print' function instead of debug print. See **common/print.h**.
+- disconnect other devices with console function. See [Issue #97](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/97).
+
+## Linux or UNIX Like System Requires Super User Privilege
+Just use 'sudo' to execute *hid_listen* with privilege.
+```
+$ sudo hid_listen
+```
+
+Or add an *udev rule* for TMK devices with placing a file in rules directory. The directory may vary on each system.
+
+File: /etc/udev/rules.d/52-tmk-keyboard.rules(in case of Ubuntu)
+```
+# tmk keyboard products     https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
+```
+
+***
+
+# Miscellaneous
+## Safety Considerations
+
+You probably don't want to "brick" your keyboard, making it impossible
+to rewrite firmware onto it.  Here are some of the parameters to show
+what things are (and likely aren't) too risky.
+
+- If your keyboard map does not include RESET, then, to get into DFU
+  mode, you will need to press the reset button on the PCB, which
+  requires unscrewing the bottom.
+- Messing with tmk_core / common files might make the keyboard
+  inoperable
+- Too large a .hex file is trouble; `make dfu` will erase the block,
+  test the size (oops, wrong order!), which errors out, failing to
+  flash the keyboard, leaving it in DFU mode.
+  - To this end, note that the maximum .hex file size on Planck is
+    7000h (28672 decimal)
+
+```
+Linking: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.elf                                                            [OK]
+Creating load file for Flash: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex                                       [OK]
+
+Size after:
+   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
+      0   22396       0   22396    577c planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex
+```
+
+  - The above file is of size 22396/577ch, which is less than
+    28672/7000h
+  - As long as you have a suitable alternative .hex file around, you
+    can retry, loading that one
+  - Some of the options you might specify in your keyboard's Makefile
+    consume extra memory; watch out for BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE,
+    MOUSEKEY_ENABLE, EXTRAKEY_ENABLE, CONSOLE_ENABLE, API_SYSEX_ENABLE
+- DFU tools do /not/ allow you to write into the bootloader (unless
+  you throw in extra fruit salad of options), so there is little risk
+  there.
+- EEPROM has around a 100000 write cycle.  You shouldn't rewrite the
+  firmware repeatedly and continually; that'll burn the EEPROM
+  eventually.
+## NKRO Doesn't work
+First you have to compile firmware with this build option `NKRO_ENABLE` in **Makefile**.
+
+Try `Magic` **N** command(`LShift+RShift+N` by default) when **NKRO** still doesn't work. You can use this command to toggle between **NKRO** and **6KRO** mode temporarily. In some situations **NKRO** doesn't work you need to switch to **6KRO** mode, in particular when you are in BIOS.
+
+If your firmware built with `BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE` you need to turn its switch on by `BootMagic` **N** command(`Space+N` by default). This setting is stored in EEPROM and kept over power cycles.
+
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#boot-magic-configuration---virtual-dip-switch
+
+
+## TrackPoint Needs Reset Circuit (PS/2 Mouse Support)
+Without reset circuit you will have inconsistent result due to improper initialize of the hardware. See circuit schematic of TPM754.
+
+- http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
+- http://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
+
+
+## Can't Read Column of Matrix Beyond 16
+Use `1UL<<16` instead of `1<<16` in `read_cols()` in [matrix.h] when your columns goes beyond 16.
+
+In C `1` means one of [int] type which is [16 bit] in case of AVR so you can't shift left more than 15. You will get unexpected zero when you say `1<<16`. You have to use [unsigned long] type with `1UL`.
+
+http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
+
+
+## Bootloader Jump Doesn't Work
+Properly configure bootloader size in **Makefile**. With wrong section size bootloader won't probably start with **Magic command** and **Boot Magic**.
+```
+# Size of Bootloaders in bytes:
+#   Atmel DFU loader(ATmega32U4)   4096
+#   Atmel DFU loader(AT90USB128)   8192
+#   LUFA bootloader(ATmega32U4)    4096
+#   Arduino Caterina(ATmega32U4)   4096
+#   USBaspLoader(ATmega***)        2048
+#   Teensy   halfKay(ATmega32U4)   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay(AT90USB128)   2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+```
+AVR Boot section size are defined by setting **BOOTSZ** fuse in fact. Consult with your MCU datasheet.
+Note that **Word**(2 bytes) size and address are used in datasheet while TMK uses **Byte**.
+
+AVR Boot section is located at end of Flash memory like the followings.
+```
+byte     Atmel/LUFA(ATMega32u4)          byte     Atmel(AT90SUB1286)
+0x0000   +---------------+               0x00000  +---------------+
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |  Application  |                        |  Application  |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         =               =                        =               =
+         |               | 32KB-4KB               |               | 128KB-8KB
+0x6000   +---------------+               0x1E000  +---------------+
+         |  Bootloader   | 4KB                    |  Bootloader   | 8KB
+0x7FFF   +---------------+               0x1FFFF  +---------------+
+
+
+byte     Teensy(ATMega32u4)              byte     Teensy++(AT90SUB1286)
+0x0000   +---------------+               0x00000  +---------------+
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |  Application  |                        |  Application  |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         =               =                        =               =
+         |               | 32KB-512B              |               | 128KB-2KB
+0x7E00   +---------------+               0x1FC00  +---------------+
+         |  Bootloader   | 512B                   |  Bootloader   | 2KB
+0x7FFF   +---------------+               0x1FFFF  +---------------+
+```
+
+And see this discussion for further reference.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/179
+
+If you are using a TeensyUSB, there is a [known bug](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/164) in which the hardware reset button prevents the RESET key from working. Unplugging the keyboard and plugging it back in should resolve the problem.
+
+## Special Extra Key Doesn't Work (System, Audio Control Keys)
+You need to define `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE` in `rules.mk` to use them in QMK.
+
+```
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes          # Audio control and System control
+```
+
+## Wakeup from Sleep Doesn't Work
+
+In Windows check `Allow this device to wake the computer` setting in Power **Management property** tab of **Device Manager**. Also check BIOS setting.
+
+Pressing any key during sleep should wake host.
+
+## Using Arduino?
+
+**Note that Arduino pin naming is different from actual chip.** For example, Arduino pin `D0` is not `PD0`. Check circuit with its schematics yourself.
+
+- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
+- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
+
+Arduino Leonardo and micro have **ATMega32U4** and can be used for TMK, though Arduino bootloader may be a problem.
+
+
+## Using PF4-7 Pins of USB AVR?
+You need to set JTD bit of MCUCR yourself to use PF4-7 as GPIO. Those pins are configured to serve JTAG function by default. MCUs like ATMega*U* or AT90USB* are affected with this.
+
+If you are using Teensy this isn't needed. Teensy is shipped with JTAGEN fuse bit unprogrammed to disable the function.
+
+See this code.
+```
+    // JTAG disable for PORT F. write JTD bit twice within four cycles.
+    MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
+    MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
+```
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/keyboard/hbkb/matrix.c#L67
+
+And read **26.5.1 MCU Control Register – MCUCR** of ATMega32U4 datasheet.
+
+
+## Adding LED Indicators of Lock Keys
+You need your own LED indicators for CapsLock, ScrollLock and NumLock? See this post.
+
+http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/tmk-keyboard-firmware-collection-t4478-120.html#p191560
+
+## Program Arduino Micro/Leonardo
+Push reset button and then run command like this within 8 seconds.
+
+```
+avrdude -patmega32u4 -cavr109 -b57600 -Uflash:w:adb_usb.hex -P/dev/ttyACM0
+```
+
+Device name will vary depending on your system.
+
+http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardMicro
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1563867#msg1563867
+
+
+## USB 3 Compatibility
+I heard some people have a problem with USB 3 port, try USB 2 port.
+
+
+## Mac Compatibility
+### OS X 10.11 and Hub
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1884034#msg1884034
+
+
+## Problem on BIOS (UEFI)/Resume (Sleep & Wake)/Power Cycles
+Some people reported their keyboard stops working on BIOS and/or after resume(power cycles).
+
+As of now root of its cause is not clear but some build options seem to be related. In Makefile try to disable those options like `CONSOLE_ENABLE`, `NKRO_ENABLE`, `SLEEP_LED_ENABLE` and/or others.
+
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/266
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=41989.msg1967778#msg1967778
+
+
+
+## FLIP Doesn't Work
+### `AtLibUsbDfu.dll` Not Found
+Remove current driver and reinstall one FLIP provides from DeviceManager.
+http://imgur.com/a/bnwzy

docs/faq_general.md

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Frequently Asked Questions
+
+## What is QMK?
+
+[QMK](https://github.com/qmk), short for Quantum Mechanical Keyboard, is a group of people building tools for custom keyboards. We started with the [QMK firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), a heavily modified fork of [TMK](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard).
+
+### Why the Name Quantum?
+
+<!-- FIXME -->
+
+## What Differences Are There Between QMK and TMK?
+
+TMK was originally designed and implemented by [Jun Wako](https://github.com/tmk). QMK started as [Jack Humbert](https://github.com/jackhumbert)'s fork of TMK for the Planck. After a while Jack's fork had diverged quite a bit from TMK, and in 2015 Jack decided to rename his fork to QMK.
+
+From a technical standpoint QMK builds upon TMK by adding several new features. Most notably QMK has expanded the number of available keycodes and uses these to implement advanced features like `S()`, `LCTL()`, and `MO()`. You can see a complete list of these keycodes in [Keycodes](keycodes.md).
+
+From a project and community management standpoint TMK maintains all the officially supported keyboards by himself, with a bit of community support. Separate community maintained forks exist or can be created for other keyboards. Only a few keymaps are provided by default, so users typically don't share keymaps with each other. QMK encourages sharing of both keyboards and keymaps through a centrally managed repository, accepting all pull requests that follow the quality standards. These are mostly community maintained, but the QMK team also helps when necessary.
+
+Both approaches have their merits and their drawbacks, and code flows freely between TMK and QMK when it makes sense.

docs/faq_keymap.md

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+# Keymap FAQ
+
+This page covers questions people often have about keymaps. If you haven't you should read [Keymap Overview](keymap.md) first.
+
+## What Keycodes Can I Use?
+See [Keycodes](keycodes.md) for an index of keycodes available to you. These link to more extensive documentation when available.
+
+Keycodes are actually defined in [common/keycode.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/keycode.h).
+
+## What Are the Default Keycodes?
+
+There are 3 standard keyboard layouts in use around the world- ANSI, ISO, and JIS. North America primarily uses ANSI, Europe and Africa primarily use ISO, and Japan uses JIS. Regions not mentioned typically use either ANSI or ISO. The keycodes corresponding to these layouts are shown here:
+
+<!-- Source for this image: http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/070a530eedaed36a2d77f3f6fd455677 -->
+![Keyboard Layout Image](https://i.imgur.com/gvlNUpQ.png)
+
+## Some Of My Keys Are Swapped Or Not Working
+
+QMK has two features, Bootmagic and Command, which allow you to change the behavior of your keyboard on the fly. This includes, but is not limited to, swapping Ctrl/Caps, disabling Gui, swapping Alt/Gui, swapping Backspace/Backslash, disabling all keys, and other behavioral modifications. 
+
+As a quick fix try holding down `Space`+`Backspace` while you plug in your keyboard. This will reset the stored settings on your keyboard, returning those keys to normal operation. If that doesn't work look here:
+
+* [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+* [Command](feature_command.md) 
+
+## The Menu Key Isn't Working
+
+The key found on most modern keyboards that is located between `KC_RGUI` and `KC_RCTL` is actually called `KC_APP`. This is because when that key was invented there was already a key named `MENU` in the relevant standards, so MS chose to call that the `APP` key.
+
+## `KC_SYSREQ` Isn't Working
+Use keycode for Print Screen(`KC_PSCREEN` or `KC_PSCR`) instead of `KC_SYSREQ`. Key combination of 'Alt + Print Screen' is recognized as 'System request'.
+
+See [issue #168](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/168) and
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
+
+## Power Keys Aren't Working
+
+Somewhat confusingly, there are two "Power" keycodes in QMK: `KC_POWER` in the Keyboard/Keypad HID usage page, and `KC_SYSTEM_POWER` (or `KC_PWR`) in the Consumer page.
+
+The former is only recognized on macOS, while the latter, `KC_SLEP` and `KC_WAKE` are supported by all three major operating systems, so it is recommended to use those instead. Under Windows, these keys take effect immediately, however on macOS they must be held down until a dialog appears.
+
+## One Shot Modifier
+Solves my personal 'the' problem. I often got 'the' or 'THe' wrongly instead of 'The'.  One Shot Shift mitigates this for me.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/67
+
+## Modifier/Layer Stuck
+Modifier keys or layers can be stuck unless layer switching is configured properly.
+For Modifier keys and layer actions you have to place `KC_TRANS` on same position of destination layer to  unregister the modifier key or return to previous layer on release event.
+
+* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#31-momentary-switching
+* http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=57008.msg1492604#msg1492604
+* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/248
+
+
+## Mechanical Lock Switch Support
+
+This feature is for *mechanical lock switch* like [this Alps one](http://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock). You can enable it by adding this to your `config.h`:
+
+```
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+```
+
+After enabling this feature use keycodes `KC_LCAP`, `KC_LNUM` and `KC_LSCR` in your keymap instead.
+
+Old vintage mechanical keyboards occasionally have lock switches but modern ones don't have. ***You don't need this feature in most case and just use keycodes `KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK` and `KC_SLCK`.***
+
+## Input Special Characters Other Than ASCII like Cédille 'Ç'
+NO UNIVERSAL METHOD TO INPUT THOSE WORKS OVER ALL SYSTEMS. You have to define **MACRO** in way specific to your OS or layout.
+
+See this post for example **MACRO** code.
+
+http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/tmk-keyboard-firmware-collection-t4478-120.html#p195620
+
+On **Windows** you can use `AltGr` key or **Alt code**.
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AltGr_key
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alt_code
+
+On **Mac** OS defines `Option` key combinations.
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Option_key#Alternative_keyboard_input
+
+On **Xorg** you can use `compose` key, instead.
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key
+
+And see this for **Unicode** input.
+* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input
+
+## `Fn` Key on macOS
+
+Unlike most Fn keys, the one on Apple keyboards actually has its own keycode... sort of. It takes the place of the sixth keycode in a basic 6KRO HID report -- so an Apple keyboard is in fact only 5KRO.
+
+It is technically possible to get QMK to send this key. However, doing so requires modification of the report format to add the state of the Fn key.
+Even worse, it is not recognized unless the keyboard's VID and PID match that of a real Apple keyboard. The legal issues that official QMK support for this feature may create mean it is unlikely to happen.
+
+See [this issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/2179) for detailed information.
+
+
+## Media Control Keys in Mac OSX
+#### KC_MNXT and KC_MPRV Does Not Work on Mac
+Use `KC_MFFD`(`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`) and `KC_MRWD`(`KC_MEDIA_REWIND`) instead of `KC_MNXT` and `KC_MPRV`.
+See https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/195
+
+
+## Keys Supported in Mac OSX?
+You can know which keycodes are supported in OSX from this source code.
+
+`usb_2_adb_keymap` array maps Keyboard/Keypad Page usages to ADB scancodes(OSX internal keycodes).
+
+https://opensource.apple.com/source/IOHIDFamily/IOHIDFamily-606.1.7/IOHIDFamily/Cosmo_USB2ADB.c
+
+And `IOHIDConsumer::dispatchConsumerEvent` handles Consumer page usages.
+
+https://opensource.apple.com/source/IOHIDFamily/IOHIDFamily-606.1.7/IOHIDFamily/IOHIDConsumer.cpp
+
+
+## JIS Keys in Mac OSX
+Japanese JIS keyboard specific keys like `無変換(Muhenkan)`, `変換(Henkan)`, `ひらがな(hiragana)` are not recognized on OSX. You can use **Seil** to enable those keys, try following options.
+
+* Enable NFER Key on PC keyboard
+* Enable XFER Key on PC keyboard
+* Enable KATAKANA Key on PC keyboard
+
+https://pqrs.org/osx/karabiner/seil.html
+
+
+## RN-42 Bluetooth Doesn't Work with Karabiner
+Karabiner - Keymapping tool on Mac OSX - ignores inputs from RN-42 module by default. You have to enable this option to make Karabiner working with your keyboard.
+https://github.com/tekezo/Karabiner/issues/403#issuecomment-102559237
+
+See these for the detail of this problem.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/213
+https://github.com/tekezo/Karabiner/issues/403
+
+
+## Esc and <code>&#96;</code> on a Single Key
+
+See the [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md) feature.
+
+## Arrow on Right Modifier Keys with Dual-Role
+This turns right modifier keys into arrow keys when the keys are tapped while still modifiers when the keys are hold. In TMK the dual-role function is dubbed **TAP**.
+```
+
+#include "keymap_common.h"
+
+
+/* Arrow keys on right modifier keys with TMK dual role feature
+ *
+ *  https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#213-modifier-with-tap-keydual-role
+ *  https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys
+ */
+const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+    /* 0: qwerty */
+    [0] = KEYMAP( \
+        ESC, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, NUHS,BSPC, \
+        TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, \
+        LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,ENT,  \
+        LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,FN0, ESC, \
+        FN4, LGUI,LALT,          SPC,                     APP, FN2, FN1, FN3),
+    [1] = KEYMAP( \
+        GRV, F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12, TRNS,TRNS, \
+        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,\
+        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
+        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,FN5, TRNS, \
+        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,          TRNS,                    TRNS,FN7, FN6, FN8),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+    [0] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_UP),
+    [1] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RGUI, KC_DOWN),
+    [2] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RALT, KC_LEFT),
+    [3] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_RIGHT),
+    [4] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),
+    [5] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_PGUP),
+    [6] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RGUI, KC_PGDN),
+    [7] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RALT, KC_HOME),
+    [8] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_END),
+};
+
+```
+
+Dual-role key: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys
+
+
+## Eject on Mac OSX
+`KC_EJCT` keycode works on OSX. https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/250
+It seems Windows 10 ignores the code and Linux/Xorg recognizes but has no mapping by default.
+
+Not sure what keycode Eject is on genuine Apple keyboard actually. HHKB uses `F20` for Eject key(`Fn+f`) on Mac mode but this is not same as Apple Eject keycode probably.
+
+
+## What's `weak_mods` and `real_mods` in `action_util.c`
+___TO BE IMPROVED___
+
+real_mods is intended to retains state of real/physical modifier key state, while
+weak_mods retains state of virtual or temporary modifiers which should not affect state real modifier key.
+
+Let's say you hold down physical left shift key and type ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A),
+
+with weak_mods,
+* (1) hold down left shift: real_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+* (2) press ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): weak_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+* (3) release ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): weak_mods &= ~MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+real_mods still keeps modifier state.
+
+without weak mods,
+* (1) hold down left shift: real_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+* (2) press ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): real_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+* (3) release ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): real_mods &= ~MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
+here real_mods lost state for 'physical left shift'.
+
+weak_mods is ORed with real_mods when keyboard report is sent.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/common/action_util.c#L57
+
+## Timer Functionality
+
+It's possible to start timers and read values for time-specific events - here's an example:
+
+```c
+static uint16_t key_timer;
+key_timer = timer_read();
+
+if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) < 100) {
+  // do something if less than 100ms have passed
+} else {
+  // do something if 100ms or more have passed
+}
+```
+
+It's best to declare the `static uint16_t key_timer;` at the top of the file, outside of any code blocks you're using it in.

docs/feature_advanced_keycodes.md

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+# Advanced Keycodes
+
+Your keymap can include keycodes that are more advanced than normal, for example keys that switch layers or send modifiers when held, but send regular keycodes when tapped. This page documents the functions that are available to you.
+
+### Assigning Custom Names
+
+People often define custom names using `#define`. For example:
+
+```c
+#define FN_CAPS LT(_FL, KC_CAPSLOCK)
+#define ALT_TAB LALT(KC_TAB)
+```
+
+This will allow you to use `FN_CAPS` and `ALT_TAB` in your `KEYMAP()`, keeping it more readable.
+
+### Caveats
+
+Currently, `LT()` and `MT()` are limited to the [Basic Keycode set](keycodes_basic.md), meaning you can't use keycodes like `LCTL()`, `KC_TILD`, or anything greater than `0xFF`. Modifiers specified as part of a Layer Tap or Mod Tap's keycode will be ignored.
+
+Additionally, if at least one right-handed modifier is specified in a Mod Tap or Layer Tap, it will cause all modifiers specified to become right-handed, so it is not possible to mix and match the two.
+
+# Switching and Toggling Layers
+
+These functions allow you to activate layers in various ways. Note that layers are not generally independent layouts -- multiple layers can be activated at once, and it's typical for layers to use `KC_TRNS` to allow keypresses to pass through to lower layers. For a detailed explanation of layers, see [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-and-layers)
+
+* `DF(layer)` - switches the default layer. The default layer is the always-active base layer that other layers stack on top of. See below for more about the default layer. This might be used to switch from QWERTY to Dvorak layout. (Note that this is a temporary switch that only persists until the keyboard loses power. To modify the default layer in a persistent way requires deeper customization, such as calling the `set_single_persistent_default_layer` function inside of [process_record_user](custom_quantum_functions.md#programming-the-behavior-of-any-keycode).)
+* `MO(layer)` - momentarily activates *layer*. As soon as you let go of the key, the layer is deactivated. 
+* `LM(layer, mod)` - Momentarily activates *layer* (like `MO`), but with modifier(s) *mod* active. Only supports layers 0-15 and the left modifiers.
+* `LT(layer, kc)` - momentarily activates *layer* when held, and sends *kc* when tapped.
+* `TG(layer)` - toggles *layer*, activating it if it's inactive and vice versa
+* `TO(layer)` - activates *layer* and de-activates all other layers (except your default layer). This function is special, because instead of just adding/removing one layer to your active layer stack, it will completely replace your current active layers, uniquely allowing you to replace higher layers with a lower one. This is activated on keydown (as soon as the key is pressed).
+* `TT(layer)` - Layer Tap-Toggle. If you hold the key down, *layer* is activated, and then is de-activated when you let go (like `MO`). If you repeatedly tap it, the layer will be toggled on or off (like `TG`). It needs 5 taps by default, but you can change this by defining `TAPPING_TOGGLE` -- for example, `#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 2` to toggle on just two taps.
+
+# Working with Layers
+
+Care must be taken when switching layers, it's possible to lock yourself into a layer with no way to deactivate that layer (without unplugging your keyboard.) We've created some guidelines to help users avoid the most common problems.
+
+### Beginners
+
+If you are just getting started with QMK you will want to keep everything simple. Follow these guidelines when setting up your layers:
+
+* Setup layer 0 as your default, "base" layer. This is your normal typing layer, and could be whatever layout you want (qwerty, dvorak, colemak, etc.). It's important to set this as the lowest layer since it will typically have most or all of the keyboard's keys defined, so would block other layers from having any effect if it were above them (i.e., had a higher layer number). 
+* Arrange your layers in a "tree" layout, with layer 0 as the root. Do not try to enter the same layer from more than one other layer.
+* In a layer's keymap, only reference higher-numbered layers. Because layers are processed from the highest-numbered (topmost) active layer down, modifying the state of lower layers can be tricky and error-prone.
+
+### Intermediate Users
+
+Sometimes you need more than one base layer. For example, if you want to switch between QWERTY and Dvorak, switch between layouts for different countries, or switch your layout for different videogames. Your base layers should always be the lowest numbered layers. When you have multiple base layers you should always treat them as mutually exclusive. When one base layer is on the others are off.
+
+### Advanced Users
+
+Once you have a good feel for how layers work and what you can do, you can get more creative. The rules listed in the beginner section will help you be successful by avoiding some of the tricker details but they can be constraining, especially for ultra-compact keyboard users. Understanding how layers work will allow you to use them in more advanced ways.
+
+Layers stack on top of each other in numerical order. When determining what a keypress does, QMK scans the layers from the top down, stopping when it reaches the first active layer that is not set to `KC_TRNS`. As a result if you activate a layer that is numerically lower than your current layer, and your current layer (or another layer that is active and higher than your target layer) has something other than `KC_TRNS`, that is the key that will be sent, not the key on the layer you just activated. This is the cause of most people's "why doesn't my layer get switched" problem.
+
+Sometimes, you might want to switch between layers in a macro or as part of a tap dance routine. `layer_on` activates a layer, and `layer_off` deactivates it. More layer-related functions can be found in [action_layer.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/action_layer.h).
+
+# Modifier Keys
+
+These allow you to combine a modifier with a keycode. When pressed, the keydown event for the modifier, then `kc` will be sent. On release, the keyup event for `kc`, then the modifier will be sent.
+
+|Key       |Aliases               |Description                                         |
+|----------|----------------------|----------------------------------------------------|
+|`LCTL(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Control and press `kc`                    |
+|`LSFT(kc)`|`S(kc)`               |Hold Left Shift and press `kc`                      |
+|`LALT(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Alt and press `kc`                        |
+|`LGUI(kc)`|`LCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`|Hold Left GUI and press `kc`                        |
+|`RCTL(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Control and press `kc`                   |
+|`RSFT(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Shift and press `kc`                     |
+|`RALT(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Alt and press `kc`                       |
+|`RGUI(kc)`|`RCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`|Hold Right GUI and press `kc`                       |
+|`HYPR(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI and press `kc`|
+|`MEH(kc)` |                      |Hold Left Control, Shift and Alt and press `kc`     |
+|`LCAG(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Control, Alt and GUI and press `kc`       |
+|`ALTG(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Control and Alt and press `kc`           |
+|`SGUI(kc)`|`SCMD(kc)`, `SWIN(kc)`|Hold Left Shift and GUI and press `kc`              |
+|`LCA(kc)` |                      |Hold Left Control and Alt and press `kc`            |
+
+You can also chain them, for example `LCTL(LALT(KC_DEL))` makes a key that sends Control+Alt+Delete with a single keypress.
+
+# Mod-Tap
+
+The Mod-Tap key `MT(mod, kc)` acts like a modifier when held, and a regular keycode when tapped. In other words, you can have a key that sends Escape when you tap it, but functions as a Control or Shift key when you hold it down.
+
+The modifiers this keycode and `OSM()` accept are prefixed with `MOD_`, not `KC_`:
+
+|Modifier  |Description                             |
+|----------|----------------------------------------|
+|`MOD_LCTL`|Left Control                            |
+|`MOD_LSFT`|Left Shift                              |
+|`MOD_LALT`|Left Alt                                |
+|`MOD_LGUI`|Left GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)     |
+|`MOD_RCTL`|Right Control                           |
+|`MOD_RSFT`|Right Shift                             |
+|`MOD_RALT`|Right Alt                               |
+|`MOD_RGUI`|Right GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)    |
+|`MOD_HYPR`|Hyper (Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI)|
+|`MOD_MEH` |Meh (Left Control, Shift, and Alt)      |
+
+You can combine these by ORing them together like so:
+
+```c
+MT(MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC)
+```
+
+This key would activate Left Control and Left Shift when held, and send Escape when tapped.
+
+For convenience, QMK includes some Mod-Tap shortcuts to make common combinations more compact in your keymap:
+
+|Key         |Aliases                                |Description                                            |
+|------------|---------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
+|`LCTL_T(kc)`|`CTL_T(kc)`                            |Left Control when held, `kc` when tapped               |
+|`RCTL_T(kc)`|                                       |Right Control when held, `kc` when tapped              |
+|`LSFT_T(kc)`|`SFT_T(kc)`                            |Left Shift when held, `kc` when tapped                 |
+|`RSFT_T(kc)`|                                       |Right Shift when held, `kc` when tapped                |
+|`LALT_T(kc)`|`ALT_T(kc)`                            |Left Alt when held, `kc` when tapped                   |
+|`RALT_T(kc)`|`ALGR_T(kc)`                           |Right Alt when held, `kc` when tapped                  |
+|`LGUI_T(kc)`|`LCMD_T(kc)`, `RWIN_T(kc)`, `GUI_T(kc)`|Left GUI when held, `kc` when tapped                   |
+|`RGUI_T(kc)`|`RCMD_T(kc)`, `RWIN_T(kc)`             |Right GUI when held, `kc` when tapped                  |
+|`C_S_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control and Shift when held, `kc` when tapped     |
+|`MEH_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control, Shift and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|`LCAG_T(kc)`|                                       |Left Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped  |
+|`RCAG_T(kc)`|                                       |Right Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped |
+|`ALL_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped - more info [here](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)|
+|`SGUI_T(kc)`|`SCMD_T(kc)`, `SWIN_T(kc)`             |Left Shift and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped         |
+|`LCA_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped       |
+
+# One Shot Keys
+
+One shot keys are keys that remain active until the next key is pressed, and then are released. This allows you to type keyboard combinations without pressing more than one key at a time. These keys are usually called "Sticky keys" or "Dead keys".
+
+For example, if you define a key as `OSM(MOD_LSFT)`, you can type a capital A character by first pressing and releasing shift, and then pressing and releasing A. Your computer will see the shift key being held the moment shift is pressed, and it will see the shift key being released immediately after A is released.
+
+One shot keys also work as normal modifiers. If you hold down a one shot key and type other keys, your one shot will be released immediately after you let go of the key.
+
+You can control the behavior of one shot keys by defining these in `config.h`:
+
+```c
+#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 5  /* Tapping this number of times holds the key until tapped this number of times again. */
+#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 5000  /* Time (in ms) before the one shot key is released */
+```
+
+* `OSM(mod)` - Momentarily hold down *mod*. You must use the `MOD_*` keycodes as shown in [Mod Tap](#mod-tap), not the `KC_*` codes.
+* `OSL(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*.
+
+Sometimes, you want to activate a one-shot layer as part of a macro or tap dance routine. To do this, you need to call `set_oneshot_layer(LAYER, ONESHOT_START)` on key down, and `set_oneshot_layer(ONESHOT_PRESSED)` on key up. If you want to cancel the oneshot, call `reset_oneshot_layer()`. For more complicated actions, take a look at the oneshot implementation in [`process_record`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/action.c#L429).
+
+If you're having issues with OSM translating over Remote Desktop Connection, this can be fixed by opening the settings, going to the "Local Resources" tap, and in the keyboard section, change the drop down to "On this Computer".  This will fix the issue and allow OSM to function properly over Remote Desktop.
+
+# Permissive Hold
+
+As of [PR#1359](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/1359/), there is a new `config.h` option:
+
+```
+#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD
+```
+
+This makes it easier for fast typists to use dual-function keys. Without this, if you let go of a held key inside the tapping term, it won't register.
+
+Example: (Tapping Term = 200ms)
+
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
+- KC_X Down
+- KC_X Up
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
+
+With defaults, if above is typed within tapping term, this will emit `ax`. With permissive hold, if above is typed within tapping term, this will emit `X` (so, Shift+X).
+
+# Mod tap interrupt
+
+When a dual role key used for a modifier is quickly followed by another keys, it is interpreted as held even before the tapping term elapsed.  This is a problem if a key is used for example inside a rolling combo because the second key will be pressed before the first key is released.
+
+For example, when trying to type the rolling combo "zx" and z being configured to send Ctrl when hold, z rapidly followed by x actually sends Ctrl-x. That's bad.
+
+You can disable this behavior by defining `IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT` in `config.h`.
+
+Note that this only concerns modifiers and not layer switching keys.
+
+# Hold after tap
+
+When the user holds a key after tap, this repeats the tapped key rather to hold a modifier key.  This allows to use auto repeat for the tapped key.  If you prefer to hold a modifier instead, define `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD` in `config.h`.
+
+Example:
+
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
+- wait more than tapping term...
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
+
+With default settings, `a` will be sent on the first release, then `a` will be sent on the second press allowing the computer to trigger its auto repeat function.
+
+With `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD`, the second press will be interpreted as a Shift, allowing to use it as a modifier shortly after having used it as a tap.
+
+!> `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD` will break anything that uses tapping toggles (Such as the `TT` layer keycode, and the One Shot Tapping Toggle).
+
+# Retro Tapping
+
+When you hold a dual function key, and haven't pressed anything when you release the key, normally nothing happens.  However, if you enable this, if you release the key without pressing another key, it will send the original key, even if it is outside of the tapping term. 
+
+For instance, if you're using `LT(2, KC_SPACE)`, if you hold the key, don't hit anything else and then release it, normally, nothing happens. But with `RETRO_TAPPING` defined in your `config.h`, it will send `KC_SPACE`. 

docs/feature_audio.md

@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+# Audio
+
+Your keyboard can make sounds! If you've got a Planck, Preonic, or basically any AVR keyboard that allows access to certain PWM-capable pins, you can hook up a simple speaker and make it beep. You can use those beeps to indicate layer transitions, modifiers, special keys, or just to play some funky 8bit tunes.
+
+Up to two simultaneous audio voices are supported, one driven by timer 1 and another driven by timer 3.  The following pins can be defined as audio outputs in config.h:
+
+Timer 1:
+`#define B5_AUDIO`
+`#define B6_AUDIO`
+`#define B7_AUDIO`
+
+Timer 3:
+`#define C4_AUDIO`
+`#define C5_AUDIO`
+`#define C6_AUDIO`
+
+If you add `AUDIO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`, there's a couple different sounds that will automatically be enabled without any other configuration:
+
+```
+STARTUP_SONG // plays when the keyboard starts up (audio.c)
+GOODBYE_SONG // plays when you press the RESET key (quantum.c)
+AG_NORM_SONG // plays when you press AG_NORM (quantum.c)
+AG_SWAP_SONG // plays when you press AG_SWAP (quantum.c)
+MUSIC_ON_SONG // plays when music mode is activated (process_music.c)
+MUSIC_OFF_SONG // plays when music mode is deactivated (process_music.c)
+CHROMATIC_SONG // plays when the chromatic music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+GUITAR_SONG // plays when the guitar music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+VIOLIN_SONG // plays when the violin music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+MAJOR_SONG // plays when the major music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+```
+
+You can override the default songs by doing something like this in your `config.h`:
+
+```c
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(STARTUP_SOUND)
+#endif
+```
+
+A full list of sounds can be found in [quantum/audio/song_list.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/audio/song_list.h) - feel free to add your own to this list! All available notes can be seen in [quantum/audio/musical_notes.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/audio/musical_notes.h).
+
+To play a custom sound at a particular time, you can define a song like this (near the top of the file):
+
+```c
+float my_song[][2] = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
+```
+
+And then play your song like this:
+
+```c
+PLAY_SONG(my_song);
+```
+
+Alternatively, you can play it in a loop like this:
+
+```c
+PLAY_LOOP(my_song);
+```
+
+It's advised that you wrap all audio features in `#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE` / `#endif` to avoid causing problems when audio isn't built into the keyboard.
+
+The available keycodes for audio are: 
+
+* `AU_ON` - Turn audio mode on
+* `AU_OFF` - Turn audio mode off
+* `AU_TOG` - Toggle audio mode
+
+
+## Music Mode
+
+The music mode maps your columns to a chromatic scale, and your rows to octaves. This works best with ortholinear keyboards, but can be made to work with others. All keycodes less than `0xFF` get blocked, so you won't type while playing notes - if you have special keys/mods, those will still work. A work-around for this is to jump to a different layer with KC_NOs before (or after) enabling music mode.
+
+Recording is experimental due to some memory issues - if you experience some weird behavior, unplugging/replugging your keyboard will fix things.
+
+Keycodes available:
+
+* `MU_ON` - Turn music mode on
+* `MU_OFF` - Turn music mode off
+* `MU_TOG` - Toggle music mode
+* `MU_MOD` - Cycle through the music modes:
+  * `CHROMATIC_MODE` - Chromatic scale, row changes the octave
+  * `GUITAR_MODE` - Chromatic scale, but the row changes the string (+5 st)
+  * `VIOLIN_MODE` - Chromatic scale, but the row changes the string (+7 st)
+  * `MAJOR_MODE` - Major scale
+
+In music mode, the following keycodes work differently, and don't pass through:
+
+* `LCTL` - start a recording
+* `LALT` - stop recording/stop playing
+* `LGUI` - play recording
+* `KC_UP` - speed-up playback
+* `KC_DOWN` - slow-down playback
+
+By default, `MUSIC_MASK` is set to `keycode < 0xFF` which means keycodes less than `0xFF` are turned into notes, and don't output anything. You can change this by defining this in your `config.h` like this:
+
+    #define MUSIC_MASK keycode != KC_NO
+
+Which will capture all keycodes - be careful, this will get you stuck in music mode until you restart your keyboard!
+
+For a more advanced way to control which keycodes should still be processed, you can use `music_mask_kb(keycode)` in `<keyboard>.c` and `music_mask_user(keycode)` in your `keymap.c`:
+
+    bool music_mask_user(uint16_t keycode) {
+      switch (keycode) {
+        case RAISE:
+        case LOWER:
+          return false;
+        default:
+          return true;
+      }
+    }
+
+Things that return false are not part of the mask, and are always processed.
+
+The pitch standard (`PITCH_STANDARD_A`) is 440.0f by default - to change this, add something like this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define PITCH_STANDARD_A 432.0f
+
+You can completely disable Music Mode as well. This is useful, if you're pressed for space on your controller.  To disable it, add this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define NO_MUSIC_MODE
+
+## Audio Click
+
+This adds a click sound each time you hit a button, to simulate click sounds from the keyboard. And the sounds are slightly different for each keypress, so it doesn't sound like a single long note, if you type rapidly. 
+
+* `CK_TOGG` - Toggles the status (will play sound if enabled)
+* `CK_ON` - Turns on Audio Click (plays sound)
+* `CK_OFF` - Turns off Audio Click (doesn't play sound)
+* `CK_RST` - Resets the frequency to the default state (plays sound at default frequency)
+* `CK_UP` - Increases the frequency of the clicks (plays sound at new frequency)
+* `CK_DOWN` - Decreases the frequency of the clicks (plays sound at new frequency)
+
+
+The feature is disabled by default, to save space.  To enable it, add this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define AUDIO_CLICKY
+
+
+You can configure the default, min and max frequencies, the stepping and built in randomness by defining these values: 
+
+| Option | Default Value | Description |
+|--------|---------------|-------------|
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_DEFAULT` | 440.0f | Sets the default/starting audio frequency for the clicky sounds. |
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_MIN` | 65.0f | Sets the lowest frequency (under 60f are a bit buggy). |
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_MAX` | 1500.0f | Sets the the highest frequency. Too high may result in coworkers attacking you. |
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_FACTOR` | 1.18921f| Sets the stepping of UP/DOWN key codes. |
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_RANDOMNESS`     |  0.05f |  Sets a factor of randomness for the clicks, Setting this to `0f` will make each click identical, and `1.0f` will make this sound much like the 90's computer screen scrolling/typing effect. | 
+
+
+
+
+## MIDI Functionality
+
+This is still a WIP, but check out `quantum/keymap_midi.c` to see what's happening. Enable from the Makefile.
+
+
+## Audio Keycodes
+
+|Key             |Aliases  |Description                       |
+|----------------|---------|----------------------------------|
+|`AU_ON`         |         |Audio mode on                     |
+|`AU_OFF`        |         |Audio mode off                    |
+|`AU_TOG`        |         |Toggles Audio mode                |
+|`CLICKY_TOGGLE` |`CK_TOGG`|Toggles Audio clicky mode         |
+|`CLICKY_UP`     |`CK_UP`  |Increases frequency of the clicks |
+|`CLICKY_DOWN`   |`CK_DOWN`|Decreases frequency of the clicks |
+|`CLICKY_RESET`  |`CK_RST` |Resets frequency to default       |
+|`MU_ON`         |         |Turns on Music Mode               |
+|`MU_OFF`        |         |Turns off Music Mode              |
+|`MU_TOG`        |         |Toggles Music Mode                |
+|`MU_MOD`        |         |Cycles through the music modes    |
+
+<!-- FIXME: this formatting needs work
+
+## Audio
+
+```c
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    AU_ON,
+    AU_OFF,
+    AU_TOG,
+
+    #ifdef FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
+        FC_ON,
+        FC_OFF,
+        FC_TOG,
+    #endif
+
+    // Music mode on/off/toggle
+    MU_ON,
+    MU_OFF,
+    MU_TOG,
+
+    // Music voice iterate
+    MUV_IN,
+    MUV_DE,
+#endif
+```
+
+### Midi
+
+#if !MIDI_ENABLE_STRICT || (defined(MIDI_ENABLE) && defined(MIDI_BASIC))
+    MI_ON,  // send midi notes when music mode is enabled
+    MI_OFF, // don't send midi notes when music mode is enabled
+#endif
+
+MIDI_TONE_MIN,
+MIDI_TONE_MAX
+
+MI_C = MIDI_TONE_MIN,
+MI_Cs,
+MI_Db = MI_Cs,
+MI_D,
+MI_Ds,
+MI_Eb = MI_Ds,
+MI_E,
+MI_F,
+MI_Fs,
+MI_Gb = MI_Fs,
+MI_G,
+MI_Gs,
+MI_Ab = MI_Gs,
+MI_A,
+MI_As,
+MI_Bb = MI_As,
+MI_B,
+
+MIDI_TONE_KEYCODE_OCTAVES > 1
+
+where x = 1-5:
+MI_C_x,
+MI_Cs_x,
+MI_Db_x = MI_Cs_x,
+MI_D_x,
+MI_Ds_x,
+MI_Eb_x = MI_Ds_x,
+MI_E_x,
+MI_F_x,
+MI_Fs_x,
+MI_Gb_x = MI_Fs_x,
+MI_G_x,
+MI_Gs_x,
+MI_Ab_x = MI_Gs_x,
+MI_A_x,
+MI_As_x,
+MI_Bb_x = MI_As_x,
+MI_B_x,
+
+MI_OCT_Nx 1-2
+MI_OCT_x 0-7
+MIDI_OCTAVE_MIN = MI_OCT_N2,
+MIDI_OCTAVE_MAX = MI_OCT_7,
+MI_OCTD, // octave down
+MI_OCTU, // octave up
+
+MI_TRNS_Nx 1-6
+MI_TRNS_x 0-6
+MIDI_TRANSPOSE_MIN = MI_TRNS_N6,
+MIDI_TRANSPOSE_MAX = MI_TRNS_6,
+MI_TRNSD, // transpose down
+MI_TRNSU, // transpose up
+
+MI_VEL_x 1-10
+MIDI_VELOCITY_MIN = MI_VEL_1,
+MIDI_VELOCITY_MAX = MI_VEL_9,
+MI_VELD, // velocity down
+MI_VELU, // velocity up
+
+MI_CHx 1-16
+MIDI_CHANNEL_MIN = MI_CH1
+MIDI_CHANNEL_MAX = MI_CH16,
+MI_CHD, // previous channel
+MI_CHU, // next channel
+
+MI_ALLOFF, // all notes off
+
+MI_SUS, // sustain
+MI_PORT, // portamento
+MI_SOST, // sostenuto
+MI_SOFT, // soft pedal
+MI_LEG,  // legato
+
+MI_MOD, // modulation
+MI_MODSD, // decrease modulation speed
+MI_MODSU, // increase modulation speed
+#endif // MIDI_ADVANCED
+
+-->

docs/feature_auto_shift.md

@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+# Auto Shift: Why Do We Need a Shift Key?
+
+Tap a key and you get its character. Tap a key, but hold it *slightly* longer
+and you get its shifted state. Voilà! No shift key needed!
+
+## Why Auto Shift?
+
+Many people suffer from various forms of RSI. A common cause is stretching your
+fingers repetitively long distances. For us on the keyboard, the pinky does that
+all too often when reaching for the shift key. Auto Shift looks to alleviate that
+problem.
+
+## How Does It Work?
+
+When you tap a key, it stays depressed for a short period of time before it is
+then released. This depressed time is a different length for everyone. Auto Shift
+defines a constant `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` which is typically set to twice your
+normal pressed state time. When you press a key, a timer starts and then stops
+when you release the key. If the time depressed is greater than or equal to the
+`AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT`, then a shifted version of the key is emitted. If the time
+is less than the `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` time, then the normal state is emitted.
+
+## Are There Limitations to Auto Shift?
+
+Yes, unfortunately.
+
+1. Key repeat will cease to work. For example, before if you wanted 20 'a'
+   characters, you could press and hold the 'a' key for a second or two. This no
+   longer works with Auto Shift because it is timing your depressed time instead
+   of emitting a depressed key state to your operating system.
+2. You will have characters that are shifted when you did not intend on shifting, and
+   other characters you wanted shifted, but were not. This simply comes down to
+   practice. As we get in a hurry, we think we have hit the key long enough
+   for a shifted version, but we did not. On the other hand, we may think we are
+   tapping the keys, but really we have held it for a little longer than
+   anticipated.
+
+## How Do I Enable Auto Shift?
+
+Add to your `rules.mk` in the keymap folder:
+
+    AUTO_SHIFT_ENABLE = yes
+
+If no `rules.mk` exists, you can create one.
+
+Then compile and install your new firmware with Auto Key enabled! That's it!
+
+## Modifiers
+
+By default, Auto Shift is disabled for any key press that is accompanied by one or more
+modifiers. Thus, Ctrl+A that you hold for a really long time is not the same
+as Ctrl+Shift+A.
+
+You can re-enable Auto Shift for modifiers by adding another rule to your `rules.mk`
+
+    AUTO_SHIFT_MODIFIERS = yes
+
+In which case, Ctrl+A held past the `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` will be sent as Ctrl+Shift+A
+
+## Configuring Auto Shift
+
+If desired, there is some configuration that can be done to change the
+behavior of Auto Shift. This is done by setting various variables the
+`config.h` file located in your keymap folder. If no `config.h` file exists, you can create one.
+
+A sample is
+
+    #ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+    #define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+    #include "../../config.h"
+
+    #define AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT 150
+    #define NO_AUTO_SHIFT_SPECIAL
+
+    #endif
+
+### AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT (Value in ms)
+
+This controls how long you have to hold a key before you get the shifted state.
+Obviously, this is different for everyone. For the common person, a setting of
+135 to 150 works great. However, one should start with a value of at least 175, which
+is the default value. Then work down from there. The idea is to have the shortest time required to get the shifted state without having false positives.
+
+Play with this value until things are perfect. Many find that all will work well
+at a given value, but one or two keys will still emit the shifted state on
+occasion. This is simply due to habit and holding some keys a little longer
+than others. Once you find this value, work on tapping your problem keys a little
+quicker than normal and you will be set.
+
+?> Auto Shift has three special keys that can help you get this value right very quick. See "Auto Shift Setup" for more details!
+
+### NO_AUTO_SHIFT_SPECIAL (simple define)
+
+Do not Auto Shift special keys, which include -\_, =+, [{, ]}, ;:, '", ,<, .>,
+and /?
+
+### NO_AUTO_SHIFT_NUMERIC (simple define)
+
+Do not Auto Shift numeric keys, zero through nine.
+
+### NO_AUTO_SHIFT_ALPHA (simple define)
+
+Do not Auto Shift alpha characters, which include A through Z.
+
+## Using Auto Shift Setup
+
+This will enable you to define three keys temporarily to increase, decrease and report your `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT`.
+
+### Setup
+
+Map three keys temporarily in your keymap:
+
+| Key Name | Description                                         |
+|----------|-----------------------------------------------------|
+| KC_ASDN  | Lower the Auto Shift timeout variable (down)        |
+| KC_ASUP  | Raise the Auto Shift timeout variable (up)          |
+| KC_ASRP  | Report your current Auto Shift timeout value        |
+| KC_ASON  | Turns on the Auto Shift Function                    |
+| KC_ASOFF | Turns off the Auto Shift Function                   |
+| KC_ASTG  | Toggles the state of the Auto Shift feature         |
+
+Compile and upload your new firmware.
+
+### Use
+
+It is important to note that during these tests, you should be typing
+completely normal and with no intention of shifted keys.
+
+1. Type multiple sentences of alphabetical letters.
+2. Observe any upper case letters.
+3. If there are none, press the key you have mapped to `KC_ASDN` to decrease
+   time Auto Shift timeout value and go back to step 1.
+4. If there are some upper case letters, decide if you need to work on tapping
+   those keys with less down time, or if you need to increase the timeout.
+5. If you decide to increase the timeout, press the key you have mapped to
+   `KC_ASUP` and go back to step 1.
+6. Once you are happy with your results, press the key you have mapped to
+   `KC_ASRP`. The keyboard will type by itself the value of your
+   `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT`.
+7. Update `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` in your `config.h` with the value reported.
+8. Remove `AUTO_SHIFT_SETUP` from your `config.h`.
+9. Remove the key bindings `KC_ASDN`, `KC_ASUP` and `KC_ASRP`.
+10. Compile and upload your new firmware.
+
+#### An Example Run
+
+    hello world. my name is john doe. i am a computer programmer playing with
+    keyboards right now.
+
+    [PRESS KC_ASDN quite a few times]
+
+    heLLo woRLd. mY nAMe is JOHn dOE. i AM A compUTeR proGRaMMER PlAYiNG witH
+    KEYboArDS RiGHT NOw.
+
+    [PRESS KC_ASUP a few times]
+
+    hello world. my name is john Doe. i am a computer programmer playing with
+    keyboarDs right now.
+
+    [PRESS KC_ASRP]
+
+    115
+
+The keyboard typed `115` which represents your current `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT`
+value. You are now set! Practice on the *D* key a little bit that showed up
+in the testing and you'll be golden.

docs/feature_backlight.md

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+# Backlighting
+
+Many keyboards support backlit keys by way of individual LEDs placed through or underneath the keyswitches. QMK is able to control the brightness of these LEDs by switching them on and off rapidly in a certain ratio, a technique known as *Pulse Width Modulation*, or PWM. By altering the duty cycle of the PWM signal, it creates the illusion of dimming.
+
+The MCU can only supply so much current to its GPIO pins. Instead of powering the backlight directly from the MCU, the backlight pin is connected to a transistor or MOSFET that switches the power to the LEDs.
+
+## Usage
+
+Most keyboards have backlighting enabled by default if they support it, but if it is not working for you, check that your `rules.mk` includes the following:
+
+```make
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+You should then be able to use the keycodes below to change the backlight level.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Key      |Description                               |
+|---------|------------------------------------------|
+|`BL_TOGG`|Turn the backlight on or off              |
+|`BL_STEP`|Cycle through backlight levels            |
+|`BL_ON`  |Set the backlight to max brightness       |
+|`BL_OFF` |Turn the backlight off                    |
+|`BL_INC` |Increase the backlight level              |
+|`BL_DEC` |Decrease the backlight level              |
+|`BL_BRTG`|Toggle backlight breathing                |
+
+## Caveats
+
+This feature is distinct from both the [RGB underglow](feature_rgblight.md) and [RGB matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) features as it usually allows for only a single colour per switch, though you can obviously use multiple different coloured LEDs on a keyboard.
+
+Hardware PWM is only supported on certain pins of the MCU, so if the backlighting is not connected to one of them, a software implementation will be used, and backlight breathing will not be available. Currently the supported pins are `B5`, `B6`, `B7`, and `C6`.
+
+## Configuration
+
+To change the behaviour of the backlighting, `#define` these in your `config.h`:
+
+|Define               |Default      |Description                                                                                                  |
+|---------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`BACKLIGHT_PIN`      |`B7`         |The pin that controls the LEDs. Unless you are designing your own keyboard, you shouldn't need to change this|
+|`BACKLIGHT_LEVELS`   |`3`          |The number of brightness levels (maximum 15 excluding off)                                                   |
+|`BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`|*Not defined*|Enable backlight breathing, if hardware PWM is used                                                          |
+|`BREATHING_PERIOD`   |`6`          |The length of one backlight "breath" in seconds                                                              |
+
+## Hardware PWM Implementation
+
+When using the supported pins for backlighting, QMK will use a hardware timer configured to output a PWM signal. This timer will count up to `ICRx` (by default `0xFFFF`) before resetting to 0.
+The desired brightness is calculated and stored in the `OCRxx` register. When the counter reaches this value, the backlight pin will go low, and is pulled high again when the counter resets.
+In this way `OCRxx` essentially controls the duty cycle of the LEDs, and thus the brightness, where `0x0000` is completely off and `0xFFFF` is completely on.
+
+The breathing effect is achieved by registering an interrupt handler for `TIMER1_OVF_vect` that is called whenever the counter resets, roughly 244 times per second.
+In this handler, the value of an incrementing counter is mapped onto a precomputed brightness curve. To turn off breathing, the interrupt handler is simply disabled, and the brightness reset to the level stored in EEPROM.
+
+## Backlight Functions
+
+|Function  |Description                                               |
+|----------|----------------------------------------------------------|
+|`backlight_toggle()`   |Turn the backlight on or off                 |
+|`backlight_step()`     |Cycle through backlight levels               |
+|`backlight_increase()` |Increase the backlight level                 |
+|`backlight_decrease()` |Decrease the backlight level                 |
+|`backlight_level(x)`   |Sets the backlight level to specified level  |
+|`get_backlight_level()`|Toggle backlight breathing                   |
+
+### Backlight Breathing Functions
+
+|Function  |Description                                               |
+|----------|----------------------------------------------------------|
+|`breathing_toggle()`  |Turn the backlight breathing on or off        |
+|`breathing_enable()`  |Turns on backlight breathing                  |
+|`breathing_disable()` |Turns off backlight breathing                 |

docs/feature_bluetooth.md

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Bluetooth
+
+## Bluetooth Functionality
+
+This requires [some hardware changes](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/3psx0q/the_planck_keyboard_with_bluetooth_guide_and/?ref=search_posts), but can be enabled via the Makefile. The firmware will still output characters via USB, so be aware of this when charging via a computer. It would make sense to have a switch on the Bluefruit to turn it off at will.
+
+<!-- FIXME: Document bluetooth support more completely. -->
+
+## Bluetooth Keycodes
+
+This is used when multiple keyboard outputs can be selected. Currently this only allows for switching between USB and Bluetooth on keyboards that support both.
+
+|Name      |Description                                   |
+|----------|----------------------------------------------|
+|`OUT_AUTO`|Automatically switch between USB and Bluetooth|
+|`OUT_USB` |USB only                                      |
+|`OUT_BT`  |Bluetooth only                                |

docs/feature_bootmagic.md

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+# Bootmagic
+
+There are three separate but related features that allow you to change the behavior of your keyboard without reflashing. While each of them have similar functionality, it is accessed in different ways depending on how your keyboard is configured.
+
+**Bootmagic** is a system for configuring your keyboard while it initializes. To trigger a Bootmagic command, hold down the Bootmagic key and one or more command keys.
+
+**Bootmagic Keycodes** are prefixed with `MAGIC_`, and allow you to access the Bootmagic functionality *after* your keyboard has initialized. To use the keycodes, assign them to your keymap as you would any other keycode.
+
+**Command**, formerly known as **Magic**, is another feature that allows you to control different aspects of your keyboard. While it shares some functionality with Bootmagic, it also allows you to do things that Bootmagic does not, such as printing version information to the console. For more information, see [Command](feature_command.md).
+
+On some keyboards Bootmagic is disabled by default. If this is the case, it must be explicitly enabled in your `rules.mk` with:
+
+```make
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+## Hotkeys
+
+Hold down the Bootmagic key (Space by default) and the desired hotkey while plugging in your keyboard. For example, holding Space+`B` should cause it to enter the bootloader.
+
+|Hotkey            |Description                                  |
+|------------------|---------------------------------------------|
+|Escape            |Ignore Bootmagic configuration in EEPROM     |
+|`B`               |Enter the bootloader                         |
+|`D`               |Toggle debugging over serial                 |
+|`X`               |Toggle key matrix debugging                  |
+|`K`               |Toggle keyboard debugging                    |
+|`M`               |Toggle mouse debugging                       |
+|Backspace         |Clear the EEPROM                             |
+|Caps Lock         |Toggle treating Caps Lock as Left Control    |
+|Left Control      |Toggle swapping Caps Lock and Left Control   |
+|Left Alt          |Toggle swapping Left Alt and Left GUI        |
+|Right Alt         |Toggle swapping Right Alt and Right GUI      |
+|Left GUI          |Toggle the GUI keys (useful when gaming)     |
+|<code>&#96;</code>|Toggle swapping <code>&#96;</code> and Escape|
+|`\`               |Toggle swapping `\` and Backspace            |
+|`N`               |Toggle N-Key Rollover (NKRO)                 |
+|`0`               |Make layer 0 the default layer               |
+|`1`               |Make layer 1 the default layer               |
+|`2`               |Make layer 2 the default layer               |
+|`3`               |Make layer 3 the default layer               |
+|`4`               |Make layer 4 the default layer               |
+|`5`               |Make layer 5 the default layer               |
+|`6`               |Make layer 6 the default layer               |
+|`7`               |Make layer 7 the default layer               |
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Keycode                           |Aliases  |Description                               |
+|----------------------------------|---------|------------------------------------------|
+|`MAGIC_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`       |         |Treat Caps Lock as Left Control           |
+|`MAGIC_UNCAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`     |         |Stop treating Caps Lock as Left Control   |
+|`MAGIC_HOST_NKRO`                 |         |Force N-Key Rollover (NKRO) on            |
+|`MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO`               |         |Force NKRO off                            |
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO`               |         |Turn NKRO on or off                       |
+|`MAGIC_NO_GUI`                    |         |Disable the GUI keys (useful when gaming) |
+|`MAGIC_UNNO_GUI`                  |         |Enable the GUI keys                       |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI`              |`AG_SWAP`|Swap Alt and GUI on both sides (for macOS)|
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI`            |`AG_NORM`|Unswap Left Alt and Left GUI              |
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_ALT_GUI`            |`AG_TOGG`|Toggle Left Alt and GUI swap              |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`  |         |Swap `\` and Backspace                    |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|         |Unswap `\` and Backspace                  |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`     |         |Swap Left Control and Caps Lock           |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`   |         |Unswap Left Control and Caps Lock         |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`            |         |Swap <code>&#96;</code> and Escape        |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_GRAVE_ESC`          |         |Unswap <code>&#96;</code> and Escape      |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`            |         |Swap Left Alt and Left GUI                |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI`          |         |Unswap Left Alt and Left GUI              |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`            |         |Swap Right Alt and Right GUI              |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI`          |         |Unswap Right Alt and Right GUI            |
+
+## Configuration
+
+If you would like to change the hotkey assignments for Bootmagic, `#define` these in your `config.h` at either the keyboard or keymap level.
+
+|Define                                  |Default      |Description                                        |
+|----------------------------------------|-------------|---------------------------------------------------|
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SALT`                    |`KC_SPACE`   |The Bootmagic key                                  |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SKIP`                    |`KC_ESC`     |Ignore Bootmagic configuration in EEPROM           |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_EEPROM_CLEAR`            |`KC_BSPACE`  |Clear the EEPROM configuration                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_BOOTLOADER`              |`KC_B`       |Enter the bootloader                               |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_ENABLE`            |`KC_D`       |Toggle debugging over serial                       |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MATRIX`            |`KC_X`       |Toggle matrix debugging                            |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_KEYBOARD`          |`KC_K`       |Toggle keyboard debugging                          |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MOUSE`             |`KC_M`       |Toggle mouse debugging                             |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`   |`KC_LCTRL`   |Swap Left Control and Caps Lock                    |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`     |`KC_CAPSLOCK`|Toggle treating Caps Lock as Left Control          |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`          |`KC_LALT`    |Toggle swapping Left Alt and Left GUI (for macOS)  |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`          |`KC_RALT`    |Toggle swapping Right Alt and Right GUI (for macOS)|
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_NO_GUI`                  |`KC_LGUI`    |Toggle the GUI keys (useful when gaming)           |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`          |`KC_GRAVE`   |Toggle swapping <code>&#96;</code> and Escape      |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|`KC_BSLASH`  |Toggle swapping `\` and Backspace                  |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_HOST_NKRO`                   |`KC_N`       |Toggle N-Key Rollover (NKRO)                       |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_0`         |`KC_0`       |Make layer 0 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_1`         |`KC_1`       |Make layer 1 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_2`         |`KC_2`       |Make layer 2 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_3`         |`KC_3`       |Make layer 3 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_4`         |`KC_4`       |Make layer 4 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_5`         |`KC_5`       |Make layer 5 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_6`         |`KC_6`       |Make layer 6 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_7`         |`KC_7`       |Make layer 7 the default layer                     |

docs/feature_command.md

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# Command
+
+Command, formerly known as Magic, is a way to change your keyboard's behavior without having to flash or unplug it to use [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md). There is a lot of overlap between this functionality and the [Bootmagic Keycodes](feature_bootmagic.md#keycodes). Wherever possible we encourage you to use that feature instead of Command.
+
+On some keyboards Command is disabled by default. If this is the case, it must be explicitly enabled in your `rules.mk`:
+
+```make
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+## Usage
+
+To use Command, hold down the key combination defined by the `IS_COMMAND()` macro. By default this is Left Shift+Right Shift. Then, press the key corresponding to the command you want. For example, to output the current QMK version to the QMK Toolbox console, press Left Shift+Right Shift+`V`.
+
+## Configuration
+
+If you would like to change the key assignments for Command, `#define` these in your `config.h` at either the keyboard or keymap level. All keycode assignments here must omit the `KC_` prefix.
+
+|Define                              |Default                                                                               |Description                                     |
+|------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------|
+|`IS_COMMAND()`                      |<code>(keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) &#124; MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)))</code>|The key combination to activate Command         |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_FKEYS` |`true`                                                                                |Set default layer with the Function row         |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_NKEYS` |`true`                                                                                |Set default layer with the number keys          |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_CUSTOM`|`false`                                                                               |Set default layer with `MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0..9`    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG`                   |`D`                                                                                   |Toggle debugging over serial                    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MATRIX`            |`X`                                                                                   |Toggle key matrix debugging                     |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_KBD`               |`K`                                                                                   |Toggle keyboard debugging                       |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MOUSE`             |`M`                                                                                   |Toggle mouse debugging                          |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_CONSOLE`                 |`C`                                                                                   |Enable the Command console                      |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_VERSION`                 |`V`                                                                                   |Print the running QMK version to the console    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_STATUS`                  |`S`                                                                                   |Print the current keyboard status to the console|
+|`MAGIC_KEY_HELP1`                   |`H`                                                                                   |Print Command help to the console               |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_HELP2`                   |`SLASH`                                                                               |Print Command help to the console (alternate)   |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0`                  |`0`                                                                                   |Make layer 0 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER1`                  |`1`                                                                                   |Make layer 1 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER2`                  |`2`                                                                                   |Make layer 2 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER3`                  |`3`                                                                                   |Make layer 3 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER4`                  |`4`                                                                                   |Make layer 4 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER5`                  |`5`                                                                                   |Make layer 5 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER6`                  |`6`                                                                                   |Make layer 6 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER7`                  |`7`                                                                                   |Make layer 7 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER8`                  |`8`                                                                                   |Make layer 8 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER9`                  |`9`                                                                                   |Make layer 9 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0_ALT1`             |`ESC`                                                                                 |Make layer 0 the default layer (alternate)      |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0_ALT2`             |`GRAVE`                                                                               |Make layer 0 the default layer (alternate)      |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_BOOTLOADER`              |`PAUSE`                                                                               |Enter the bootloader                            |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LOCK`                    |`CAPS`                                                                                |Lock the keyboard so nothing can be typed       |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_EEPROM`                  |`E`                                                                                   |Clear the EEPROM                                |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_NKRO`                    |`N`                                                                                   |Toggle N-Key Rollover (NKRO)                    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SLEEP_LED`               |`Z`                                                                                   |Toggle LED when computer is sleeping            |

docs/feature_dynamic_macros.md

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+# Dynamic Macros: Record and Replay Macros in Runtime
+
+QMK supports temporary macros created on the fly. We call these Dynamic Macros. They are defined by the user from the keyboard and are lost when the keyboard is unplugged or otherwise rebooted.
+
+You can store one or two macros and they may have a combined total of 128 keypresses. You can increase this size at the cost of RAM.
+
+To enable them, first add a new element to the end of your `keycodes` enum — `DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE`:
+
+```c
+enum keycodes {
+	QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+	COLEMAK,
+	DVORAK,
+	PLOVER,
+	LOWER,
+	RAISE,
+	BACKLIT,
+	EXT_PLV,
+	DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE,
+};
+```
+
+Your `keycodes` enum may have a slightly different name. You must add `DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE` as the last element because `dynamic_macros.h` will add some more keycodes after it.
+
+Below it, include the `dynamic_macro.h` header:
+
+```c
+	#include "dynamic_macro.h"`
+```
+
+Add the following keys to your keymap:
+
+* `DYN_REC_START1` — start recording the macro 1,
+* `DYN_REC_START2` — start recording the macro 2,
+* `DYN_MACRO_PLAY1` — replay the macro 1,
+* `DYN_MACRO_PLAY2` — replay the macro 2,
+* `DYN_REC_STOP` — finish the macro that is currently being recorded.
+
+Add the following code to the very beginning of your `process_record_user()` function:
+
+```c
+	if (!process_record_dynamic_macro(keycode, record)) {
+		return false;
+	}
+```
+
+That should be everything necessary. To start recording the macro, press either `DYN_REC_START1` or `DYN_REC_START2`. To finish the recording, press the `DYN_REC_STOP` layer button. To replay the macro, press either `DYN_MACRO_PLAY1` or `DYN_MACRO_PLAY2`.
+
+Note that it's possible to replay a macro as part of a macro. It's ok to replay macro 2 while recording macro 1 and vice versa but never create recursive macros i.e. macro 1 that replays macro 1. If you do so and the keyboard will get unresponsive, unplug the keyboard and plug it again.
+
+For users of the earlier versions of dynamic macros: It is still possible to finish the macro recording using just the layer modifier used to access the dynamic macro keys, without a dedicated `DYN_REC_STOP` key. If you want this behavior back, use the following snippet instead of the one above:
+
+```c
+	uint16_t macro_kc = (keycode == MO(_DYN) ? DYN_REC_STOP : keycode);
+
+	if (!process_record_dynamic_macro(macro_kc, record)) {
+		return false;
+	}
+```
+
+If the LEDs start blinking during the recording with each keypress, it means there is no more space for the macro in the macro buffer. To fit the macro in, either make the other macro shorter (they share the same buffer) or increase the buffer size by setting the `DYNAMIC_MACRO_SIZE` preprocessor macro (default value: 128; please read the comments for it in the header).
+
+For the details about the internals of the dynamic macros, please read the comments in the `dynamic_macro.h` header.

docs/feature_grave_esc.md

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# Grave Escape
+
+If you're using a 60% keyboard, or any other layout with no F-row, you will have noticed that there is no dedicated Escape key. Grave Escape is a feature that allows you to share the grave key (<code>&#96;</code> and `~`) with Escape.
+
+## Usage
+
+Replace the `KC_GRAVE` key in your keymap (usually to the left of the `1` key) with `KC_GESC`. When pressed it will behave like `KC_ESC`, but with Shift or GUI held it will send `KC_GRAVE`.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Key      |Aliases    |Description                                                       |
+|---------|-----------|------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`KC_GESC`|`GRAVE_ESC`|Escape when pressed, <code>&#96;</code> when Shift or GUI are held|
+
+## Configuration
+
+There are several possible key combinations this will break, among them Control+Shift+Escape on Windows and Command+Option+Escape on macOS. To work around this, you can `#define` these options in your `config.h`:
+
+|Define                    |Description                              |
+|--------------------------|-----------------------------------------|
+|`GRAVE_ESC_ALT_OVERRIDE`  |Always send Escape if Alt is pressed     |
+|`GRAVE_ESC_CTRL_OVERRIDE` |Always send Escape if Control is pressed |
+|`GRAVE_ESC_GUI_OVERRIDE`  |Always send Escape if GUI is pressed     |
+|`GRAVE_ESC_SHIFT_OVERRIDE`|Always send Escape if Shift is pressed   |

docs/feature_hd44780.md

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# HD44780 LCD Displays
+
+This is an integration of Peter Fleury's LCD library. This page will explain the basics. [For in depth documentation visit his page.](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)
+
+You can enable support for HD44780 Displays by setting the `HD44780_ENABLE` flag in your keyboards `rules.mk` to yes. This will use about 400 KB of extra space.
+
+## Configuration
+
+You will need to configure the pins used by your display and its number of lines and collumn in your keyboards `config.h`.
+
+Uncomment the section labled HD44780 and change the parameters as needed.
+````
+/*
+ * HD44780 LCD Display Configuration
+ */
+
+#define LCD_LINES           2     //< number of visible lines of the display
+#define LCD_DISP_LENGTH    16     //< visibles characters per line of the display
+#define LCD_IO_MODE      1            //< 0: memory mapped mode, 1: IO port mode
+#if LCD_IO_MODE
+#define LCD_PORT         PORTB        //< port for the LCD lines
+#define LCD_DATA0_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 0
+#define LCD_DATA1_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 1
+#define LCD_DATA2_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 2
+#define LCD_DATA3_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 3
+#define LCD_DATA0_PIN    4            //< pin for 4bit data bit 0
+#define LCD_DATA1_PIN    5            //< pin for 4bit data bit 1
+#define LCD_DATA2_PIN    6            //< pin for 4bit data bit 2 
+#define LCD_DATA3_PIN    7            //< pin for 4bit data bit 3
+#define LCD_RS_PORT      LCD_PORT     //< port for RS line        
+#define LCD_RS_PIN       3            //< pin  for RS line        
+#define LCD_RW_PORT      LCD_PORT     //< port for RW line        
+#define LCD_RW_PIN       2            //< pin  for RW line        
+#define LCD_E_PORT       LCD_PORT     //< port for Enable line     
+#define LCD_E_PIN        1            //< pin  for Enable line    
+#endif
+````
+
+Should you need to configure other properties you can copy them from `quantum/hd44780.h` and set them in your `config.h`
+
+## Usage 
+
+To initialize your display call lcd_init() with one of these parameters:
+````
+LCD_DISP_OFF             : display off
+LCD_DISP_ON              : display on, cursor off
+LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR       : display on, cursor on
+LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR_BLINK : display on, cursor on flashing 
+````
+This is best done in your keyboards `matrix_init_kb` or your keymaps `matrix_init_user`.  
+It is advised to clear the display before use.  
+To do so call `lcd_clrsrc()`.
+
+To now print something to your Display you first call `lcd_gotoxy(column, line)`. To go to the start of the first line you would call `lcd_gotoxy(0, 0)` and then print a string with `lcd_puts("example string")`.
+
+There are more posible methods to control the display. [For in depth documentation please visit the linked page.](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)

docs/feature_key_lock.md

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Key Lock
+
+Sometimes you may find yourself needing to hold down a specific key for a long period of time. Key Lock holds down the next key you press for you. Press it again, and it will be released.
+
+Let's say you need to type in ALL CAPS for a few sentences. Hit `KC_LOCK`, and then Shift. Now, Shift will be considered held until you tap it again. You can think of Key Lock as Caps Lock, but supercharged.
+
+## Usage
+
+First, enable Key Lock by setting `KEY_LOCK_ENABLE = yes` in your `rules.mk`. Then pick a key in your keymap and assign it the keycode `KC_LOCK`.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Keycode  |Description                                                   |
+|---------|--------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`KC_LOCK`|Hold down the next key pressed, until the key is pressed again|
+
+## Caveats
+
+Key Lock is only able to hold standard action keys and [One Shot modifier](quantum_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys) keys (for example, if you have your Shift defined as `OSM(KC_LSFT)`).
+This does not include any of the QMK special functions (except One Shot modifiers), or shifted versions of keys such as `KC_LPRN`. If it's in the [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md) list, it can be held.
+
+Switching layers will not cancel the Key Lock.

docs/feature_layouts.md

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+# Layouts: Using a Keymap with Multiple Keyboards
+
+The `layouts/` folder contains different physical key layouts that can apply to different keyboards.
+
+```
+layouts/
++ default/
+| + 60_ansi/
+| | + readme.md
+| | + layout.json
+| | + a_good_keymap/
+| | | + keymap.c
+| | | + readme.md
+| | | + config.h
+| | | + rules.mk
+| | + <keymap folder>/
+| | + ...
+| + <layout folder>/
++ community/
+| + <layout folder>/
+| + ...
+```
+
+The `layouts/default/` and `layouts/community/` are two examples of layout "repositories" - currently `default` will contain all of the information concerning the layout, and one default keymap named `default_<layout>`, for users to use as a reference. `community` contains all of the community keymaps, with the eventual goal of being split-off into a separate repo for users to clone into `layouts/`. QMK searches through all folders in `layouts/`, so it's possible to have multiple repositories here.
+
+Each layout folder is named (`[a-z0-9_]`) after the physical aspects of the layout, in the most generic way possible, and contains a `readme.md` with the layout to be defined by the keyboard:
+
+```md
+# 60_ansi
+
+   LAYOUT_60_ansi
+```
+
+New names should try to stick to the standards set by existing layouts, and can be discussed in the PR/Issue.
+
+## Supporting a Layout
+
+For a keyboard to support a layout, the variable must be defined in it's `<keyboard>.h`, and match the number of arguments/keys (and preferably the physical layout):
+
+    #define LAYOUT_60_ansi KEYMAP_ANSI
+
+The name of the layout must match this regex: `[a-z0-9_]+`
+
+The folder name must be added to the keyboard's `rules.mk`:
+
+    LAYOUTS = 60_ansi
+
+`LAYOUTS` can be set in any keyboard folder level's `rules.mk`:
+
+    LAYOUTS = 60_iso
+
+but the `LAYOUT_<layout>` variable must be defined in `<folder>.h` as well.
+
+## Tips for Making Layouts Keyboard-Agnostic
+
+### Includes
+
+Instead of using `#include "planck.h"`, you can use this line to include whatever `<keyboard>.h` (`<folder>.h` should not be included here) file that is being compiled:
+
+    #include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
+
+If you want to keep some keyboard-specific code, you can use these variables to escape it with an `#ifdef` statement:
+
+* `KEYBOARD_<folder1>_<folder2>`
+
+For example:
+
+```c
+#ifdef KEYBOARD_planck
+    #ifdef KEYBOARD_planck_rev4
+        planck_rev4_function();
+    #endif
+#endif
+```
+
+Note that the names are lowercase and match the folder/file names for the keyboard/revision exactly.
+
+### Keymaps
+
+In order to support both split and non-split keyboards with the same layout, you need to use the keyboard agnostic `LAYOUT_<layout name>` macro in your keymap. For instance, in order for a Let's Split and Planck to share the same layout file, you need to use `LAYOUT_ortho_4x12` instead of `LAYOUT_planck_grid` or just `{}` for a C array.

docs/feature_leader_key.md

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# The Leader Key: A New Kind of Modifier
+
+If you've ever used Vim, you know what a Leader key is. If not, you're about to discover a wonderful concept. :) Instead of hitting Alt+Shift+W for example (holding down three keys at the same time), what if you could hit a _sequence_ of keys instead? So you'd hit our special modifier (the Leader key), followed by W and then C (just a rapid succession of keys), and something would happen.
+
+That's what `KC_LEAD` does. Here's an example:
+
+1. Pick a key on your keyboard you want to use as the Leader key. Assign it the keycode `KC_LEAD`. This key would be dedicated just for this -- it's a single action key, can't be used for anything else.
+2. Include the line `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300` in your config.h. The 300 there is 300ms -- that's how long you have for the sequence of keys following the leader. You can tweak this value for comfort, of course.
+3. Within your `matrix_scan_user` function, do something like this:
+
+```
+LEADER_EXTERNS();
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+  LEADER_DICTIONARY() {
+    leading = false;
+    leader_end();
+
+    SEQ_ONE_KEY(KC_F) {
+      // Anything you can do in a macro.
+      SEND_STRING("QMK is awesome.");
+    }
+    SEQ_TWO_KEYS(KC_D, KC_D) {
+      SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("a")SS_LCTRL("c"));
+    }
+    SEQ_THREE_KEYS(KC_D, KC_D, KC_S) {
+      SEND_STRING("https://start.duckduckgo.com"SS_TAP(X_ENTER));
+    }
+    SEQ_TWO_KEYS(KC_A, KC_S) {
+      register_code(KC_LGUI);
+      register_code(KC_S);
+      unregister_code(KC_S);
+      unregister_code(KC_LGUI);
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+As you can see, you have a few function. You can use `SEQ_ONE_KEY` for single-key sequences (Leader followed by just one key), and `SEQ_TWO_KEYS`, `SEQ_THREE_KEYS` up to `SEQ_FIVE_KEYS` for longer sequences.
+
+Each of these accepts one or more keycodes as arguments. This is an important point: You can use keycodes from **any layer on your keyboard**. That layer would need to be active for the leader macro to fire, obviously.
+
+## Adding Leader Key Support in the `rules.mk`
+
+To add support for Leader Key you simply need to add a single line to your keymap's `rules.mk`:
+
+```
+LEADER_ENABLE = yes
+```

docs/feature_macros.md

@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+# Macros
+
+Macros allow you to send multiple keystrokes when pressing just one key. QMK has a number of ways to define and use macros. These can do anything you want: type common phrases for you, copypasta, repetitive game movements, or even help you code.
+
+!> **Security Note**: While it is possible to use macros to send passwords, credit card numbers, and other sensitive information it is a supremely bad idea to do so. Anyone who gets a hold of your keyboard will be able to access that information by opening a text editor.
+
+## The New Way: `SEND_STRING()` & `process_record_user`
+
+Sometimes you just want a key to type out words or phrases. For the most common situations we've provided `SEND_STRING()`, which will type out your string (i.e. a sequence of characters) for you. All ASCII characters that are easily translated to a keycode are supported (e.g. `\n\t`).
+
+Here is an example `keymap.c` for a two-key keyboard:
+
+```c
+enum custom_keycodes {
+	MY_CUSTOM_MACRO = SAFE_RANGE
+};
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		switch(keycode) {
+			case MY_CUSTOM_MACRO:
+				SEND_STRING("QMK is the best thing ever!"); // this is our macro!
+				return false;
+		}
+	}
+	return true;
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	[0] = {
+	  {MY_CUSTOM_MACRO, KC_ESC}
+	}
+};
+```
+
+What happens here is this:
+We first define a new custom keycode in the range not occupied by any other keycodes.
+Then we use the `process_record_user` function, which is called whenever a key is pressed or released, to check if our custom keycode has been activated.
+If yes, we send the string `"QMK is the best thing ever!"` to the computer via the `SEND_STRING` macro (this is a C preprocessor macro, not to be confused with QMK macros).
+We return `false` to indicate to the caller that the key press we just processed need not be processed any further.
+Finally, we define the keymap so that the first button activates our macro and the second button is just an escape button.
+
+You might want to add more than one macro.
+You can do that by adding another keycode and adding another case to the switch statement, like so:
+
+```c
+enum custom_keycodes {
+	MY_CUSTOM_MACRO = SAFE_RANGE,
+	MY_OTHER_MACRO
+};
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		switch(keycode) {
+			case MY_CUSTOM_MACRO:
+				SEND_STRING("QMK is the best thing ever!");
+				return false;
+			case MY_OTHER_MACRO:
+				SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("ac")); // selects all and copies
+				return false;
+		}
+	}
+	return true;
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	[0] = {
+	  {MY_CUSTOM_MACRO, MY_OTHER_MACRO}
+	}
+};
+```
+
+### TAP, DOWN and UP
+
+You may want to use keys in your macros that you can't write down, such as `Ctrl` or `Home`.
+You can send arbitrary keycodes by wrapping them in:
+
+* `SS_TAP()` presses and releases a key.
+* `SS_DOWN()` presses (but does not release) a key.
+* `SS_UP()` releases a key.
+
+For example:
+
+    SEND_STRING(SS_TAP(X_HOME));
+
+Would tap `KC_HOME` - note how the prefix is now `X_`, and not `KC_`. You can also combine this with other strings, like this:
+
+    SEND_STRING("VE"SS_TAP(X_HOME)"LO");
+
+Which would send "VE" followed by a `KC_HOME` tap, and "LO" (spelling "LOVE" if on a newline).
+
+There's also a couple of mod shortcuts you can use:
+
+* `SS_LCTRL(string)`
+* `SS_LGUI(string)`
+* `SS_LALT(string)`
+* `SS_LSFT(string)`
+* `SS_RALT(string)`
+
+These press the respective modifier, send the supplied string and then release the modifier.
+They can be used like this:
+
+    SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("a"));
+
+Which would send LCTRL+a (LCTRL down, a, LCTRL up) - notice that they take strings (eg `"k"`), and not the `X_K` keycodes.
+
+### Alternative Keymaps
+
+By default, it assumes a US keymap with a QWERTY layout; if you want to change that (e.g. if your OS uses software Colemak), include this somewhere in your keymap:
+
+    #include <sendstring_colemak.h>
+
+### Strings in Memory
+
+If for some reason you're manipulating strings and need to print out something you just generated (instead of being a literal, constant string), you can use `send_string()`, like this:
+
+```c
+char my_str[4] = "ok.";
+send_string(my_str);
+```
+
+The shortcuts defined above won't work with `send_string()`, but you can separate things out to different lines if needed:
+
+```c
+char my_str[4] = "ok.";
+SEND_STRING("I said: ");
+send_string(my_str);
+SEND_STRING(".."SS_TAP(X_END));
+```
+
+## The Old Way: `MACRO()` & `action_get_macro`
+
+?> This is inherited from TMK, and hasn't been updated - it's recommend that you use `SEND_STRING` and `process_record_user` instead.
+
+By default QMK assumes you don't have any macros. To define your macros you create an `action_get_macro()` function. For example:
+
+```c
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		switch(id) {
+			case 0:
+				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+			case 1:
+				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+		}
+	}
+	return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+```
+
+This defines two macros which will be run when the key they are assigned to is pressed. If instead you'd like them to run when the key is released you can change the if statement:
+
+	if (!record->event.pressed) {
+
+### Macro Commands
+
+A macro can include the following commands:
+
+* I() change interval of stroke in milliseconds.
+* D() press key.
+* U() release key.
+* T() type key(press and release).
+* W() wait (milliseconds).
+* END end mark.
+
+### Mapping a Macro to a Key
+
+Use the `M()` function within your `KEYMAP()` to call a macro. For example, here is the keymap for a 2-key keyboard:
+
+```c
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	[0] = KEYMAP(
+		M(0), M(1)
+	),
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		switch(id) {
+			case 0:
+				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+			case 1:
+				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+		}
+	}
+	return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+```
+
+When you press the key on the left it will type "Hi!" and when you press the key on the right it will type "Bye!".
+
+### Naming Your Macros
+
+If you have a bunch of macros you want to refer to from your keymap while keeping the keymap easily readable you can name them using `#define` at the top of your file.
+
+```c
+#define M_HI M(0)
+#define M_BYE M(1)
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+	[0] = KEYMAP(
+		M_HI, M_BYE
+	),
+};
+```
+
+## Advanced Macro Functions
+
+There are some functions you may find useful in macro-writing. Keep in mind that while you can write some fairly advanced code within a macro if your functionality gets too complex you may want to define a custom keycode instead. Macros are meant to be simple.
+
+### `record->event.pressed`
+
+This is a boolean value that can be tested to see if the switch is being pressed or released. An example of this is
+
+```c
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		// on keydown
+	} else {
+		// on keyup
+	}
+```
+
+### `register_code(<kc>);`
+
+This sends the `<kc>` keydown event to the computer. Some examples would be `KC_ESC`, `KC_C`, `KC_4`, and even modifiers such as `KC_LSFT` and `KC_LGUI`.
+
+### `unregister_code(<kc>);`
+
+Parallel to `register_code` function, this sends the `<kc>` keyup event to the computer. If you don't use this, the key will be held down until it's sent.
+
+### `tap_code(<kc>);`
+
+This will send `register_code(<kc>)` and then `unregister_code(<kc>)`. This is useful if you want to send both the press and release events ("tap" the key, rather than hold it).
+
+### `clear_keyboard();`
+
+This will clear all mods and keys currently pressed.
+
+### `clear_mods();`
+
+This will clear all mods currently pressed.
+
+### `clear_keyboard_but_mods();`
+
+This will clear all keys besides the mods currently pressed.
+
+## Advanced Example: Single-Key Copy/Paste
+
+This example defines a macro which sends `Ctrl-C` when pressed down, and `Ctrl-V` when released.
+
+```c
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+	switch(id) {
+		case 0: {
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(C), U(LCTL), END  );
+			} else {
+				return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(V), U(LCTL), END  );
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+```

docs/feature_mouse_keys.md

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# Mousekeys
+
+
+Mousekeys is a feature that allows you to emulate a mouse using your keyboard. You can move the pointer around, click up to 5 buttons, and even scroll in all 4 directions. QMK uses the same algorithm as the X Window System MouseKeysAccel feature. You can read more about it [on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys).
+
+## Adding Mousekeys to a Keymap
+
+There are two steps to adding Mousekeys support to your keyboard. You must enable support in the `rules.mk` file and you must map mouse actions to keys on your keyboard.
+
+### Adding Mousekeys Support in the `rules.mk`
+
+To add support for Mousekeys you simply need to add a single line to your keymap's `rules.mk`:
+
+```
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+You can see an example here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/keymaps/mouse_keys/rules.mk
+
+### Mapping Mouse Actions to Keyboard Keys
+
+You can use these keycodes within your keymap to map button presses to mouse actions:
+
+|Key             |Aliases  |Description                |
+|----------------|---------|---------------------------|
+|`KC_MS_UP`      |`KC_MS_U`|Mouse Cursor Up            |
+|`KC_MS_DOWN`    |`KC_MS_D`|Mouse Cursor Down          |
+|`KC_MS_LEFT`    |`KC_MS_L`|Mouse Cursor Left          |
+|`KC_MS_RIGHT`   |`KC_MS_R`|Mouse Cursor Right         |
+|`KC_MS_BTN1`    |`KC_BTN1`|Mouse Button 1             |
+|`KC_MS_BTN2`    |`KC_BTN2`|Mouse Button 2             |
+|`KC_MS_BTN3`    |`KC_BTN3`|Mouse Button 3             |
+|`KC_MS_BTN4`    |`KC_BTN4`|Mouse Button 4             |
+|`KC_MS_BTN5`    |`KC_BTN5`|Mouse Button 5             |
+|`KC_MS_WH_UP`   |`KC_WH_U`|Mouse Wheel Up             |
+|`KC_MS_WH_DOWN` |`KC_WH_D`|Mouse Wheel Down           |
+|`KC_MS_WH_LEFT` |`KC_WH_L`|Mouse Wheel Left           |
+|`KC_MS_WH_RIGHT`|`KC_WH_R`|Mouse Wheel Right          |
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL0`  |`KC_ACL0`|Set mouse acceleration to 0|
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL1`  |`KC_ACL1`|Set mouse acceleration to 1|
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL2`  |`KC_ACL2`|Set mouse acceleration to 2|
+
+You can see an example in the `_ML` here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/keymaps/mouse_keys/keymap.c#L46
+
+## Configuring the Behavior of Mousekeys
+
+The default speed for controlling the mouse with the keyboard is intentionally slow. You can adjust these parameters by adding these settings to your keymap's `config.h` file. All times are specified in milliseconds (ms).
+
+```
+#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY             300
+#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL          50
+#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED         10
+#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX       20
+#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED   8
+#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX 40
+```
+
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_DELAY`
+
+When one of the mouse movement buttons is pressed this setting is used to define the delay between that button press and the mouse cursor moving. Some people find that small movements are impossible if this setting is too low, while settings that are too high feel sluggish.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`
+
+When a movement key is held down this specifies how long to wait between each movement report. Lower settings will translate into an effectively higher mouse speed.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`
+
+As a movement key is held down the speed of the mouse cursor will increase until it reaches `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX`
+
+How long you want to hold down a movement key for until `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your cursor will accelerate.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED`
+
+The top speed for scrolling movements.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX`
+
+How long you want to hold down a scroll key for until `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your scrolling will accelerate.

docs/feature_pointing_device.md

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+## Pointing Device
+
+Pointing Device is a generic name for a feature intended to be generic: moving the system pointer around.  There are certainly other options for it - like mousekeys - but this aims to be easily modifiable and lightweight.  You can implement custom keys to control functionality, or you can gather information from other peripherals and insert it directly here - let QMK handle the processing for you.
+
+To enable Pointing Device, uncomment the following line in your rules.mk:
+
+```
+POINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+To manipulate the mouse report, you can use the following functions:
+
+* `pointing_device_get_report()` - Returns the current report_mouse_t that represents the information sent to the host computer
+* `pointing_device_set_report(report_mouse_t newMouseReport)` - Overrides and saves the report_mouse_t to be sent to the host computer
+
+Keep in mind that a report_mouse_t (here "mouseReport") has the following properties:
+
+* `mouseReport.x` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing movement (+ to the right, - to the left) on the x axis.
+* `mouseReport.y` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing movement (+ upward, - downward) on the y axis.
+* `mouseReport.v` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing vertical scrolling (+ upward, - downward).
+* `mouseReport.h` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing horizontal scrolling (+ right, - left).
+* `mouseReport.buttons` - this is a uint8_t in which the last 5 bits are used.  These bits represent the mouse button state - bit 3 is mouse button 5, and bit 7 is mouse button 1.
+
+When the mouse report is sent, the x, y, v, and h values are set to 0 (this is done in "pointing_device_send()", which can be overridden to avoid this behavior).  This way, button states persist, but movement will only occur once.  For further customization, both `pointing_device_init` and `pointing_device_task` can be overridden.
+
+In the following example, a custom key is used to click the mouse and scroll 127 units vertically and horizontally, then undo all of that when released - because that's a totally useful function.  Listen, this is an example:
+
+```
+case MS_SPECIAL:
+	report_mouse_t currentReport = pointing_device_get_report();
+    if (record->event.pressed)
+    {
+        currentReport.v = 127;
+		currentReport.h = 127;
+		currentReport.buttons |= MOUSE_BTN1; //this is defined in report.h
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        currentReport.v = -127;
+        currentReport.h = -127;
+        currentReport.buttons &= ~MOUSE_BTN1;
+    }
+	pointing_device_set_report(currentReport);
+    break;
+```
+
+Recall that the mouse report is set to zero (except the buttons) whenever it is sent, so the scrolling would only occur once in each case.

docs/feature_ps2_mouse.md

@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+## PS/2 Mouse Support
+
+Its possible to hook up a PS/2 mouse (for example touchpads or trackpoints) to your keyboard as a composite device.
+
+To hook up a Trackpoint, you need to obtain a Trackpoint module (i.e. harvest from a Thinkpad keyboard), identify the function of each pin of the module, and make the necessary circuitry between controller and Trackpoint module. For more information, please refer to [Trackpoint Hardware](https://deskthority.net/wiki/TrackPoint_Hardware) page on Deskthority Wiki.
+
+There are three available modes for hooking up PS/2 devices: USART (best), interrupts (better) or busywait (not recommended).
+
+### The Cirtuitry between Trackpoint and Controller
+
+To get the things working, a 4.7K drag is needed between the two lines DATA and CLK and the line 5+. 
+
+```
+
+          DATA ----------+--------- PIN
+                         |
+                        4.7K
+                         |
+MODULE    5+  --------+--+--------- PWR   CONTROLLER
+                      |
+                     4.7K
+                      |    
+          CLK   ------+------------ PIN
+```
+
+
+### Busywait Version
+
+Note: This is not recommended, you may encounter jerky movement or unsent inputs. Please use interrupt or USART version if possible.
+
+In rules.mk:
+
+```
+PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT = yes
+```
+
+In your keyboard config.h:
+
+```
+#ifdef PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   1
+#   define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
+#   define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
+#   define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
+#   define PS2_DATA_BIT    2
+#endif
+```
+
+### Interrupt Version
+
+The following example uses D2 for clock and D5 for data. You can use any INT or PCINT pin for clock, and any pin for data.
+
+In rules.mk:
+
+```
+PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+PS2_USE_INT = yes
+```
+
+In your keyboard config.h:
+
+```
+#ifdef PS2_USE_INT
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
+#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   2
+#define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
+#define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
+#define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
+#define PS2_DATA_BIT    5
+
+#define PS2_INT_INIT()  do {    \
+    EICRA |= ((1<<ISC21) |      \
+              (0<<ISC20));      \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_INT_ON()  do {      \
+    EIMSK |= (1<<INT2);         \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_INT_OFF() do {      \
+    EIMSK &= ~(1<<INT2);        \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_INT_VECT   INT2_vect
+#endif
+```
+
+### USART Version
+
+To use USART on the ATMega32u4, you have to use PD5 for clock and PD2 for data. If one of those are unavailable, you need to use interrupt version.
+
+In rules.mk:
+
+```
+PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+PS2_USE_USART = yes
+```
+
+In your keyboard config.h:
+
+```
+#ifdef PS2_USE_USART
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
+#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   5
+#define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
+#define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
+#define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
+#define PS2_DATA_BIT    2
+
+/* synchronous, odd parity, 1-bit stop, 8-bit data, sample at falling edge */
+/* set DDR of CLOCK as input to be slave */
+#define PS2_USART_INIT() do {   \
+    PS2_CLOCK_DDR &= ~(1<<PS2_CLOCK_BIT);   \
+    PS2_DATA_DDR &= ~(1<<PS2_DATA_BIT);     \
+    UCSR1C = ((1 << UMSEL10) |  \
+              (3 << UPM10)   |  \
+              (0 << USBS1)   |  \
+              (3 << UCSZ10)  |  \
+              (0 << UCPOL1));   \
+    UCSR1A = 0;                 \
+    UBRR1H = 0;                 \
+    UBRR1L = 0;                 \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_RX_INT_ON() do {  \
+    UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) |       \
+              (1 << RXEN1));        \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_RX_POLL_ON() do { \
+    UCSR1B = (1 << RXEN1);          \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_OFF() do {    \
+    UCSR1C = 0;                 \
+    UCSR1B &= ~((1 << RXEN1) |  \
+                (1 << TXEN1));  \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_RX_READY      (UCSR1A & (1<<RXC1))
+#define PS2_USART_RX_DATA       UDR1
+#define PS2_USART_ERROR         (UCSR1A & ((1<<FE1) | (1<<DOR1) | (1<<UPE1)))
+#define PS2_USART_RX_VECT       USART1_RX_vect
+#endif
+```
+
+### Additional Settings
+
+#### PS/2 Mouse Features
+
+These enable settings supported by the PS/2 mouse protocol: http://www.computer-engineering.org/ps2mouse/
+
+```
+/* Use remote mode instead of the default stream mode (see link) */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_USE_REMOTE_MODE
+
+/* Enable the scrollwheel or scroll gesture on your mouse or touchpad */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE_SCROLLING
+
+/* Some mice will need a scroll mask to be configured. The default is 0xFF. */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_MASK 0x0F
+
+/* Applies a transformation to the movement before sending to the host (see link) */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_USE_2_1_SCALING
+
+/* The time to wait after initializing the ps2 host */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INIT_DELAY 1000 /* Default */
+```
+
+You can also call the following functions from ps2_mouse.h
+
+```
+void ps2_mouse_disable_data_reporting(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_enable_data_reporting(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_remote_mode(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_stream_mode(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_scaling_2_1(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_scaling_1_1(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_resolution(ps2_mouse_resolution_t resolution);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_sample_rate(ps2_mouse_sample_rate_t sample_rate);
+```
+
+#### Fine Control
+
+Use the following defines to change the sensitivity and speed of the mouse.
+Note: you can also use `ps2_mouse_set_resolution` for the same effect (not supported on most touchpads).
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_X_MULTIPLIER 3
+#define PS2_MOUSE_Y_MULTIPLIER 3
+#define PS2_MOUSE_V_MULTIPLIER 1
+```
+
+#### Scroll Button
+
+If you're using a trackpoint, you will likely want to be able to use it for scrolling.
+Its possible to enable a "scroll button/s" that when pressed will cause the mouse to scroll instead of moving.
+To enable the feature, you must set a scroll button mask as follows:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK (1<<PS2_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE) /* Default */
+```
+
+To disable the scroll button feature:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK 0
+```
+
+The available buttons are:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_LEFT      0
+#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT     1
+#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE    2
+```
+
+You can also combine buttons in the mask by `|`ing them together.
+
+Once you've configured your scroll button mask, you must configure the scroll button send interval.
+This is the interval before which if the scroll buttons were released they would be sent to the host.
+After this interval, they will cause the mouse to scroll and will not be sent.
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_SEND 300 /* Default */
+```
+
+To disable sending the scroll buttons:
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_SEND 0
+```
+
+Fine control over the scrolling is supported with the following defines:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_DIVISOR_H 2
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_DIVISOR_V 2
+```
+
+#### Invert Mouse and Scroll Axes
+
+To invert the X and Y axes you can put:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_X
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_Y
+```
+
+into config.h.
+
+To reverse the scroll axes you can put:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_H
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INVERT_V
+```
+
+into config.h.
+
+#### Debug Settings
+
+To debug the mouse, add `debug_mouse = true` or enable via bootmagic.
+
+```
+/* To debug the mouse reports */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_DEBUG_HID
+#define PS2_MOUSE_DEBUG_RAW
+```

docs/feature_rgb_matrix.md

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+# RGB Matrix Lighting
+
+## Driver configuration
+
+### IS31FL3731
+
+There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3731 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
+
+    RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
+
+Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
+
+	// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
+	// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
+	// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
+	// 0b1110100 AD <-> GND
+	// 0b1110111 AD <-> VCC
+	// 0b1110101 AD <-> SCL
+	// 0b1110110 AD <-> SDA
+	#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1110100
+	#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1110110
+
+	#define DRIVER_COUNT 2
+	#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 25
+	#define DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL 24
+	#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
+
+Currently only 2 drivers are supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations.
+
+Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+	const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+	/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
+	 *   driver
+	 *   |  R location
+	 *   |  |      G location
+	 *   |  |      |      B location
+	 *   |  |      |      | */
+	    {0, C1_3,  C2_3,  C3_3},
+	    ....
+	}
+
+Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0` or `1` right now).
+
+###  IS31FL3733
+
+There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3733 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
+
+    RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3733
+
+Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
+
+	// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
+	// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
+	// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
+	// 00 <-> GND
+	// 01 <-> SCL
+	// 10 <-> SDA
+	// 11 <-> VCC
+	// ADDR1 represents A1:A0 of the 7-bit address.
+	// ADDR2 represents A3:A2 of the 7-bit address.
+	// The result is: 0b101(ADDR2)(ADDR1)
+	#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1010000
+	#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1010000 // this is here for compliancy reasons.
+
+	#define DRIVER_COUNT 1
+	#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 64
+	#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL
+
+Currently only a single drivers is supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations. For now define `DRIVER_ADDR_2` as `DRIVER_ADDR_1`
+
+Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+	const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+	/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
+	 *   driver
+	 *   |  R location
+	 *   |  |       G location
+	 *   |  |       |       B location
+	 *   |  |       |       | */
+	    {0, B_1,    A_1,    C_1},
+	    ....
+	}
+
+Where `X_Y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3733.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3733.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (Only `0` right now).
+
+From this point forward the configuration is the same for all the drivers. 
+
+	const rgb_led g_rgb_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+	/* {row | col << 4}
+	 *    |           {x=0..224, y=0..64}
+	 *    |              |               modifier
+	 *    |              |                 | */
+	    {{0|(0<<4)},   {20.36*0, 21.33*0}, 1},
+	    {{0|(1<<4)},   {20.36*1, 21.33*0}, 1},
+	    ....
+	}
+
+The format for the matrix position used in this array is `{row | (col << 4)}`. The `x` is between (inclusive) 0-224, and `y` is between (inclusive) 0-64. The easiest way to calculate these positions is:
+
+    x = 224 / ( NUMBER_OF_ROWS - 1 ) * ROW_POSITION
+    y = 64 / (NUMBER_OF_COLS - 1 ) * COL_POSITION
+
+Where all variables are decimels/floats.
+
+`modifier` is a boolean, whether or not a certain key is considered a modifier (used in some effects).
+
+## Keycodes
+
+All RGB keycodes are currently shared with the RGBLIGHT system:
+
+	* `RGB_TOG` - toggle
+	* `RGB_MOD` - cycle through modes
+	* `RGB_HUI` - increase hue
+	* `RGB_HUD` - decrease hue
+	* `RGB_SAI` - increase saturation
+	* `RGB_SAD` - decrease saturation
+	* `RGB_VAI` - increase value
+	* `RGB_VAD` - decrease value
+	* `RGB_SPI` - increase speed effect (no EEPROM support)
+	* `RGB_SPD` - decrease speed effect (no EEPROM support)
+
+
+	* `RGB_MODE_*` keycodes will generally work, but are not currently mapped to the correct effects for the RGB Matrix system
+
+## RGB Matrix Effects
+
+These are the effects that are currently available:
+
+	enum rgb_matrix_effects {
+	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_COLOR = 1,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN,
+	#ifdef RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES
+	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH,
+	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH,
+	#endif
+	    RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT_MAX
+	};
+
+## Custom layer effects
+
+Custom layer effects can be done by defining this in your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+    void rgb_matrix_indicators_kb(void) {
+        rgb_matrix_set_color(index, red, green, blue);
+    }
+
+A similar function works in the keymap as `rgb_matrix_indicators_user`.
+
+## Additional `config.h` Options
+
+	#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES // reacts to keypresses (will slow down matrix scan by a lot)
+	#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYRELEASES // reacts to keyreleases (not recommened)
+	#define RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT 0 // number of ticks to wait until disabling effects
+	#define RGB_DISABLE_WHEN_USB_SUSPENDED false // turn off effects when suspended
+    #define RGB_MATRIX_SKIP_FRAMES 1 // number of frames to skip when displaying animations (0 is full effect) if not defined defaults to 1
+    #define RGB_MATRIX_MAXIMUM_BRIGHTNESS 200 // limits maximum brightness of LEDs to 200 out of 255. If not defined maximum brightness is set to 255
+
+## EEPROM storage
+
+The EEPROM for it is currently shared with the RGBLIGHT system (it's generally assumed only one RGB would be used at a time), but could be configured to use its own 32bit address with:
+
+    #define EECONFIG_RGB_MATRIX (uint32_t *)16
+
+Where `16` is an unused index from `eeconfig.h`.
+
+## Suspended state
+
+To use the suspend feature, add this to your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+	void suspend_power_down_kb(void)
+	{
+	    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
+	}
+
+	void suspend_wakeup_init_kb(void)
+	{
+	    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
+	}

docs/feature_rgblight.md

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+# RGB Lighting
+
+QMK has the ability to control RGB LEDs attached to your keyboard. This is commonly called *underglow*, due to the LEDs often being mounted on the bottom of the keyboard, producing a nice diffused effect when combined with a translucent case.
+
+![Planck with RGB Underglow](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/3774a7fcdab5544fc787f4c200be05fcd417e31f/keyboards/planck/keymaps/yang/planck-with-rgb-underglow.jpg)
+
+Some keyboards come with RGB LEDs preinstalled. Others must have them installed after the fact. See the [Hardware Modification](#hardware-modification) section for information on adding RGB lighting to your keyboard.
+
+Currently QMK supports the following addressable LEDs on AVR microcontrollers (however, the white LED in RGBW variants is not supported):
+
+ * WS2811, WS2812, WS2812B, WS2812C, etc.
+ * SK6812, SK6812MINI, SK6805
+
+These LEDs are called "addressable" because instead of using a wire per color, each LED contains a small microchip that understands a special protocol sent over a single wire. The chip passes on the remaining data to the next LED, allowing them to be chained together. In this way, you can easily control the color of the individual LEDs.
+
+## Usage
+
+On keyboards with onboard RGB LEDs, it is usually enabled by default. If it is not working for you, check that your `rules.mk` includes the following:
+
+```make
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+At minimum you must define the data pin your LED strip is connected to, and the number of LEDs in the strip, in your `config.h`. If your keyboard has onboard RGB LEDs, and you are simply creating a keymap, you usually won't need to modify these.
+
+|Define      |Description                                  |
+|------------|---------------------------------------------|
+|`RGB_DI_PIN`|The pin connected to the data pin of the LEDs|
+|`RGBLED_NUM`|The number of LEDs connected                 |
+
+Then you should be able to use the keycodes below to change the RGB lighting to your liking.
+
+### Color Selection
+
+QMK uses [Hue, Saturation, and Value](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV) to select colors rather than RGB. The color wheel below demonstrates how this works.
+
+<img src="gitbook/images/color-wheel.svg" alt="HSV Color Wheel" width="250"/>
+
+Changing the **Hue** cycles around the circle.  
+Changing the **Saturation** moves between the inner and outer sections of the wheel, affecting the intensity of the color.  
+Changing the **Value** sets the overall brightness.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Key                |Aliases   |Description                                                         |
+|-------------------|----------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGB_TOG`          |          |Toggle RGB lighting on or off                                       |
+|`RGB_MODE_FORWARD` |`RGB_MOD` |Cycle through modes, reverse direction when Shift is held           |
+|`RGB_MODE_REVERSE` |`RGB_RMOD`|Cycle through modes in reverse, forward direction when Shift is held|
+|`RGB_HUI`          |          |Increase hue                                                        |
+|`RGB_HUD`          |          |Decrease hue                                                        |
+|`RGB_SAI`          |          |Increase saturation                                                 |
+|`RGB_SAD`          |          |Decrease saturation                                                 |
+|`RGB_VAI`          |          |Increase value (brightness)                                         |
+|`RGB_VAD`          |          |Decrease value (brightness)                                         |
+|`RGB_MODE_PLAIN`   |`RGB_M_P `|Static (no animation) mode                                          |
+|`RGB_MODE_BREATHE` |`RGB_M_B` |Breathing animation mode                                            |
+|`RGB_MODE_RAINBOW` |`RGB_M_R` |Rainbow animation mode                                              |
+|`RGB_MODE_SWIRL`   |`RGB_M_SW`|Swirl animation mode                                                |
+|`RGB_MODE_SNAKE`   |`RGB_M_SN`|Snake animation mode                                                |
+|`RGB_MODE_KNIGHT`  |`RGB_M_K` |"Knight Rider" animation mode                                       |
+|`RGB_MODE_XMAS`    |`RGB_M_X` |Christmas animation mode                                            |
+|`RGB_MODE_GRADIENT`|`RGB_M_G` |Static gradient animation mode                                      |
+|`RGB_MODE_RGBTEST` |`RGB_M_T` |Red, Green, Blue test animation mode                                |
+
+?> For backwards compatibility, `RGB_SMOD` is another alias of `RGB_MOD`.
+
+## Configuration
+
+Your RGB lighting can be configured by placing these `#define`s in your `config.h`:
+
+|Define               |Default      |Description                                                                  |
+|---------------------|-------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP`  |`10`         |The number of steps to cycle through the hue by                              |
+|`RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP`  |`17`         |The number of steps to increment the saturation by                           |
+|`RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP`  |`17`         |The number of steps to increment the brightness by                           |
+|`RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL` |`255`        |The maximum brightness level                                                 |
+|`RGBLIGHT_SLEEP`     |*Not defined*|If defined, the RGB lighting will be switched off when the host goes to sleep|
+
+## Animations
+
+
+Not only can this lighting be whatever color you want,
+if `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_xxxx` or `RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` is defined, you also have a number of animation modes at your disposal:
+
+|Mode number symbol           |Additional number  |Description                            |
+|-----------------------------|-------------------|---------------------------------------|
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_STATIC_LIGHT` | *None*            |Solid color (this mode is always enabled) |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_BREATHING`    | 0,1,2,3           |Solid color breathing                  |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_RAINBOW_MOOD` | 0,1,2             |Cycling rainbow                        |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_RAINBOW_SWIRL`| 0,1,2,3,4,5       |Swirling rainbow                       |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_SNAKE`        | 0,1,2,3,4,5       |Snake                                  |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_KNIGHT`       | 0,1,2             |Knight                                 |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_CHRISTMAS`    | *None*            |Christmas                              |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_STATIC_GRADIENT`| 0,1,..,9        |Static gradient                        |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_RGB_TEST`     | *None*            |RGB Test                               |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_ALTERNATING`  | *None*            |Alternating                            |
+
+
+Check out [this video](https://youtube.com/watch?v=VKrpPAHlisY) for a demonstration.
+
+The following options can be used to tweak the various animations:
+
+|Define                              |Default      |Description                                                                          |
+|------------------------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING`         |*Not defined*|If defined, enable breathing animation mode.                                         |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_MOOD`      |*Not defined*|If defined, enable rainbow mood animation mode.                                      |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_SWIRL`     |*Not defined*|If defined, enable rainbow swirl animation mode.                                     |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE`             |*Not defined*|If defined, enable snake animation mode.                                             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT`            |*Not defined*|If defined, enable knight animation mode.                                            |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS`         |*Not defined*|If defined, enable christmas animation mode.                                         |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_STATIC_GRADIENT`   |*Not defined*|If defined, enable static gradient mode.                                             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RGB_TEST`          |*Not defined*|If defined, enable RGB test animation mode.                                          |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_ALTERNATING`       |*Not defined*|If defined, enable alternating animation mode.                                       |
+|`RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS`               |*Not defined*|If defined, enables all additional animation modes                                   |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_CENTER`    |`1.85`       |Used to calculate the curve for the breathing animation. Valid values are 1.0 to 2.7 |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_MAX`       |`255`        |The maximum brightness for the breathing mode. Valid values are 1 to 255             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE_LENGTH`      |`4`          |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Snake" animation                             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LENGTH`     |`3`          |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Knight" animation                            |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_OFFSET`     |`0`          |The number of LEDs to start the "Knight" animation from the start of the strip by    |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LED_NUM`    |`RGBLED_NUM` |The number of LEDs to have the "Knight" animation travel                             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS_INTERVAL`|`1000`       |How long to wait between light changes for the "Christmas" animation, in milliseconds|
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS_STEP`    |`2`          |The number of LEDs to group the red/green colors by for the "Christmas" animation    |
+
+You can also modify the speeds that the different modes animate at:
+
+```c
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Solid color breathing" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_BREATHING_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {30, 20, 10, 5};
+
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Cycling rainbow" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_RAINBOW_MOOD_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {120, 60, 30};
+
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Swirling rainbow" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_RAINBOW_SWIRL_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {100, 50, 20};
+
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Snake" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_SNAKE_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {100, 50, 20};
+
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Knight" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_KNIGHT_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {127, 63, 31};
+
+// These control which hues are selected for each of the "Static gradient" modes
+const uint16_t RGBLED_GRADIENT_RANGES[] PROGMEM = {360, 240, 180, 120, 90};
+```
+
+## Functions
+
+If you need to change your RGB lighting in code, for example in a macro to change the color whenever you switch layers, QMK provides a set of functions to assist you. See [`rgblight.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight.h) for the full list, but the most commonly used functions include:
+
+|Function                           |Description                                                                                                                                                            |
+|-----------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`rgblight_enable()`                |Turn LEDs on, based on their previous state                                                                                                                            |
+|`rgblight_enable_noeeprom()`       |Turn LEDs on, based on their previous state (not written to EEPROM)                                                                                                    |
+|`rgblight_disable()`               |Turn LEDs off                                                                                                                                                          |
+|`rgblight_disable_noeeprom()`      |Turn LEDs off (not written to EEPROM)                                                                                                                                  |
+|`rgblight_mode(x)`                 |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled                                                                                                                            |
+|`rgblight_mode_noeeprom(x)`        |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled (not written to EEPROM)                                                                                                    |
+|`rgblight_setrgb(r, g, b)`         |Set all LEDs to the given RGB value where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM)                                                                    |
+|`rgblight_setrgb_at(r, g, b, led)` |Set a single LED to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 and `led` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)                       |
+|`rgblight_sethsv(h, s, v)`         |Set all LEDs to the given HSV value where `h` is between 0 and 360 and `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255                                                                   |
+|`rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(h, s, v)`|Set all LEDs to the given HSV value where `h` is between 0 and 360 and `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM)                                           |
+|`rgblight_sethsv_at(h, s, v, led)` |Set a single LED to the given HSV value, where `h` is between 0 and 360, `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255, and `led` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
+
+Additionally, [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h) defines several predefined shortcuts for various colors. Feel free to add to this list!
+
+## Hardware Modification
+
+If your keyboard lacks onboard underglow LEDs, you may often be able to solder on an RGB LED strip yourself. You will need to find an unused pin to wire to the data pin of your LED strip. Some keyboards may break out unused pins from the MCU to make soldering easier. The other two pins, VCC and GND, must also be connected to the appropriate power pins.

docs/feature_space_cadet_shift.md

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# Space Cadet Shift: The Future, Built In
+
+Steve Losh described the [Space Cadet Shift](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) quite well. Essentially, when you tap Left Shift on its own, you get an opening parenthesis; tap Right Shift on its own and you get the closing one. When held, the Shift keys function as normal. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds.
+
+## Usage
+
+Replace the Left Shift key in your keymap with `KC_LSPO` (Left Shift, Parenthesis Open), and Right Shift with `KC_RSPC` (Right Shift, Parenthesis Close).
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Keycode  |Description                           |
+|---------|--------------------------------------|
+|`KC_LSPO`|Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped |
+|`KC_RSPC`|Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped|
+
+## Caveats
+
+Space Cadet's functionality can conflict with the default Command functionality when both Shift keys are held at the same time. Make sure that Command is disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
+
+```make
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no
+```
+
+## Configuration
+
+By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if your layout uses different keys for parentheses, you can redefine them in your `config.h`.
+You can also disable the rollover, allowing you to use the opposite Shift key to cancel the Space Cadet state in the event of an erroneous press, instead of emitting a pair of parentheses when the keys are released.
+
+|Define                        |Default      |Description                                                 |
+|------------------------------|-------------|------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`LSPO_KEY`                    |`KC_9`       |The keycode to send when Left Shift is tapped               |
+|`RSPC_KEY`                    |`KC_0`       |The keycode to send when Right Shift is tapped              |
+|`DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_ROLLOVER`|*Not defined*|If defined, use the opposite Shift key to cancel Space Cadet|

docs/feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Space Cadet Shift Enter
+
+Based on the [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md) feature. Tap the Shift key on its own, and it behaves like Enter. When held, the Shift functions as normal.
+
+## Usage
+
+Replace any Shift key in your keymap with `KC_SFTENT` (Shift, Enter), and you're done.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Keycode    |Description                             |
+|-----------|----------------------------------------|
+|`KC_SFTENT`|Right Shift when held, Enter when tapped|
+
+## Caveats
+
+As with Space Cadet Shift, this feature may conflict with Command, so it should be disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
+
+```make
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no
+```
+
+This feature also uses the same timers as Space Cadet Shift, so using them in tandem may produce strange results.
+
+## Configuration
+
+By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if you'd like to use a different key for Enter, you can redefine it in your `config.h`:
+
+|Define      |Default |Description                                     |
+|------------|--------|------------------------------------------------|
+|`SFTENT_KEY`|`KC_ENT`|The keycode to send when the Shift key is tapped|

docs/feature_stenography.md

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+# Stenography in QMK
+
+[Stenography](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stenotype) is a method of writing most often used by court reports, closed-captioning, and real-time transcription for the deaf. In stenography words are chorded syllable by syllable with a mixture of spelling, phonetic, and shortcut (briefs) strokes. Professional stenographers can reach 200-300 WPM without any of the strain usually found in standard typing and with far fewer errors (>99.9% accuracy).
+
+The [Open Steno Project](http://www.openstenoproject.org/) has built an open-source program called Plover that provides real-time translation of steno strokes into words and commands. It has an established dictionary and supports
+
+## Plover with QWERTY Keyboard
+
+Plover can work with any standard QWERTY keyboard, although it is more efficient if the keyboard supports NKRO (n-key rollover) to allow Plover to see all the pressed keys at once. An example keymap for Plover can be found in `planck/keymaps/default`. Switching to the `PLOVER` layer adjusts the position of the keyboard to support the number bar.
+
+To use Plover with QMK just enable NKRO and optionally adjust your layout if you have anything other than a standard layout. You may also want to purchase some steno-friendly keycaps to make it easier to hit multiple keys.
+
+## Plover with Steno Protocol
+
+Plover also understands the language of several steno machines. QMK can speak a couple of these languages, TX Bolt and GeminiPR. An example layout can be found in `planck/keymaps/steno`.
+
+When QMK speaks to Plover over a steno protocol Plover will not use the keyboard as input. This means that you can switch back and forth between a standard keyboard and your steno keyboard, or even switch layers from Plover to standard and back without needing to activate/deactivate Plover.
+
+In this mode Plover expects to speak with a steno machine over a serial port so QMK will present itself to the operating system as a virtual serial port in addition to a keyboard. By default QMK will speak the TX Bolt protocol but can be switched to GeminiPR; the last protocol used is stored in non-volatile memory so QMK will use the same protocol on restart.
+
+> Note: Due to hardware limitations you may not be able to run both a virtual serial port and mouse emulation at the same time.
+
+### TX Bolt
+
+TX Bolt communicates the status of 24 keys over a very simple protocol in variable-sized (1-5 byte) packets.
+
+### GeminiPR
+
+GeminiPR encodes 42 keys into a 6-byte packet. While TX Bolt contains everything that is necessary for standard stenography, GeminiPR opens up many more options, including supporting non-English theories.
+
+## Configuring QMK for Steno
+
+Firstly, enable steno in your keymap's Makefile. You may also need disable mousekeys, extra keys, or another USB endpoint to prevent conflicts. The builtin USB stack for some processors only supports a certain number of USB endpoints and the virtual serial port needed for steno fills 3 of them.
+
+```Makefile
+STENO_ENABLE = yes
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = no
+```
+
+In your keymap create a new layer for Plover. You will need to include `keymap_steno.h`. See `planck/keymaps/steno/keymap.c` for an example. Remember to create a key to switch to the layer as well as a key for exiting the layer. If you would like to switch modes on the fly you can use the keycodes `QK_STENO_BOLT` and `QK_STENO_GEMINI`. If you only want to use one of the protocols you may set it up in your initialization function:
+
+```C
+void matrix_init_user() {
+  steno_set_mode(STENO_MODE_GEMINI); // or STENO_MODE_BOLT
+}
+```
+
+Once you have your keyboard flashed launch Plover. Click the 'Configure...' button. In the 'Machine' tab select the Stenotype Machine that corresponds to your desired protocol. Click the 'Configure...' button on this tab and enter the serial port or click 'Scan'. Baud rate is fine at 9600 (although you should be able to set as high as 115200 with no issues). Use the default settings for everything else (Data Bits: 8, Stop Bits: 1, Parity: N, no flow control).
+
+On the display tab click 'Open stroke display'. With Plover disabled you should be able to hit keys on your keyboard and see them show up in the stroke display window. Use this to make sure you have set up your keymap correctly. You are now ready to steno!
+
+## Learning Stenography
+
+* [Learn Plover!](https://sites.google.com/site/ploverdoc/)
+* [QWERTY Steno](http://qwertysteno.com/Home/)
+* [Steno Jig](https://joshuagrams.github.io/steno-jig/)
+* More resources at the Plover [Learning Stenography](https://github.com/openstenoproject/plover/wiki/Learning-Stenography) wiki
+
+## Interfacing with the code
+
+The steno code has three interceptible hooks. If you define these functions, they will be called at certain points in processing; if they return true, processing continues, otherwise it's assumed you handled things.
+
+```C
+bool send_steno_chord_user(steno_mode_t mode, uint8_t chord[6]);
+```
+
+This function is called when a chord is about to be sent. Mode will be one of `STENO_MODE_BOLT` or `STENO_MODE_GEMINI`. This represents the actual chord that would be sent via whichever protocol. You can modify the chord provided to alter what gets sent. Remember to return true if you want the regular sending process to happen.
+
+```C
+bool process_steno_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) { return true; }
+```
+
+This function is called when a keypress has come in, before it is processed. The keycode should be one of `QK_STENO_BOLT`, `QK_STENO_GEMINI`, or one of the `STN_*` key values.
+
+```C
+bool postprocess_steno_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record, steno_mode_t mode, uint8_t chord[6], int8_t pressed);
+```
+
+This function is called after a key has been processed, but before any decision about whether or not to send a chord. If `IS_PRESSED(record->event)` is false, and `pressed` is 0 or 1, the chord will be sent shortly, but has not yet been sent. This is where to put hooks for things like, say, live displays of steno chords or keys.
+
+
+## Keycode Reference
+
+As defined in `keymap_steno.h`.
+
+> Note: TX Bolt does not support the full set of keys. The TX Bolt implementation in QMK will map the GeminiPR keys to the nearest TX Bolt key so that one key map will work for both.
+
+|GeminiPR|TX Bolt|Steno Key|
+|--------|-------|-----------|
+|`STN_N1`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #1|
+|`STN_N2`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #2|
+|`STN_N3`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #3|
+|`STN_N4`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #4|
+|`STN_N5`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #5|
+|`STN_N6`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #6|
+|`STN_N7`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #7|
+|`STN_N8`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #8|
+|`STN_N9`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #9|
+|`STN_NA`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #A|
+|`STN_NB`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #B|
+|`STN_NC`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #C|
+|`STN_S1`|`STN_SL`| `S-` upper|
+|`STN_S2`|`STN_SL`| `S-` lower|
+|`STN_TL`|`STN_TL`| `T-`|
+|`STN_KL`|`STN_KL`| `K-`|
+|`STN_PL`|`STN_PL`| `P-`|
+|`STN_WL`|`STN_WL`| `W-`|
+|`STN_HL`|`STN_HL`| `H-`|
+|`STN_RL`|`STN_RL`| `R-`|
+|`STN_A`|`STN_A`| `A` vowel|
+|`STN_O`|`STN_O`| `O` vowel|
+|`STN_ST1`|`STN_STR`| `*` upper-left |
+|`STN_ST2`|`STN_STR`| `*` lower-left|
+|`STN_ST3`|`STN_STR`| `*` upper-right|
+|`STN_ST4`|`STN_STR`| `*` lower-right|
+|`STN_E`|`STN_E`| `E` vowel|
+|`STN_U`|`STN_U`| `U` vowel|
+|`STN_FR`|`STN_FR`| `-F`|
+|`STN_PR`|`STN_PR`| `-P`|
+|`STN_RR`|`STN_RR`| `-R`|
+|`STN_BR`|`STN_BR`| `-B`|
+|`STN_LR`|`STN_LR`| `-L`|
+|`STN_GR`|`STN_GR`| `-G`|
+|`STN_TR`|`STN_TR`| `-T`|
+|`STN_SR`|`STN_SR`| `-S`|
+|`STN_DR`|`STN_DR`| `-D`|
+|`STN_ZR`|`STN_ZR`| `-Z`|
+|`STN_FN`|| (GeminiPR only)|
+|`STN_RES1`||(GeminiPR only)|
+|`STN_RES2`||(GeminiPR only)|
+|`STN_PWR`||(GeminiPR only)|
+

docs/feature_swap_hands.md

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Swap-Hands Action
+
+The swap-hands action allows support for one-handed typing without requiring a separate layer. Set `SWAP_HANDS_ENABLE` in the Makefile and define a `hand_swap_config` entry in your keymap. Now whenever the `ACTION_SWAP_HANDS` command key is pressed the keyboard is mirrored. For instance, to type "Hello, World" on QWERTY you would type `^Ge^s^s^w^c W^wr^sd`
+
+## Configuration
+
+The configuration table is a simple 2-dimensional array to map from column/row to new column/row. Example `hand_swap_config` for Planck:
+
+```C
+const keypos_t hand_swap_config[MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  {{11, 0}, {10, 0}, {9, 0}, {8, 0}, {7, 0}, {6, 0}, {5, 0}, {4, 0}, {3, 0}, {2, 0}, {1, 0}, {0, 0}},
+  {{11, 1}, {10, 1}, {9, 1}, {8, 1}, {7, 1}, {6, 1}, {5, 1}, {4, 1}, {3, 1}, {2, 1}, {1, 1}, {0, 1}},
+  {{11, 2}, {10, 2}, {9, 2}, {8, 2}, {7, 2}, {6, 2}, {5, 2}, {4, 2}, {3, 2}, {2, 2}, {1, 2}, {0, 2}},
+  {{11, 3}, {10, 3}, {9, 3}, {8, 3}, {7, 3}, {6, 3}, {5, 3}, {4, 3}, {3, 3}, {2, 3}, {1, 3}, {0, 3}},
+};
+```
+
+Note that the array indices are reversed same as the matrix and the values are of type `keypos_t` which is `{col, row}` and all values are zero-based. In the example above, `hand_swap_config[2][4]` (third row, fifth column) would return `{7, 2}` (third row, eighth column). Yes, this is confusing.
+
+## Swap Keycodes
+
+|Key        |Description                                                              |
+|-----------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`SH_T(key)`|Sends `key` with a tap; momentary swap when held.                        |
+|`SH_ON`    |Turns on swapping and leaves it on.                                      |
+|`SH_OFF`   |Turn off swapping and leaves it off. Good for returning to a known state.|
+|`SH_MON`   |Swaps hands when pressed, returns to normal when released (momentary).   |
+|`SH_MOFF`  |Momentarily turns off swap.                                              |
+|`SH_TG`    |Toggles swap on and off with every key press.                            |
+|`SH_TT`    |Toggles with a tap; momentary when held.                                 |

docs/feature_tap_dance.md

@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+# Tap Dance: A Single Key Can Do 3, 5, or 100 Different Things
+
+<!-- FIXME: Break this up into multiple sections -->
+
+Hit the semicolon key once, send a semicolon. Hit it twice, rapidly -- send a colon. Hit it three times, and your keyboard's LEDs do a wild dance. That's just one example of what Tap Dance can do. It's one of the nicest community-contributed features in the firmware, conceived and created by [algernon](https://github.com/algernon) in [#451](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/451). Here's how algernon describes the feature:
+
+With this feature one can specify keys that behave differently, based on the amount of times they have been tapped, and when interrupted, they get handled before the interrupter.
+
+To make it clear how this is different from `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, let's explore a certain setup! We want one key to send `Space` on single tap, but `Enter` on double-tap.
+
+With `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, it is quite a rain-dance to set this up, and has the problem that when the sequence is interrupted, the interrupting key will be sent first. Thus, `SPC a` will result in `a SPC` being sent, if they are typed within `TAPPING_TERM`. With the tap dance feature, that'll come out as `SPC a`, correctly.
+
+The implementation hooks into two parts of the system, to achieve this: into `process_record_quantum()`, and the matrix scan. We need the latter to be able to time out a tap sequence even when a key is not being pressed, so `SPC` alone will time out and register after `TAPPING_TERM` time.
+
+But lets start with how to use it, first!
+
+First, you will need `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE=yes` in your `rules.mk`, because the feature is disabled by default. This adds a little less than 1k to the firmware size. Next, you will want to define some tap-dance keys, which is easiest to do with the `TD()` macro, that - similar to `F()`, takes a number, which will later be used as an index into the `tap_dance_actions` array.
+
+This array specifies what actions shall be taken when a tap-dance key is in action. Currently, there are five possible options:
+
+* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(kc1, kc2)`: Sends the `kc1` keycode when tapped once, `kc2` otherwise. When the key is held, the appropriate keycode is registered: `kc1` when pressed and held, `kc2` when tapped once, then pressed and held.
+* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DUAL_ROLE(kc, layer)`: Sends the `kc` keycode when tapped once, or moves to `layer`. (this functions like the `TO` layer keycode).
+* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(fn)`: Calls the specified function - defined in the user keymap - with the final tap count of the tap dance action.
+* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(on_each_tap_fn, on_dance_finished_fn, on_dance_reset_fn)`: Calls the first specified function - defined in the user keymap - on every tap, the second function when the dance action finishes (like the previous option), and the last function when the tap dance action resets.
+* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME(on_each_tap_fn, on_dance_finished_fn, on_dance_reset_fn, tap_specific_tapping_term)`: This functions identically to the `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED` function, but uses a custom tapping term for it, instead of the predefined `TAPPING_TERM`.
+
+The first option is enough for a lot of cases, that just want dual roles. For example, `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_SPC, KC_ENT)` will result in `Space` being sent on single-tap, `Enter` otherwise.
+
+And that's the bulk of it!
+
+And now, on to the explanation of how it works!
+
+The main entry point is `process_tap_dance()`, called from `process_record_quantum()`, which is run for every keypress, and our handler gets to run early. This function checks whether the key pressed is a tap-dance key. If it is not, and a tap-dance was in action, we handle that first, and enqueue the newly pressed key. If it is a tap-dance key, then we check if it is the same as the already active one (if there's one active, that is). If it is not, we fire off the old one first, then register the new one. If it was the same, we increment the counter and the timer.
+
+This means that you have `TAPPING_TERM` time to tap the key again, you do not have to input all the taps within that timeframe. This allows for longer tap counts, with minimal impact on responsiveness.
+
+Our next stop is `matrix_scan_tap_dance()`. This handles the timeout of tap-dance keys.
+
+For the sake of flexibility, tap-dance actions can be either a pair of keycodes, or a user function. The latter allows one to handle higher tap counts, or do extra things, like blink the LEDs, fiddle with the backlighting, and so on. This is accomplished by using an union, and some clever macros.
+
+# Examples
+
+## Simple Example
+
+Here's a simple example for a single definition:
+
+1. In your `rules.mk`, add `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes`
+2. In your `config.h` (which you can copy from `qmk_firmware/keyboards/planck/config.h` to your keymap directory), add `#define TAPPING_TERM 200`
+3. In your `keymap.c` file, define the variables and definitions, then add to your keymap:
+
+```c
+//Tap Dance Declarations
+enum {
+  TD_ESC_CAPS = 0
+};
+
+//Tap Dance Definitions
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+  //Tap once for Esc, twice for Caps Lock
+  [TD_ESC_CAPS]  = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_ESC, KC_CAPS)
+// Other declarations would go here, separated by commas, if you have them
+};
+
+//In Layer declaration, add tap dance item in place of a key code
+TD(TD_ESC_CAPS)
+```
+
+## Complex Examples
+
+This section details several complex tap dance examples.
+All the enums used in the examples are declared like this:
+
+```c
+// Enums defined for all examples:
+enum {
+ CT_SE = 0,
+ CT_CLN,
+ CT_EGG,
+ CT_FLSH,
+ X_TAP_DANCE
+};
+```
+### Example 1: Send `:` on Single Tap, `;` on Double Tap
+```c
+void dance_cln_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    register_code (KC_RSFT);
+    register_code (KC_SCLN);
+  } else {
+    register_code (KC_SCLN);
+  }
+}
+
+void dance_cln_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    unregister_code (KC_RSFT);
+    unregister_code (KC_SCLN);
+  } else {
+    unregister_code (KC_SCLN);
+  }
+}
+
+//All tap dance functions would go here. Only showing this one.
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+ [CT_CLN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (NULL, dance_cln_finished, dance_cln_reset)
+};
+```
+### Example 2: Send "Safety Dance!" After 100 Taps
+```c
+void dance_egg (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count >= 100) {
+    SEND_STRING ("Safety dance!");
+    reset_tap_dance (state);
+  }
+}
+
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+ [CT_EGG] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN (dance_egg)
+};
+```
+
+### Example 3: Turn LED Lights On Then Off, One at a Time
+
+```c
+// on each tap, light up one led, from right to left
+// on the forth tap, turn them off from right to left
+void dance_flsh_each(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  switch (state->count) {
+  case 1:
+    ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+    break;
+  case 2:
+    ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+    break;
+  case 3:
+    ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+    break;
+  case 4:
+    ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+    _delay_ms(50);
+    ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+    _delay_ms(50);
+    ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+  }
+}
+
+// on the fourth tap, set the keyboard on flash state
+void dance_flsh_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count >= 4) {
+    reset_keyboard();
+    reset_tap_dance(state);
+  }
+}
+
+// if the flash state didn't happen, then turn off LEDs, left to right
+void dance_flsh_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+  _delay_ms(50);
+  ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+  _delay_ms(50);
+  ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+}
+
+//All tap dances now put together. Example 3 is "CT_FLASH"
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+  [CT_SE]  = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE (KC_SPC, KC_ENT)
+ ,[CT_CLN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (NULL, dance_cln_finished, dance_cln_reset)
+ ,[CT_EGG] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN (dance_egg)
+ ,[CT_FLSH] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (dance_flsh_each, dance_flsh_finished, dance_flsh_reset)
+};
+```
+
+### Example 4: 'Quad Function Tap-Dance'
+
+By [DanielGGordon](https://github.com/danielggordon)
+
+Allow one key to have 4 (or more) functions, depending on number of presses, and if the key is held or tapped.
+Below is a specific example:
+*  Tap = Send `x`
+*  Hold = Send `Control`
+*  Double Tap = Send `Escape`
+*  Double Tap and Hold = Send `Alt`
+
+## Setup
+
+You will need a few things that can be used for 'Quad Function Tap-Dance'. The suggested setup is to create a user directory for yourself. This directory will contain rules.mk `<your_name>.c` and `<your_name>.h`. This directory should be called `<your_name>`, and located in the top level `users` directory. There should already be a few examples to look at there.
+
+### In `/qmk_firmware/users/<your_name>/rules.mk`
+
+Put the following:
+```c
+TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes
+SRC += your_name.c
+```
+
+Pretty simple. It is a nice way to keep some rules common on all your keymaps.
+
+
+### In `/qmk_firmware/users/<your_name>/<your_name>.h`
+
+You will need a few things in this file:
+
+```c
+#pragma once
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+#include "process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+  bool is_press_action;
+  int state;
+} tap;
+
+enum {
+  SINGLE_TAP = 1,
+  SINGLE_HOLD = 2,
+  DOUBLE_TAP = 3,
+  DOUBLE_HOLD = 4,
+  DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP = 5, //send two single taps
+  TRIPLE_TAP = 6,
+  TRIPLE_HOLD = 7
+};
+
+//Tap dance enums
+enum {
+  X_CTL = 0,
+  SOME_OTHER_DANCE
+};
+
+int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
+
+//for the x tap dance. Put it here so it can be used in any keymap
+void x_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+void x_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+```
+
+### In `/qmk_firmware/users/<your_name>/<your_name>.c`
+
+And then in your user's `.c` file you implement the functions above:
+
+```c
+#include "<your_name>.h"
+#include "quantum.h"
+#include "action.h"
+#include "process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h"
+
+/* Return an integer that corresponds to what kind of tap dance should be executed.
+ *
+ * How to figure out tap dance state: interrupted and pressed.
+ *
+ * Interrupted: If the state of a dance dance is "interrupted", that means that another key has been hit
+ *  under the tapping term. This is typically indicitive that you are trying to "tap" the key.
+ *
+ * Pressed: Whether or not the key is still being pressed. If this value is true, that means the tapping term
+ *  has ended, but the key is still being pressed down. This generally means the key is being "held".
+ *
+ * One thing that is currenlty not possible with qmk software in regards to tap dance is to mimic the "permissive hold"
+ *  feature. In general, advanced tap dances do not work well if they are used with commonly typed letters.
+ *  For example "A". Tap dances are best used on non-letter keys that are not hit while typing letters.
+ *
+ * Good places to put an advanced tap dance:
+ *  z,q,x,j,k,v,b, any function key, home/end, comma, semi-colon
+ *
+ * Criteria for "good placement" of a tap dance key:
+ *  Not a key that is hit frequently in a sentence
+ *  Not a key that is used frequently to double tap, for example 'tab' is often double tapped in a terminal, or
+ *    in a web form. So 'tab' would be a poor choice for a tap dance.
+ *  Letters used in common words as a double. For example 'p' in 'pepper'. If a tap dance function existed on the
+ *    letter 'p', the word 'pepper' would be quite frustating to type.
+ *
+ * For the third point, there does exist the 'DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP', however this is not fully tested
+ *
+ */
+int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed)  return SINGLE_TAP;
+    //key has not been interrupted, but they key is still held. Means you want to send a 'HOLD'.
+    else return SINGLE_HOLD;
+  }
+  else if (state->count == 2) {
+    /*
+     * DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP is to distinguish between typing "pepper", and actually wanting a double tap
+     * action when hitting 'pp'. Suggested use case for this return value is when you want to send two
+     * keystrokes of the key, and not the 'double tap' action/macro.
+    */
+    if (state->interrupted) return DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP;
+    else if (state->pressed) return DOUBLE_HOLD;
+    else return DOUBLE_TAP;
+  }
+  //Assumes no one is trying to type the same letter three times (at least not quickly).
+  //If your tap dance key is 'KC_W', and you want to type "www." quickly - then you will need to add
+  //an exception here to return a 'TRIPLE_SINGLE_TAP', and define that enum just like 'DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP'
+  if (state->count == 3) {
+    if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed)  return TRIPLE_TAP;
+    else return TRIPLE_HOLD;
+  }
+  else return 8; //magic number. At some point this method will expand to work for more presses
+}
+
+//instanalize an instance of 'tap' for the 'x' tap dance.
+static tap xtap_state = {
+  .is_press_action = true,
+  .state = 0
+};
+
+void x_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  xtap_state.state = cur_dance(state);
+  switch (xtap_state.state) {
+    case SINGLE_TAP: register_code(KC_X); break;
+    case SINGLE_HOLD: register_code(KC_LCTRL); break;
+    case DOUBLE_TAP: register_code(KC_ESC); break;
+    case DOUBLE_HOLD: register_code(KC_LALT); break;
+    case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: register_code(KC_X); unregister_code(KC_X); register_code(KC_X);
+    //Last case is for fast typing. Assuming your key is `f`:
+    //For example, when typing the word `buffer`, and you want to make sure that you send `ff` and not `Esc`.
+    //In order to type `ff` when typing fast, the next character will have to be hit within the `TAPPING_TERM`, which by default is 200ms.
+  }
+}
+
+void x_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  switch (xtap_state.state) {
+    case SINGLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_X); break;
+    case SINGLE_HOLD: unregister_code(KC_LCTRL); break;
+    case DOUBLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_ESC); break;
+    case DOUBLE_HOLD: unregister_code(KC_LALT);
+    case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: unregister_code(KC_X);
+  }
+  xtap_state.state = 0;
+}
+
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+  [X_CTL]     = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL,x_finished, x_reset)
+};
+```
+
+And then simply use `TD(X_CTL)` anywhere in your keymap after including `<your_name>.h`.

docs/feature_terminal.md

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+# Terminal
+
+> This feature is currently *huge* at 4400 bytes, and should probably only be put on boards with a lot of memory, or for fun.
+
+The terminal feature is a command-line-like interface designed to communicate through a text editor with keystrokes. It's beneficial to turn off auto-indent features in your editor.
+
+To enable, stick this in your `rules.mk` or `Makefile`:
+
+    TERMINAL_ENABLE = yes
+
+And use the `TERM_ON` and `TERM_OFF` keycodes to turn it on or off.
+
+When enabled, a `> ` prompt will appear, where you'll be able to type, backspace (a bell will ding if you reach the beginning and audio is enabled), and hit enter to send the command. Arrow keys are currently disabled so it doesn't get confused. Moving your cursor around with the mouse is discouraged.
+
+`#define TERMINAL_HELP` enables some other output helpers that aren't really needed with this page.
+
+Pressing "up" and "down" will allow you to cycle through the past 5 commands entered.
+
+## Future Ideas
+
+* Keyboard/user-extensible commands
+* Smaller footprint
+* Arrow key support
+* Command history - Done
+* SD card support
+* LCD support for buffer display
+* Keycode -> name string LUT
+* Layer status
+* *Analog/digital port read/write*
+* RGB mode stuff
+* Macro definitions
+* EEPROM read/write
+* Audio control
+
+## Current Commands
+
+### `about`
+
+Prints out the current version of QMK with a build date:
+
+```
+> about
+QMK Firmware
+  v0.5.115-7-g80ed73-dirty
+  Built: 2017-08-29-20:24:44
+```
+
+
+### `print-buffer`
+
+Outputs the last 5 commands entered
+
+```
+> print-buffer
+0. print-buffer
+1. help
+2. about
+3. keymap 0
+4. help 
+5. flush-buffer
+```
+
+### `flush-buffer`
+
+Clears command buffer
+```
+> flush-buffer
+Buffer cleared!
+```
+
+
+### `help`
+
+
+Prints out the available commands:
+
+```
+> help
+commands available:
+  about help keycode keymap exit print-buffer flush-buffer
+```
+
+### `keycode <layer> <row> <col>`
+
+Prints out the keycode value of a certain layer, row, and column:
+
+```
+> keycode 0 1 0
+0x29 (41)
+```
+
+### `keymap <layer>`
+
+Prints out the entire keymap for a certain layer
+
+```
+> keymap 0
+0x002b, 0x0014, 0x001a, 0x0008, 0x0015, 0x0017, 0x001c, 0x0018, 0x000c, 0x0012, 0x0013, 0x002a,
+0x0029, 0x0004, 0x0016, 0x0007, 0x0009, 0x000a, 0x000b, 0x000d, 0x000e, 0x000f, 0x0033, 0x0034,
+0x00e1, 0x001d, 0x001b, 0x0006, 0x0019, 0x0005, 0x0011, 0x0010, 0x0036, 0x0037, 0x0038, 0x0028,
+0x5cd6, 0x00e0, 0x00e2, 0x00e3, 0x5cd4, 0x002c, 0x002c, 0x5cd5, 0x0050, 0x0051, 0x0052, 0x004f,
+>
+```
+
+### `exit`
+
+Exits the terminal - same as `TERM_OFF`.

docs/feature_thermal_printer.md

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Thermal Printer
+
+<!-- FIXME: Describe thermal printers support here. -->
+
+## Thermal Printer Keycodes
+
+|Key        |Description                             |
+|-----------|----------------------------------------|
+|`PRINT_ON` |Start printing everything the user types|
+|`PRINT_OFF`|Stop printing everything the user types |

docs/feature_unicode.md

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+# Unicode Support
+
+There are three Unicode keymap definition method available in QMK:
+
+## UNICODE_ENABLE
+
+Supports Unicode input up to 0xFFFF. The keycode function is `UC(n)` in
+keymap file, where *n* is a 4 digit hexadecimal.
+
+## UNICODEMAP_ENABLE
+
+Supports Unicode up to 0xFFFFFFFF. You need to maintain a separate mapping
+table `const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {...}` in your keymap file.
+The keycode function is `X(n)` where *n* is the array index of the mapping
+table.
+
+## UCIS_ENABLE
+
+TBD
+
+Unicode input in QMK works by inputing a sequence of characters to the OS,
+sort of like macro. Unfortunately, each OS has different ideas on how Unicode is input.
+
+This is the current list of Unicode input method in QMK:
+
+* UC_OSX: MacOS Unicode Hex Input support. Works only up to 0xFFFF. Disabled by default. To enable: go to System Preferences -> Keyboard -> Input Sources, and enable Unicode Hex.
+* UC_OSX_RALT: Same as UC_OSX, but sends the Right Alt key for unicode input
+* UC_LNX: Unicode input method under Linux. Works up to 0xFFFFF. Should work almost anywhere on ibus enabled distros. Without ibus, this works under GTK apps, but rarely anywhere else.
+* UC_WIN: (not recommended) Windows built-in Unicode input. To enable: create registry key under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method\EnableHexNumpad` of type `REG_SZ` called `EnableHexNumpad`, set its value to 1, and reboot. This method is not recommended because of reliability and compatibility issue, use WinCompose method below instead.
+* UC_WINC: Windows Unicode input using WinCompose. Requires [WinCompose](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose). Works reliably under many (all?) variations of Windows.
+
+To type multiple characters for things like (ノಠ痊ಠ)ノ彡┻━┻, you can use `send_unicode_hex_string()` much like `SEND_STRING()` except you would use hex values seperated by spaces.
+For example, the table flip seen above would be `send_unicode_hex_string("0028 30CE 0CA0 75CA 0CA0 0029 30CE 5F61 253B 2501 253B")`
+
+There are many ways to get a hex code, but an easy one is [this site](https://r12a.github.io/app-conversion/). Just make sure to convert to hexadecimal, and that is your string.
+
+# Additional Language Support
+
+In `quantum/keymap_extras/`, you'll see various language files - these work the same way as the alternative layout ones do. Most are defined by their two letter country/language code followed by an underscore and a 4-letter abbreviation of its name. `FR_UGRV` which will result in a `ù` when using a software-implemented AZERTY layout. It's currently difficult to send such characters in just the firmware.
+
+# International Characters on Windows
+
+[AutoHotkey](https://autohotkey.com) allows Windows users to create custom hotkeys among others.
+
+The method does not require Unicode support in the keyboard itself but depends instead of AutoHotkey running in the background.
+
+First you need to select a modifier combination that is not in use by any of your programs.
+CtrlAltWin is not used very widely and should therefore be perfect for this.
+There is a macro defined for a mod-tab combo `LCAG_T`.
+Add this mod-tab combo to a key on your keyboard, e.g.: `LCAG_T(KC_TAB)`.
+This makes the key behave like a tab key if pressed and released immediately but changes it to the modifier if used with another key.
+
+In the default script of AutoHotkey you can define custom hotkeys.
+
+    <^<!<#a::Send, ä
+    <^<!<#<+a::Send, Ä
+
+The hotkeys above are for the combination CtrlAltGui and CtrlAltGuiShift plus the letter a.
+AutoHotkey inserts the Text right of `Send, ` when this combination is pressed.

docs/feature_userspace.md

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+# Userspace: Sharing Code Between Keymaps
+
+If you use more than one keyboard with a similar keymap, you might see the benefit in being able to share code between them. Create your own folder in `users/` named the same as your keymap (ideally your github username, `<name>`) with the following structure:
+
+* `/users/<name>/` (added to the path automatically)
+  * `readme.md` (optional, recommended)
+  * `rules.mk` (included automatically)
+  * `config.h` (included automatically)
+  * `<name>.h` (optional)
+  * `<name>.c` (optional)
+  * `cool_rgb_stuff.c` (optional)
+  * `cool_rgb_stuff.h` (optional)
+
+
+All this only happens when you build a keymap named `<name>`, like this:
+
+    make planck:<name>
+
+For example,
+
+    make planck:jack
+
+Will include the `/users/jack/` folder in the path, along with `/users/jack/rules.mk`.  
+
+!> This `name` can be [overridden](#override-default-userspace), if needed.  
+
+## `Rules.mk`
+
+The `rules.mk` is one of the two files that gets processed automatically.  This is how you add additional source files (such as  `<name>.c`) will be added when compiling.
+
+It's highly recommended that you use `<name>.c` as the default source file to be added. And to add it, you need to add it the SRC in `rules.mk` like this:
+
+    SRC += <name>.c
+
+Additional files may be added in the same way - it's recommended you have one named `<name>`.c/.h to start off with, though. 
+
+The `/users/<name>/rules.mk` file will be included in the build _after_ the `rules.mk` from your keymap. This allows you to have features in your userspace `rules.mk` that depend on individual QMK features that may or may not be available on a specific keyboard. 
+
+For example, if you have RGB control features shared between all your keyboards that support RGB lighting, you can add support for that if the RGBLIGHT feature is enabled:
+```make
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
+  # Include my fancy rgb functions source here
+  SRC += cool_rgb_stuff.c
+endif
+```
+
+Alternatively, you can `define RGB_ENABLE` in your keymap's `rules.mk` and then check for the variable in your userspace's `rules.mk` like this:
+```make
+ifdef RGB_ENABLE
+  # Include my fancy rgb functions source here
+  SRC += cool_rgb_stuff.c
+endif
+```
+
+### Override default userspace
+
+By default the userspace used will be the same as the keymap name. In some situations this isn't desirable. For instance, if you use the [layout](feature_layouts.md) feature you can't use the same name for different keymaps (e.g. ANSI and ISO). You can name your layouts `mylayout-ansi` and `mylayout-iso` and add the following line to your layout's `rules.mk`:
+
+```
+USER_NAME := mylayout
+```
+
+This is also useful if you have multiple different keyboards with different features physically present on the board (such as one with RGB Lights, and one with Audio, or different number of LEDs, or connected to a different PIN on the controller).
+
+## Configuration Options (`config.h`)
+
+Additionally, `config.h` here will be processed like the same file in your keymap folder.  This is handled separately from the `<name>.h` file.
+
+The reason for this, is that `<name>.h` won't be added in time to add settings (such as `#define TAPPING_TERM 100`), and including the `<name.h>` file in any `config.h` files will result in compile issues.
+
+!>You should use the `config.h` for [configuration options](config_options.md), and the `<name>.h` file for user or keymap specific settings (such as the enum for layer or keycodes)
+
+
+## Readme (`readme.md`)
+
+Please include authorship (your name, github username, email), and optionally [a license that's GPL compatible](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list.html#GPLCompatibleLicenses).
+
+You can use this as a template: 
+```
+Copyright <year> <name> <email> @<github_username>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+```
+
+You'd want to replace the year, name, email and github username with your info. 
+
+Additionally, this is a good place to document your code, if you wish to share it with others. 
+
+# Examples
+
+For a brief example, checkout [`/users/_example/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna).  
+For a more complicated example, checkout [`/users/drashna/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna)'s userspace.
+
+
+## Customized Functions
+
+QMK has a bunch of [functions](custom_quantum_functions.md) that have [`_quantum`, `_kb`, and `_user` versions](custom_quantum_functions.md#a-word-on-core-vs-keyboards-vs-keymap) that you can use.  You will pretty much always want to use the user version of these functions.  But the problem is that if you use them in your userspace, then you don't have a version that you can use in your keymap. 
+
+However, you can actually add support for keymap version, so that you can use it in both your userspace and your keymap! 
+
+
+For instance, lets looks at the `layer_state_set_user` function.  Lets enable the [Tri Layer State](ref_functions.md#olkb-tri-layers) functionalitly to all of our boards, and then still have your `keymap.c` still able to use this functionality. 
+
+In your `<name.c>` file, you'd want to add this: 
+```c
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+uint32_t layer_state_set_keymap (uint32_t state) {
+  return state;
+}
+
+uint32_t layer_state_set_user (uint32_t state) {
+  state = update_tri_layer_state(state, 2, 3, 5);
+  return layer_state_set_keymap (state);
+}
+```
+The `__attribute__ ((weak))` part tells the compiler that this is a placeholder function that can then be replaced by a version in your `keymap.c`.  That way, you don't need to add it to your `keymap.c`, but if you do, you won't get any conflicts because the function is the same name. 
+
+The `_keymap` part here doesn't matter, it just needs to be something other than `_quantum`, `_kb`, or `_user`, since those are already in use. So you could use `layer_state_set_mine`, `layer_state_set_fn`, or anything else.
+
+You can see a list of this and other common functions in [`template.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/users/drashna/template.c) in [`users/drashna`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna).
+
+## Custom Features
+
+Since the Userspace feature can support a staggering number of boards, you may have boards that you want to enable certain functionality for, but not for others. And you can actually create "features" that you can enable or disable in your own userspace.  
+
+For instance, if you wanted to have a bunch of macros available, but only on certain boards (to save space), you could "hide" them being a `#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED`, and then enable it per board.  To do this, add this to your rules.mk
+```make
+ifeq ($(strip $(MACROS_ENABLED)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMACROS_ENABLED
+endif
+```
+The `OPT_DEFS` setting causes `MACROS_ENABLED` to be defined for your keyboards (note the `-D` in front of the name), and you could use `#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED` to check the status in your c/h files, and handle that code based on that. 
+
+Then you add `MACROS_ENABLED = yes` to the `rules.mk` for you keymap to enable this feature and the code in your userspace.
+
+And in your `process_record_user` function, you'd do something like this: 
+```c
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED
+  case MACRO1:
+    if (!record->event.pressed) {
+      SEND_STRING("This is macro 1!");
+    }
+    break;
+  case MACRO2:
+    if (!record->event.pressed) {
+      SEND_STRING("This is macro 2!");
+    }
+    break;
+#endif
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+```
+
+
+## Consolidated Macros
+
+If you wanted to consolidate macros and other functions into your userspace for all of your keymaps, you can do that.  This builds upon the [Customized Functions](#customized-functions) example above. This lets you maintain a bunch of macros that are shared between the different keyboards, and allow for keyboard specific macros, too. 
+
+First, you'd want to go through all of your `keymap.c` files and replace `process_record_user` with `process_record_keymap` instead.   This way, you can still use keyboard specific codes on those boards, and use your custom "global" keycodes as well.   You'll also want to replace `SAFE_RANGE` with `NEW_SAFE_RANGE` so that you wont have any overlapping keycodes
+
+Then add `#include <name.h>` to all of your keymap.c files.  This allows you to use these new keycodes without having to redefine them in each keymap.
+
+Once you've done that, you'll want to set the keycode definitions that you need to the `<name>.h`  file. For instance:
+```c
+#pragma once
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+#include "action.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+// Define all of
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  KC_MAKE = SAFE_RANGE,
+  NEW_SAFE_RANGE  //use "NEW_SAFE_RANGE" for keymap specific codes
+};
+```
+
+Now you want to create the `<name>.c` file, and add this content to it:
+
+```c
+#include "<name>.h"
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+bool process_record_keymap(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+  case KC_MAKE:
+    if (!record->event.pressed) {
+      SEND_STRING("make " QMK_KEYBOARD ":" QMK_KEYMAP
+#if  (defined(BOOTLOADER_DFU) || defined(BOOTLOADER_LUFA_DFU) || defined(BOOTLOADER_QMK_DFU))
+       ":dfu "
+#elif defined(BOOTLOADER_HALFKAY)
+      ":teensy "
+#elif defined(BOOTLOADER_CATERINA)
+       ":avrdude "
+#endif
+        SS_TAP(X_ENTER));
+    }
+    return false;
+    break;
+  }
+  return process_record_keymap(keycode, record);
+}
+```
+
+This will add a new `KC_MAKE` keycode that can be used in any of your keymaps.  And this keycode will output `make <keyboard>:<keymap>`, making frequent compiling easier.  And this will work with any keyboard and any keymap as it will output the current boards info, so that you don't have to type this out every time.
+
+Additionally, this should flash the newly compiled firmware automatically, using the correct utility, based on the bootloader settings (or default to just generating the HEX file). However, it should be noted that this may not work on all systems. AVRDUDE doesn't work on WSL, namely (and will dump the HEX in the ".build" folder instead).
+
+

docs/features.md

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# QMK Features
+
+QMK has a staggering number of features for building your keyboard. It can take some time to understand all of them and determine which one will achieve your goal.
+
+
+* [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md) - Change layers, dual-action keys, and more. Go beyond typing simple characters.
+* [Audio](feature_audio.md) - Connect a speaker to your keyboard for audio feedback, midi support, and music mode.
+* [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md) - Tap for the normal key, hold slightly longer for its shifted state.
+* [Backlight](feature_backlight.md) - LED lighting support for your keyboard.
+* [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) - Adjust the behavior of your keyboard using hotkeys.
+* [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md) - Record and playback macros from the keyboard itself.
+* [HD44780 LCD Display](feature_hd44780.md) - Support for LCD character displays using the HD44780 standard.
+* [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md) - Lock a key in the "down" state.
+* [Layouts](feature_layouts.md) - Use one keymap with any keyboard that supports your layout.
+* [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md) - Tap the leader key followed by a sequence to trigger custom behavior.
+* [Macros](feature_macros.md) - Send multiple key presses when pressing only one physical key.
+* [Mouse keys](feature_mouse_keys.md) - Control your mouse pointer from your keyboard.
+* [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md) - Framework for connecting your custom pointing device to your keyboard.
+* [PS2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md) - Driver for connecting a PS/2 mouse directly to your keyboard.
+* [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md) - RGB lighting for your keyboard.
+* [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) - RGB Matrix lights for per key lighting.
+* [Space Cadet](feature_space_cadet_shift.md) - Use your left/right shift keys to type parenthesis and brackets.
+* [Stenography](feature_stenography.md) - Put your keyboard into Plover mode for stenography use.
+* [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md) - Mirror your keyboard for one handed usage.
+* [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md) - Make a single key do as many things as you want.
+* [Terminal](feature_terminal.md) - CLI interface to the internals of your keyboard.
+* [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md) - Connect a thermal printer to your keyboard to be able to toggle on a printed log of everything you type.
+* [Unicode](feature_unicode.md) - Unicode input support.
+* [Userspace](feature_userspace.md) - Share code between different keymaps and keyboards.

docs/flashing.md

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+# Flashing Instructions and Bootloader Information
+
+There are quite a few different types of bootloaders that keyboards use, and just about all of the use a different flashing method. Luckily, projects like the [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) aim to be compatible with all the different types without having to think about it much, but this article will describe the different types of bootloaders, and available methods for flashing them.
+
+If you have a bootloader selected with the `BOOTLOADER` variable in your `rules.mk`, QMK will automatically calculate if your .hex file is the right size to be flashed to the device, and output the total size in bytes (along with the max). To run this process manually, compile with the target `check-size`, eg `make planck/rev4:default:check-size`.
+
+## DFU
+
+Atmel's DFU bootloader comes on all atmega32u4 chips by default, and is used by many keyboards that have their own ICs on their PCBs (Older OLKB boards, Clueboards). Some keyboards may also use LUFA's DFU bootloader (or QMK's fork) (Newer OLKB boards) that adds in additional features specific to that hardware.
+
+To ensure compatibility with the DFU bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk` (optionally with `lufa-dfu` or `qmk-dfu` instead):
+
+    # Bootloader
+    #     This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
+    #     different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
+    #     automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
+    BOOTLOADER = atmel-dfu
+
+Compatible flashers:
+
+* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
+* [dfu-programmer](https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer) / `:dfu` in QMK (recommended command line)
+* [Atmel's Flip](http://www.microchip.com/developmenttools/productdetails.aspx?partno=flip) (not recommended)
+
+Flashing sequence:
+
+1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or tap the RESET button (or short RST to GND).
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+3. Erase the memory (may be done automatically)
+4. Flash a .hex file
+5. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
+
+or:
+
+    make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu
+
+### QMK DFU
+
+QMK has a fork of the LUFA DFU bootloader that allows for a simple matrix scan for exiting the bootloader and returning to the application, as well as flashing an LED/making a ticking noise with a speaker when things are happening. To enable these features, use this block in your `config.h` (The key that exits the bootloader needs to be hooked-up to the INPUT and OUTPUT defined here):
+
+    #define QMK_ESC_OUTPUT F1 // usually COL
+    #define QMK_ESC_INPUT D5 // usually ROW
+    #define QMK_LED E6
+    #define QMK_SPEAKER C6
+
+The Manufacturer and Product names are automatically pulled from your `config.h`, and "Bootloader" is added to the product.
+
+To generate this bootloader, use the `bootloader` target, eg `make planck/rev4:default:bootloader`.
+
+To generate a production-ready .hex file (containing the application and the bootloader), use the `production` target, eg `make planck/rev4:default:production`.
+
+## Caterina
+
+Arduino boards and their clones use the [Caterina bootloader](https://github.com/arduino/Arduino/tree/master/hardware/arduino/avr/bootloaders/caterina) (any keyboard built with a Pro Micro, or clone), and uses the avr109 protocol to communicate through virtual serial. Bootloaders like [A-Star](https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/9) are based on Caterina.
+
+To ensure compatibility with the Caterina bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
+
+    # Bootloader
+    #     This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
+    #     different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
+    #     automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
+    BOOTLOADER = caterina
+
+Compatible flashers:
+
+* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
+* [avrdude](http://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) with avr109 / `:avrdude` (recommended command line)
+* [AVRDUDESS](https://github.com/zkemble/AVRDUDESS)
+
+Flashing sequence:
+
+1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or short RST to GND quickly (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters)
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+4. Flash a .hex file
+5. Wait for the device to reset automatically
+
+or
+
+    make <keyboard>:<keymap>:avrdude
+
+or if you want to flash multiple boards, use the following command
+
+    make <keyboard>:<keymap>:avrdude-loop
+
+When you're done flashing boards, you'll need to hit Ctrl + C or whatever the correct keystroke is for your operating system to break the loop.
+
+## Halfkay
+
+Halfkay is a super-slim protocol developed by PJRC that uses HID, and come on all Teensys (namely the 2.0).
+
+To ensure compatibility with the Halfkay bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
+
+    # Bootloader
+    #     This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
+    #     different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
+    #     automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
+    BOOTLOADER = halfkay
+
+Compatible flashers:
+
+* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
+* [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html)
+* [Teensy Loader Command Line](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html) (recommended command line)
+
+Flashing sequence:
+
+1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or short RST to GND quickly (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters)
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+4. Flash a .hex file
+5. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)

docs/getting_started_build_tools.md

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+# Installing Build Tools
+
+This page describes setting up the build environment for QMK. These instructions cover AVR processors (such as the atmega32u4).
+
+<!-- FIXME: We should have ARM instructions somewhere. -->
+
+Note: If it is your first time here, Check out the "Complete Newbs guide" instead
+
+## Linux
+
+To ensure you are always up to date, you can just run `sudo util/install_dependencies.sh`. That should always install all the dependencies needed. **This will run `apt-get upgrade`.**
+
+You can also install things manually, but this documentation might not be always up to date with all requirements.
+
+The current requirements are the following, but not all might be needed depending on what you do. Also note that some systems might not have all the dependencies available as packages, or they might be named differently.
+
+```
+build-essential
+gcc
+unzip
+wget
+zip
+gcc-avr
+binutils-avr
+avr-libc
+dfu-programmer
+dfu-util
+gcc-arm-none-eabi
+binutils-arm-none-eabi
+libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
+git
+```
+
+Install the dependencies with your favorite package manager.
+
+Debian / Ubuntu example:
+
+    sudo apt-get update
+    sudo apt-get install gcc unzip wget zip gcc-avr binutils-avr avr-libc dfu-programmer dfu-util gcc-arm-none-eabi binutils-arm-none-eabi libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
+
+Fedora / Red Hat example:
+
+    sudo dnf install gcc unzip wget zip dfu-util dfu-programmer avr-gcc avr-libc binutils-avr32-linux-gnu arm-none-eabi-gcc-cs arm-none-eabi-binutils-cs arm-none-eabi-newlib
+
+## Nix
+
+If you're on [NixOS](https://nixos.org/), or have Nix installed on Linux or macOS, run `nix-shell` from the repository root to get a build environment.
+
+By default, this will download compilers for both AVR and ARM. If you don't need both, disable the `avr` or `arm` arguments, e.g.:
+
+    nix-shell --arg arm false
+
+## macOS
+If you're using [homebrew,](http://brew.sh/) you can use the following commands:
+
+    brew tap osx-cross/avr
+    brew tap PX4/homebrew-px4
+    brew update
+    brew install avr-gcc@7
+    brew install dfu-programmer
+    brew install gcc-arm-none-eabi
+    brew install avrdude
+
+This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line. Note that the `make` and `make install` portion during the homebrew installation of avr-libc can take over 20 minutes and exhibit high CPU usage.
+
+## Windows with msys2 (recommended)
+
+The best environment to use, for Windows Vista through any later version (tested on 7 and 10), is [msys2](http://www.msys2.org).
+
+* Install msys2 by downloading it and following the instructions here: http://www.msys2.org
+* Open the ``MSYS2 MingGW 64-bit`` shortcut
+* Navigate to your qmk checkout. For example, if it's in the root of your c drive:
+ * `$ cd /c/qmk_firmware`
+* Run `util/msys2_install.sh` and follow the prompts
+
+## Windows 10 (deprecated)
+These are the old instructions for Windows 10. We recommend you use [MSYS2 as outlined above](#windows-with-msys2-recommended).
+
+### Creators Update
+If you have Windows 10 with Creators Update or later, you can build and flash the firmware directly. Before the Creators Update, only building was possible. If you don't have it yet or if are unsure, follow [these instructions](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/instantanswers/d4efb316-79f0-1aa1-9ef3-dcada78f3fa0/get-the-windows-10-creators-update).
+
+### Windows Subsystem for Linux
+In addition to the Creators Update, you need Windows 10 Subystem for Linux, so install it following [these instructions](http://www.howtogeek.com/249966/how-to-install-and-use-the-linux-bash-shell-on-windows-10/). If you already have the Windows 10 Subsystem for Linux from the Anniversary update it's recommended that you [upgrade](https://betanews.com/2017/04/14/upgrade-windows-subsystem-for-linux/) it to 16.04LTS, because some keyboards don't compile with the toolchains included in 14.04LTS. Note that you need to know what your are doing if you chose the `sudo do-release-upgrade` method.
+
+### Git
+If you already have cloned the repository on your Windows file system you can ignore this section.
+
+You will need to clone the repository to your Windows file system using the normal Git for Windows and **not** the WSL Git. So if you haven't installed Git before, [download](https://git-scm.com/download/win) and install it. Then [set it up](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Getting-Started-First-Time-Git-Setup), it's important that you setup the e-mail and user name, especially if you are planning to contribute.
+
+Once Git is installed, open the Git Bash command and change the directory to where you want to clone QMK; note that you have to use forward slashes, and that your c drive is accessed like this `/c/path/to/where/you/want/to/go`. Then run `git clone --recurse-submodules https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware`, this will create a new folder `qmk_firmware` as a subfolder of the current one.
+
+### Toolchain Setup
+The Toolchain setup is done through the Windows Subsystem for Linux, and the process is fully automated. If you want to do everything manually, there are no other instructions than the scripts themselves, but you can always open issues and ask for more information.
+
+1. Open "Bash On Ubuntu On Windows" from the start menu.
+2. Go to the directory where you cloned `qmk_firmware`. Note that the paths start with `/mnt/` in the WSL, so you have to write for example `cd /mnt/c/path/to/qmk_firmware`.
+3. Run `util/wsl_install.sh` and follow the on-screen instructions.
+4. Close the Bash command window, and re-open it.
+5. You are ready to compile and flash the firmware!
+
+### Some Important Things to Keep in Mind
+* You can run `util/wsl_install.sh` again to get all the newest updates.
+* Your QMK repository need to be on a Windows file system path, since WSL can't run executables outside it.
+* The WSL Git is **not** compatible with the Windows Git, so use the Windows Git Bash or a windows Git GUI for all Git operations
+* You can edit files either inside WSL or normally using Windows, but note that if you edit makefiles or shell scripts, make sure you are using an editor that saves the files with Unix line endings. Otherwise the compilation might not work.
+
+## Windows (Vista and Later) (Deprecated)
+
+These are the old instructions for Windows Vista and later. We recommend you use [MSYS2 as outlined above](#windows-with-msys2-recommended).
+
+1. If you have ever installed WinAVR, uninstall it.
+2. Install [MHV AVR Tools](https://infernoembedded.com/sites/default/files/project/MHV_AVR_Tools_20131101.exe). Disable smatch, but **be sure to leave the option to add the tools to the PATH checked**.
+3. If you are going to flash Infinity based keyboards you will need to install dfu-util, refer to the instructions by [Input Club](https://github.com/kiibohd/controller/wiki/Loading-DFU-Firmware).
+4. Install [MinGW](https://sourceforge.net/projects/mingw/files/Installer/mingw-get-setup.exe/download). During installation, uncheck the option to install a graphical user interface. **DO NOT change the default installation folder.** The scripts depend on the default location.
+5. Clone this repository. [This link will download it as a zip file, which you'll need to extract.](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/archive/master.zip) Open the extracted folder in Windows Explorer.
+6. Open the `\util` folder.
+7. Double-click on the `1-setup-path-win` batch script to run it. You'll need to accept a User Account Control prompt. Press the spacebar to dismiss the success message in the command prompt that pops up.
+8. Right-click on the `2-setup-environment-win` batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. This part may take a couple of minutes, and you'll need to approve a driver installation, but once it finishes, your environment is complete!
+
+If you have trouble and want to ask for help, it is useful to generate a *Win_Check_Output.txt* file by running `Win_Check.bat` in the `\util` folder.
+
+## Docker
+
+If this is a bit complex for you, Docker might be the turn-key solution you need. After installing [Docker](https://www.docker.com/products/docker), run the following command at the root of the QMK folder to build a keyboard/keymap:
+
+```bash
+# You'll run this every time you want to build a keymap
+# modify the keymap and keyboard assignment to compile what you want
+# defaults are ergodox/default
+
+docker run -e keymap=gwen -e keyboard=ergodox_ez --rm -v $('pwd'):/qmk:rw edasque/qmk_firmware
+```
+
+On Windows Docker seems to have issues with the VOLUME tag in Dockerfile, and `$('pwd')` won't print a Windows compliant path; use full path instead, like this:
+
+```bash
+docker run -e keymap=default -e keyboard=ergodox_ez --rm -v D:/Users/Sacapuces/Documents/Repositories/qmk:/qmk:rw edasque/qmk_firmware
+
+```
+
+This will compile the targeted keyboard/keymap and leave it in your QMK directory for you to flash.
+
+## Vagrant
+If you have any problems building the firmware, you can try using a tool called Vagrant. It will set up a virtual computer with a known configuration that's ready-to-go for firmware building. OLKB does NOT host the files for this virtual computer. Details on how to set up Vagrant are in the [vagrant guide](getting_started_vagrant.md).

docs/getting_started_getting_help.md

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Getting Help
+
+There are a lot of resources for getting help with QMK.
+
+## Realtime Chat
+
+You can find QMK developers and users on our main [Discord server](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh). There are specific channels in the server for chatting about the firmware, Toolbox, hardware, and configurator.
+
+## OLKB Subreddit
+
+The official QMK forum is [/r/olkb](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) on [reddit.com](https://reddit.com).
+
+## Github Issues
+
+You can open an [issue on GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues). This is especially handy when your issue will require long-term discussion or debugging.

docs/getting_started_github.md

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+# How to Use Github with QMK
+
+Github can be a little tricky to those that aren't familiar with it - this guide will walk through each step of forking, cloning, and submitting a pull request with QMK.
+
+?> This guide assumes you're somewhat comfortable with running things at the command line, and have git installed on your system.
+
+Start on the [QMK Github page](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), and you'll see a button in the upper right that says "Fork":
+
+![Fork on Github](http://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
+
+If you're apart of an organization, you'll need to choose which account to fork it to. In most circumstances, you'll want to fork it to your personal account. Once your fork is completed (sometimes this takes a little while), click the "Clone or Download" button:
+
+![Download from Github](http://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
+
+And be sure to select "HTTPS", and select the link and copy it:
+
+![HTTPS link](http://i.imgur.com/eGO0ohO.jpg)
+
+From here, enter `git clone ` into the command line, and then paste your link:
+
+```
+user@computer:~$ git clone https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
+Cloning into 'qmk_firmware'...
+remote: Counting objects: 46625, done.
+remote: Compressing objects: 100% (2/2), done.
+remote: Total 46625 (delta 0), reused 0 (delta 0), pack-reused 46623
+Receiving objects: 100% (46625/46625), 84.47 MiB | 3.14 MiB/s, done.
+Resolving deltas: 100% (29362/29362), done.
+Checking out files: 100% (2799/2799), done.
+```
+
+You now have your QMK fork on your local machine, and you can add your keymap, compile it and flash it to your board. Once you're happy with your changes, you can add, commit, and push them to your fork like this:
+
+```
+user@computer:~$ git add .
+user@computer:~$ git commit -m "adding my keymap"
+[master cccb1608] adding my keymap
+ 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
+ create mode 100644 keyboards/planck/keymaps/mine/keymap.c
+user@computer:~$ git push
+Counting objects: 1, done.
+Delta compression using up to 4 threads.
+Compressing objects: 100% (1/1), done.
+Writing objects: 100% (1/1), 1.64 KiB | 0 bytes/s, done.
+Total 1 (delta 1), reused 0 (delta 0)
+remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (1/1), completed with 1 local objects.
+To https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
+ + 20043e64...7da94ac5 master -> master
+```
+
+Your changes now exist on your fork on Github - if you go back there (`https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware`), you can create a "New Pull Request" by clicking this button:
+
+![New Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/DxMHpJ8.jpg)
+
+Here you'll be able to see exactly what you've committed - if it all looks good, you can finalize it by clicking "Create Pull Request":
+
+![Create Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/Ojydlaj.jpg)
+
+After submitting, we may talk to you about your changes, ask that you make changes, and eventually accept it! Thanks for contributing to QMK :)

docs/getting_started_introduction.md

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Introduction
+
+This page attempts to explain the basic information you need to know to work with the QMK project. It assumes that you are familiar with navigating a Unix shell, but does not assume you are familiar with C or with compiling using make.
+
+## Basic QMK Structure
+
+QMK is a fork of [Jun Wako](https://github.com/tmk)'s [tmk_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) project. The original TMK code, with modifications, can be found in the `tmk` folder. The QMK additions to the project may be found in the `quantum` folder. Keyboard projects may be found in the `handwired` and `keyboard` folders.
+
+### Userspace Structure
+
+Within the folder `users` is a directory for each user. This is a place for users to put code that they might use between keyboards. See the docs for [Userspace feature](feature_userspace.md) for more information.
+
+### Keyboard Project Structure
+
+Within the folder `keyboards` and its subfolder `handwired` is a directory for each keyboard project, for example `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard`. Within it you'll find the following structure:
+
+* `keymaps/`: Different keymaps that can be built
+* `rules.mk`: The file that sets the default "make" options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `rules.mk`.
+* `config.h`: The file that sets the default compile time options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `config.h`.
+
+### Keymap Structure
+
+In every keymap folder, the following files may be found. Only `keymap.c` is required, and if the rest of the files are not found the default options will be chosen.
+
+* `config.h`: the options to configure your keymap
+* `keymap.c`: all of your keymap code, required
+* `rules.mk`: the features of QMK that are enabled
+* `readme.md`: a description of your keymap, how others might use it, and explanations of features. Please upload images to a service like imgur.
+
+# The `config.h` File
+
+There are 3 possible `config.h` locations:
+
+* keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/config.h`)
+* userspace (`/users/<user>/config.h`)
+* keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/config.h`)
+
+The build system automatically picks up the config files in the above order. If you wish to override any setting set by a previous `config.h` you will need to first include some boilerplate code for the settings you wish to change.
+
+```
+#pragma once
+```
+
+Then to override a setting from the previous `config.h` file you must `#undef` and then `#define` the setting again.
+
+The boilerplate code and setting look like this together:
+
+```
+#pragma once
+
+// overrides go here!
+#undef MY_SETTING
+#define MY_SETTING 4
+```

docs/getting_started_make_guide.md

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+# More Detailed `make` Instructions
+
+The full syntax of the `make` command is `<keyboard_folder>:<keymap>:<target>`, where:
+
+* `<keyboard_folder>` is the path of the keyboard, for example `planck`
+  * Use `all` to compile all keyboards
+  * Specify the path to compile a revision, for example `planck/rev4` or `planck/rev3`
+  * If the keyboard doesn't have any folders, it can be left out
+  * To compile the default folder, you can leave it out
+* `<keymap>` is the name of the keymap, for example `algernon`
+  * Use `all` to compile all keymaps
+* `<target>` will be explained in more detail below.
+
+The `<target>` means the following
+* If no target is given, then it's the same as `all` below
+* `all` compiles as many keyboard/revision/keymap combinations as specified. For example, `make planck/rev4:default` will generate a single .hex, while `make planck/rev4:all` will generate a hex for every keymap available to the planck.
+* `dfu`, `teensy`, `avrdude` or `dfu-util`, compile and upload the firmware to the keyboard. If the compilation fails, then nothing will be uploaded. The programmer to use depends on the keyboard. For most keyboards it's `dfu`, but for ChibiOS keyboards you should use `dfu-util`, and `teensy` for standard Teensys. To find out which command you should use for your keyboard, check the keyboard specific readme.
+ * **Note**: some operating systems need root access for these commands to work, so in that case you need to run for example `sudo make planck/rev4:default:dfu`.
+* `clean`, cleans the build output folders to make sure that everything is built from scratch. Run this before normal compilation if you have some unexplainable problems.
+
+You can also add extra options at the end of the make command line, after the target
+
+* `make COLOR=false` - turns off color output
+* `make SILENT=true` - turns off output besides errors/warnings
+* `make VERBOSE=true` - outputs all of the gcc stuff (not interesting, unless you need to debug)
+* `make EXTRAFLAGS=-E` - Preprocess the code without doing any compiling (useful if you are trying to debug #define commands)
+
+The make command itself also has some additional options, type `make --help` for more information. The most useful is probably `-jx`, which specifies that you want to compile using more than one CPU, the `x` represents the number of CPUs that you want to use. Setting that can greatly reduce the compile times, especially if you are compiling many keyboards/keymaps. I usually set it to one less than the number of CPUs that I have, so that I have some left for doing other things while it's compiling. Note that not all operating systems and make versions supports that option.
+
+Here are some examples commands
+
+* `make all:all` builds everything (all keyboard folders, all keymaps). Running just `make` from the `root` will also run this.
+* `make ergodox_infinity:algernon:clean` will clean the build output of the Ergodox Infinity keyboard.
+* `make planck/rev4:default:dfu COLOR=false` builds and uploads the keymap without color output.
+
+## `rules.mk` Options
+
+Set these variables to `no` to disable them, and `yes` to enable them.
+
+`BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you to hold a key and the salt key (space by default) and have access to a various EEPROM settings that persist over power loss. It's advised you keep this disabled, as the settings are often changed by accident, and produce confusing results that makes it difficult to debug. It's one of the more common problems encountered in help sessions.
+
+Consumes about 1000 bytes.
+
+`MOUSEKEY_ENABLE`
+
+This gives you control over cursor movements and clicks via keycodes/custom functions.
+
+`EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you to use the system and audio control key codes.
+
+`CONSOLE_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you to print messages that can be read using [`hid_listen`](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/hid_listen.html).
+
+By default, all debug (*dprint*) print (*print*, *xprintf*), and user print (*uprint*) messages will be enabled. This will eat up a significant portion of the flash and may make the keyboard .hex file too big to program.
+
+To disable debug messages (*dprint*) and reduce the .hex file size, include `#define NO_DEBUG` in your `config.h` file.
+
+To disable print messages (*print*, *xprintf*) and user print messages (*uprint*) and reduce the .hex file size, include `#define NO_PRINT` in your `config.h` file.
+
+To disable print messages (*print*, *xprintf*) and **KEEP** user print messages (*uprint*), include `#define USER_PRINT` in your `config.h` file.
+
+To see the text, open `hid_listen` and enjoy looking at your printed messages.
+
+**NOTE:** Do not include *uprint* messages in anything other than your keymap code. It must not be used within the QMK system framework. Otherwise, you will bloat other people's .hex files.
+
+Consumes about 400 bytes.
+
+`COMMAND_ENABLE`
+
+This enables magic commands, typically fired with the default magic key combo `LSHIFT+RSHIFT+KEY`. Magic commands include turning on debugging messages (`MAGIC+D`) or temporarily toggling NKRO (`MAGIC+N`).
+
+`SLEEP_LED_ENABLE`
+
+Enables your LED to breath while your computer is sleeping. Timer1 is being used here. This feature is largely unused and untested, and needs updating/abstracting.
+
+`NKRO_ENABLE`
+
+This allows the keyboard to tell the host OS that up to 248 keys are held down at once (default without NKRO is 6). NKRO is off by default, even if `NKRO_ENABLE` is set. NKRO can be forced by adding `#define FORCE_NKRO` to your config.h or by binding `MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO` to a key and then hitting the key.
+
+`BACKLIGHT_ENABLE`
+
+This enables your backlight on Timer1 and ports B5, B6, or B7 (for now). You can specify your port by putting this in your `config.h`:
+
+    #define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
+
+`MIDI_ENABLE`
+
+This enables MIDI sending and receiving with your keyboard. To enter MIDI send mode, you can use the keycode `MI_ON`, and `MI_OFF` to turn it off. This is a largely untested feature, but more information can be found in the `quantum/quantum.c` file.
+
+`UNICODE_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you to send unicode symbols via `UC(<unicode>)` in your keymap. Only codes up to 0x7FFF are currently supported.
+
+`UNICODEMAP_ENABLE`
+
+This allows sending unicode symbols using `X(<unicode>)` in your keymap. Codes
+up to 0xFFFFFFFF are supported, including emojis. You will need to maintain
+a separate mapping table in your keymap file.
+
+Known limitations:
+- Under Mac OS, only codes up to 0xFFFF are supported.
+- Under Linux ibus, only codes up to 0xFFFFF are supported (but anything important is still under this limit for now).
+
+Characters out of range supported by the OS will be ignored.
+
+`BLUETOOTH_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you to interface with a Bluefruit EZ-key to send keycodes wirelessly. It uses the D2 and D3 pins.
+
+`AUDIO_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you output audio on the C6 pin (needs abstracting). See the [audio page](feature_audio.md) for more information.
+
+`FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE`
+
+Uses buzzer to emulate clicky switches. A cheap imitation of the Cherry blue switches. By default, uses the C6 pin, same as AUDIO_ENABLE.
+
+`VARIABLE_TRACE`
+
+Use this to debug changes to variable values, see the [tracing variables](unit_testing.md#tracing-variables) section of the Unit Testing page for more information.
+
+`API_SYSEX_ENABLE`
+
+This enables using the Quantum SYSEX API to send strings (somewhere?)
+
+This consumes about 5390 bytes.
+
+`KEY_LOCK_ENABLE`
+
+This enables [key lock](feature_key_lock.md). This consumes an additional 260 bytes.
+
+`SPLIT_KEYBOARD`
+
+This enables split keyboard support (dual MCU like the let's split and bakingpy's boards) and includes all necessary files located at quantum/split_common
+
+## Customizing Makefile Options on a Per-Keymap Basis
+
+If your keymap directory has a file called `rules.mk` any options you set in that file will take precedence over other `rules.mk` options for your particular keyboard.
+
+So let's say your keyboard's `rules.mk` has `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes`. You want your particular keyboard to not have the backlight, so you make a file called `rules.mk` and specify `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no`.

docs/getting_started_vagrant.md

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Vagrant Quick Start
+
+This project includes a Vagrantfile that will allow you to build a new firmware for your keyboard very easily without major changes to your primary operating system. This also ensures that when you clone the project and perform a build, you have the exact same environment as anyone else using the Vagrantfile to build. This makes it much easier for people to help you troubleshoot any issues you encounter.
+
+## Requirements
+
+Using the `/Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](http://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/) (or [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](http://www.vagrantup.com/vmware) but the (paid) VMware plugin requires a licensed copy of VMware Workstation/Fusion).
+
+*COMPATIBILITY NOTICE* Certain versions of Virtualbox 5 appear to have an incompatibility with the Virtualbox extensions installed in the boxes in this Vagrantfile. If you encounter any issues with the /vagrant mount not succeeding, please upgrade your version of Virtualbox to at least 5.0.12. **Alternately, you can try running the following command:** `vagrant plugin install vagrant-vbguest`
+
+Other than having Vagrant and Virtualbox installed and possibly a restart of your computer afterwards, you can simple run a 'vagrant up' anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project and it will start a Linux virtual machine that contains all the tools required to build this project. There is a post Vagrant startup hint that will get you off on the right foot, otherwise you can also reference the build documentation below.
+
+# Flashing the Firmware
+
+The "easy" way to flash the firmware is using a tool from your host OS:
+
+* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox) (recommended)
+* [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html)
+* [Atmel FLIP](http://www.atmel.com/tools/flip.aspx)
+
+If you want to program via the command line you can uncomment the ['modifyvm'] lines in the Vagrantfile to enable the USB passthrough into Linux and then program using the command line tools like dfu-util/dfu-programmer or you can install the Teensy CLI version.

docs/gitbook/images/color-wheel.svg

@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 15.1.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0)  -->
+<svg
+    xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
+    xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+    xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+    xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
+    xmlns:ns1="http://sozi.baierouge.fr"
+    xmlns:cc="http://web.resource.org/cc/"
+    xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
+    xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
+    id="Layer_1"
+    enable-background="new 0 0 360 360"
+    xml:space="preserve"
+    viewBox="0 0 360 360"
+    version="1.1"
+    y="0px"
+    x="0px"
+  >
+<g
+    >
+</g
+  >
+<g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m193.8 167.46l113.52-113.89c-23.457-23.36-50.2-38.727-82.193-47.23l-41.313 155.45c3.15 0.84 7.66 3.37 9.98 5.67z"
+          fill="#E0C3D3"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m209.95 151.26l97.367-97.688c-23.457-23.36-50.2-38.727-82.193-47.23l-35.43 133.29c7.71 1.86 14.76 5.91 20.25 11.63z"
+          fill="#E0A0C3"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m225.94 135.21l81.375-81.643c-23.457-23.36-50.2-38.727-82.193-47.23l-29.61 111.4c11.55 2.89 22.11 8.95 30.42 17.47z"
+          fill="#E080B5"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m241.95 119.15l65.369-65.585c-23.457-23.36-50.2-38.727-82.193-47.23l-23.784 89.491c15.38 3.919 29.46 12.004 40.6 23.324z"
+          fill="#E061A7"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m257.95 103.1l49.371-49.533c-23.457-23.36-50.2-38.727-82.193-47.23l-17.962 67.589c19.22 4.944 36.82 15.052 50.78 29.174z"
+          fill="#E04198"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m273.95 87.05l33.373-33.482c-23.457-23.36-50.2-38.727-82.193-47.23l-12.142 45.687c23.07 5.968 44.18 18.099 60.96 35.025z"
+          fill="#E0228B"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m289.94 70.999l17.375-17.431c-23.457-23.36-50.2-38.728-82.193-47.231l-6.321 23.784c26.91 6.994 51.54 21.148 71.13 40.878z"
+          fill="#E10071"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m174.73 162.13c2.934-0.792 6.094-0.876 8.876-0.292l41-155.36c-31.994-8.502-61.625-8.332-93.483 0.274l42.101 155.85c-0.01-0.02 1.13-0.37 1.5-0.47z"
+          fill="#FFD9D9"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m168.93 139.99c6.926-1.871 14.036-1.906 20.556-0.349l35.12-133.16c-31.994-8.502-61.625-8.332-93.483 0.274l36.127 133.73c0.95-0.27 1.19-0.36 1.67-0.49z"
+          fill="#FFB6B6"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m163.03 118.12c10.904-2.946 22.03-2.917 32.267-0.373l29.31-111.27c-31.994-8.502-61.625-8.332-93.483 0.274l30.218 111.86c0.96-0.27 1.19-0.36 1.68-0.49z"
+          fill="#FF8F8F"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m157.12 96.243c14.884-4.021 30.029-3.944 43.982-0.413l23.51-89.354c-31.994-8.502-61.625-8.332-93.483 0.274l24.304 89.968c0.96-0.268 1.2-0.344 1.69-0.475z"
+          fill="#FF6E6E"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m151.21 74.369c18.863-5.096 38.024-4.964 55.695-0.446l17.71-67.447c-31.994-8.502-61.625-8.332-93.483 0.274l18.395 68.094c0.96-0.267 1.2-0.344 1.69-0.475z"
+          fill="#FF4848"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m145.06 52.56c22.919-6.191 46.298-6.016 67.745-0.456l11.81-45.628c-31.994-8.502-61.625-8.332-93.483 0.274l12.484 46.214c0.97-0.263 1.13-0.317 1.45-0.404z"
+          fill="#FF2424"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m139.15 30.685c26.906-7.269 54.312-7.036 79.48-0.483l5.978-23.726c-31.994-8.502-61.625-8.332-93.483 0.274l6.575 24.34c0.97-0.262 1.13-0.318 1.45-0.405z"
+          fill="#FF0000"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m173.23 162.6l-42.1-155.85c-31.858 8.606-56.824 23.185-80.185 46.64l114.57 114.36c2.08-2.33 4.86-4.17 7.71-5.15z"
+          fill="#FFEBD9"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m167.25 140.48l-36.12-133.73c-31.858 8.606-56.824 23.185-80.185 46.64l98.442 98.288c4.77-5.09 11.17-9.11 17.86-11.2z"
+          fill="#FFD7B3"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m161.34 118.61l-30.21-111.86c-31.858 8.606-56.824 23.185-80.185 46.64l82.386 82.283c7.49-7.82 17.47-13.93 28.01-17.06z"
+          fill="#FFC48F"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m155.43 96.719l-24.3-89.969c-31.858 8.606-56.824 23.185-80.185 46.64l66.336 66.282c10.2-10.55 23.74-18.78 38.15-22.951z"
+          fill="#FFB26C"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m149.52 74.845l-18.39-68.095c-31.858 8.606-56.824 23.185-80.185 46.64l50.287 50.283c12.91-13.273 30.02-23.612 48.29-28.825z"
+          fill="#FF9F48"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m143.61 52.964l-12.48-46.214c-31.858 8.606-56.824 23.185-80.185 46.64l34.05 34.204c15.705-16.028 35.495-28.198 58.615-34.63z"
+          fill="#FF8C24"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m137.7 31.091l-6.575-24.34c-31.858 8.606-56.824 23.185-80.185 46.64l17.99 18.216c18.435-18.762 41.795-33.041 68.775-40.516z"
+          fill="#FF8000"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m166.24 167.56l-114.82-114.3c-23.36 23.457-36.884 48.514-45.386 80.507l155.98 41.453c0.85-3.15 1.92-5.35 4.23-7.66z"
+          fill="#FFFED9"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m149.96 151.35l-98.535-98.09c-23.36 23.457-36.884 48.514-45.386 80.507l133.85 35.573c1.8-6.74 5.26-12.94 10.07-17.99z"
+          fill="#FFFDB3"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m133.9 135.37l-82.475-82.11c-23.36 23.457-36.884 48.514-45.386 80.507l111.95 29.753c2.82-10.58 8.31-20.29 15.91-28.15z"
+          fill="#FFFC8F"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m117.84 119.37l-66.415-66.11c-23.36 23.457-36.884 48.514-45.386 80.507l90.037 23.929c3.845-14.42 11.364-27.64 21.764-38.33z"
+          fill="#FFFB6C"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m101.78 103.39l-50.355-50.13c-23.36 23.457-36.884 48.514-45.386 80.507l68.136 18.108c4.869-18.26 14.403-34.99 27.605-48.49z"
+          fill="#FFFA48"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m85.716 87.398l-34.291-34.138c-23.36 23.457-36.884 48.514-45.386 80.507l46.235 12.288c5.893-22.09 17.445-42.34 33.442-58.662z"
+          fill="#FFF924"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m69.657 71.411l-18.232-18.151c-23.36 23.457-36.884 48.514-45.386 80.507l24.334 6.468c6.917-25.93 20.488-49.694 39.284-68.829z"
+          fill="#FFFF00"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m162.13 185.27c-0.792-2.934-0.647-7.06-0.061-9.842l-155.89-41.15c-8.503 31.994-8.034 62.733 0.572 94.591l155.85-42.1c-0.02 0.01-0.37-1.13-0.47-1.5z"
+          fill="#EBFFD9"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m139.99 191.07c-1.963-7.268-1.891-14.725-0.095-21.517l-133.72-35.27c-8.503 31.994-8.034 62.733 0.572 94.591l133.73-36.127c-0.27-0.96-0.36-1.19-0.49-1.67z"
+          fill="#D8FFB6"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m118.12 196.98c-3.039-11.249-2.905-22.722-0.121-33.231l-111.82-29.47c-8.503 31.994-8.034 62.733 0.572 94.591l111.86-30.218c-0.27-0.96-0.36-1.19-0.49-1.67z"
+          fill="#C5FF92"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m96.244 202.89c-4.114-15.228-3.942-30.725-0.169-44.949l-89.897-23.66c-8.503 31.994-8.034 62.733 0.572 94.591l89.968-24.304c-0.268-0.97-0.343-1.2-0.474-1.68z"
+          fill="#B1FF6C"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m74.371 208.8c-5.189-19.208-4.962-38.724-0.201-56.666l-67.992-17.85c-8.503 31.994-8.034 62.733 0.572 94.591l68.094-18.395c-0.267-0.96-0.343-1.2-0.473-1.68z"
+          fill="#9DFF48"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m52.563 214.95c-6.285-23.265-6.011-46.996-0.205-68.714l-46.18-11.96c-8.503 31.994-8.034 62.733 0.572 94.591l46.214-12.484c-0.263-0.97-0.315-1.12-0.401-1.44z"
+          fill="#8AFF24"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m30.688 220.86c-7.362-27.251-7.029-55.011-0.229-80.452l-24.28-6.125c-8.503 31.994-8.034 62.733 0.572 94.591l24.34-6.575c-0.264-0.97-0.317-1.12-0.403-1.44z"
+          fill="#71FF00"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m162.6 186.77l-155.85 42.1c8.606 31.857 23.185 56.824 46.641 80.185l114.36-114.57c-2.33-2.09-4.17-4.87-5.15-7.72z"
+          fill="#DCFFDC"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m140.48 192.75l-133.73 36.12c8.606 31.857 23.185 56.824 46.641 80.185l98.286-98.442c-5.1-4.78-9.11-11.18-11.2-17.87z"
+          fill="#B6FFB6"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m118.61 198.66l-111.86 30.21c8.606 31.857 23.185 56.824 46.641 80.185l82.281-82.387c-7.82-7.49-13.93-17.47-17.06-28.01z"
+          fill="#92FF92"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m96.719 204.57l-89.969 24.3c8.606 31.857 23.185 56.824 46.641 80.185l66.28-66.336c-10.55-10.2-18.78-23.74-22.951-38.15z"
+          fill="#6EFF6E"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m74.845 210.48l-68.095 18.39c8.606 31.857 23.185 56.824 46.641 80.185l50.281-50.287c-13.274-12.92-23.614-30.02-28.825-48.29z"
+          fill="#4AFF4A"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m52.964 216.39l-46.214 12.48c8.606 31.857 23.185 56.824 46.641 80.185l34.202-34.049c-16.028-15.71-28.198-35.5-34.629-58.62z"
+          fill="#27FF27"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m31.091 222.3l-24.34 6.575c8.606 31.857 23.185 56.824 46.641 80.185l18.214-17.989c-18.763-18.43-33.043-41.79-40.515-68.77z"
+          fill="#00FF00"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m167.59 193.87l-114.31 114.78c23.455 23.359 47.388 37.112 79.381 45.616l41.606-156.55c-3.16-0.85-4.37-1.55-6.68-3.85z"
+          fill="#DCFFED"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m151.42 210.11l-98.14 98.54c23.455 23.359 47.388 37.112 79.381 45.616l35.721-134.41c-6.34-1.86-12.17-5.21-16.96-9.75z"
+          fill="#B6FFD9"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m135.43 226.16l-82.15 82.49c23.455 23.359 47.388 37.112 79.381 45.616l29.9-112.51c-10.18-2.89-19.52-8.26-27.13-15.6z"
+          fill="#92FFC6"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m119.43 242.22l-66.15 66.43c23.456 23.359 47.388 37.112 79.381 45.616l24.079-90.603c-14.02-3.92-26.87-11.31-37.31-21.45z"
+          fill="#6EFFB3"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m103.44 258.28l-50.16 50.37c23.455 23.359 47.388 37.112 79.381 45.616l18.258-68.701c-17.86-4.95-34.22-14.35-47.48-27.29z"
+          fill="#4AFFA0"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m87.451 274.34l-34.17 34.31c23.455 23.359 47.388 37.112 79.381 45.616l12.438-46.801c-21.69-5.97-41.58-17.4-57.649-33.13z"
+          fill="#27FF8D"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m71.459 290.39l-18.179 18.26c23.455 23.359 47.388 37.112 79.381 45.616l6.618-24.9c-25.53-6.99-48.93-20.44-67.821-38.98z"
+          fill="#00FF80"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m173.85 197.82l-41.812 156.61c31.993 8.501 61.11 8.47 92.969-0.136l-42.101-155.85c-2.95 0.59-6.08 0.35-9.06-0.62z"
+          fill="#DCFFFE"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m167.98 219.87l-35.941 134.56c31.993 8.501 61.11 8.47 92.969-0.136l-36.127-133.73c-6.82 1.57-14.22 1.29-20.9-0.69z"
+          fill="#B6FFFD"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m162.15 241.77l-30.107 112.65c31.993 8.501 61.11 8.47 92.969-0.136l-30.219-111.86c-10.69 2.62-22.24 2.33-32.64-0.65z"
+          fill="#92FFFC"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m156.32 263.68l-24.276 90.754c31.993 8.501 61.11 8.47 92.969-0.136l-24.305-89.969c-14.54 3.66-30.26 3.33-44.38-0.64z"
+          fill="#6EFFFB"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m150.49 285.57l-18.446 68.856c31.993 8.501 61.11 8.47 92.969-0.136l-18.396-68.095c-18.41 4.7-38.28 4.34-56.12-0.63z"
+          fill="#4AFFFA"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m144.7 307.61l-12.655 46.815c31.993 8.501 61.11 8.47 92.969-0.136l-12.484-46.215c-23.22 6.1-46.19 5.49-67.83-0.45z"
+          fill="#27FFF9"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m138.88 329.52l-6.839 24.913c31.994 8.501 61.11 8.47 92.969-0.136l-6.575-24.341c-27.08 7.13-54.2 6.49-79.56-0.43z"
+          fill="#00FFFF"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m192.47 193.82c-2.109 1.906-5.088 3.48-8.022 4.273-0.373 0.101-1.527 0.377-1.533 0.354l42.101 155.85c31.857-8.606 57.647-23.407 81.009-46.862l-113.56-113.61z"
+          fill="#DCEFFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m208.69 210.01c-4.857 4.652-11.156 8.255-18.107 10.133-0.485 0.131-0.729 0.176-1.699 0.42l36.127 133.73c31.857-8.606 57.647-23.407 81.009-46.862l-97.33-97.42z"
+          fill="#B6DEFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m224.73 226.01c-7.572 7.374-17.307 13.052-28.233 16.004-0.486 0.131-0.732 0.17-1.701 0.42l30.219 111.86c31.857-8.606 57.647-23.407 81.009-46.862l-81.3-81.42z"
+          fill="#92CEFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m240.78 242.02c-10.285 10.097-23.467 17.838-38.372 21.864-0.484 0.131-0.729 0.186-1.696 0.438l24.305 89.969c31.857-8.606 57.647-23.407 81.009-46.862l-65.25-65.41z"
+          fill="#6EBEFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m208.31 285.76c-0.485 0.132-0.731 0.185-1.698 0.439l18.396 68.095c31.857-8.606 57.647-23.407 81.009-46.862l-49.444-49.336c-13 12.81-29.38 22.56-48.27 27.66z"
+          fill="#4AADFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m213.98 307.7c-0.324 0.088-0.49 0.122-1.456 0.38l12.484 46.215c31.857-8.606 57.647-23.407 81.009-46.862l-33.533-33.371c-15.72 15.59-35.58 27.44-58.5 33.63z"
+          fill="#279EFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m219.89 329.57c-0.325 0.088-0.491 0.121-1.457 0.38l6.575 24.341c31.857-8.606 57.647-23.407 81.009-46.862l-17.47-17.385c-18.43 18.34-41.75 32.27-68.65 39.53z"
+          fill="#0080FF"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m197.71 185.73c-0.843 3.153-2.941 5.768-5.242 8.083l113.97 113.5c23.359-23.456 39.325-47.987 47.829-79.98l-156.56-41.6z"
+          fill="#DCDCFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m219.85 191.62c-2.041 6.976-5.889 13.329-11.148 18.372l97.727 97.328c23.359-23.456 39.325-47.987 47.829-79.98l-134.41-35.72z"
+          fill="#B6B6FF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m241.75 197.44c-3.064 10.814-8.936 20.677-16.995 28.538l81.675 81.342c23.359-23.456 39.325-47.987 47.829-79.98l-112.52-29.9z"
+          fill="#9292FF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m263.66 203.26c-4.089 14.652-11.976 28.037-22.837 38.716l65.61 65.343c23.359-23.456 39.325-47.987 47.829-79.98l-90.6-24.08z"
+          fill="#6E6EFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m285.56 209.08c-5.112 18.491-15.019 35.392-28.682 48.887l49.554 49.352c23.359-23.456 39.325-47.987 47.829-79.98l-68.7-18.26z"
+          fill="#4A4AFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m307.46 214.9c-6.137 22.329-18.063 42.745-34.525 59.06l33.496 33.358c23.359-23.456 39.325-47.987 47.829-79.98l-46.81-12.44z"
+          fill="#2727FF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m329.36 220.72c-7.161 26.167-21.104 50.1-40.368 69.23l17.438 17.366c23.359-23.456 39.325-47.987 47.829-79.98l-24.9-6.62z"
+          fill="#0000FF"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m198.44 177.09c0.588 2.949 0.342 6.08-0.624 9.056l156.61 41.813c8.501-31.994 8.47-61.111-0.136-92.969l-155.85 42.1z"
+          fill="#ECDCFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m220.56 171.12c1.57 6.827 1.293 14.228-0.688 20.901l134.56 35.941c8.501-31.994 8.47-61.111-0.136-92.969l-133.73 36.13z"
+          fill="#D8B6FF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m242.43 165.21c2.612 10.689 2.32 22.245-0.657 32.643l112.65 30.108c8.501-31.994 8.47-61.111-0.136-92.969l-111.85 30.22z"
+          fill="#C492FF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m264.32 159.29c3.655 14.55 3.324 30.265-0.649 44.388l90.754 24.277c8.501-31.994 8.47-61.111-0.136-92.969l-89.96 24.3z"
+          fill="#B16EFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m286.2 153.38c4.699 18.412 4.345 38.281-0.625 56.128l68.855 18.446c8.501-31.994 8.47-61.111-0.136-92.969l-68.1 18.39z"
+          fill="#9E4AFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m308.08 147.47c6.088 23.216 5.471 46.185-0.464 67.83l46.814 12.655c8.501-31.994 8.47-61.111-0.136-92.969l-46.21 12.48z"
+          fill="#8B27FF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m329.95 141.56c7.131 27.078 6.49 54.192-0.435 79.554l24.911 6.84c8.501-31.994 8.47-61.111-0.136-92.969l-24.34 6.58z"
+          fill="#8000FF"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+	<g
+      >
+		<path
+          d="m198.09 175.56c0.101 0.374 0.377 1.528 0.354 1.534l155.85-42.101c-8.606-31.858-23.408-57.649-46.862-81.009l-113.63 113.48c1.9 2.11 3.5 5.16 4.29 8.1z"
+          fill="#FEDCFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m220.14 169.42c0.131 0.486 0.176 0.729 0.42 1.699l133.73-36.126c-8.606-31.858-23.407-57.648-46.862-81.009l-97.479 97.275c4.61 4.84 8.32 11.25 10.19 18.16z"
+          fill="#FDB6FF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m242.01 163.51c0.131 0.484 0.169 0.729 0.419 1.697l111.86-30.218c-8.606-31.858-23.408-57.649-46.862-81.009l-81.486 81.231c7.34 7.56 13.13 17.41 16.07 28.3z"
+          fill="#FC92FF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m263.89 157.6c0.13 0.484 0.185 0.725 0.438 1.692l89.969-24.304c-8.606-31.858-23.408-57.649-46.862-81.009l-65.48 65.173c10.06 10.28 17.91 23.57 21.93 38.45z"
+          fill="#FB6EFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m285.76 151.69c0.131 0.483 0.183 0.724 0.438 1.69l68.095-18.395c-8.606-31.858-23.408-57.649-46.862-81.009l-49.482 49.121c12.79 13 22.71 29.74 27.8 48.6z"
+          fill="#FA4AFF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m307.7 146.03c0.087 0.321 0.12 0.48 0.378 1.447l46.215-12.484c-8.606-31.858-23.408-57.649-46.862-81.009l-33.484 33.07c15.59 15.719 27.55 36.039 33.74 58.969z"
+          fill="#F927FF"
+      />
+		<path
+          d="m329.58 140.12c0.086 0.321 0.118 0.48 0.377 1.446l24.341-6.575c-8.606-31.858-23.52-58.061-46.974-81.421l-17.375 17.432c18.32 18.435 32.35 42.199 39.62 69.109z"
+          fill="#FF00FF"
+      />
+	</g
+    >
+</g
+  >
+<metadata
+    ><rdf:RDF
+      ><cc:Work
+        ><dc:format
+          >image/svg+xml</dc:format
+        ><dc:type
+            rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage"
+        /><cc:license
+            rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/publicdomain/"
+        /><dc:publisher
+          ><cc:Agent
+              rdf:about="http://openclipart.org/"
+            ><dc:title
+              >Openclipart</dc:title
+            ></cc:Agent
+          ></dc:publisher
+        ></cc:Work
+      ><cc:License
+          rdf:about="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/publicdomain/"
+        ><cc:permits
+            rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#Reproduction"
+        /><cc:permits
+            rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#Distribution"
+        /><cc:permits
+            rdf:resource="http://creativecommons.org/ns#DerivativeWorks"
+        /></cc:License
+      ></rdf:RDF
+    ></metadata
+  ></svg
+>

docs/hand_wire.md

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+# Quantum Hand-Wiring Guide
+
+Parts list:
+* *x* keyswitches (MX, Matias, Gateron, etc)
+* *x* diodes
+* Keyboard plate (metal, plastic, cardboard, etc)
+* Wire (strained for wiring to the Teensy, anything for the rows/columns)
+* Soldering iron set at 600ºF or 315ºC (if temperature-controlled)
+* Rosin-cored solder (leaded or lead-free)
+* Adequate ventilation/a fan
+* Tweezers (optional)
+* Wire cutters/snippers
+
+## How the Matrix Works (Why We Need Diodes)
+
+The microcontroller (in this case, the Teensy 2.0) will be setup up via the firmware to send a logical 1 to the columns, one at a time, and read from the rows, all at once - this process is called matrix scanning. The matrix is a bunch of open switches that, by default, don't allow any current to pass through - the firmware will read this as no keys being pressed. As soon as you press one key down, the logical 1 that was coming from the column the keyswitch is attached to gets passed through the switch and to the corresponding row - check out the following 2x2 example:
+
+        Column 0 being scanned     Column 1 being scanned
+                  x                                   x
+                 col0     col1              col0     col1
+                  |        |                 |        |
+        row0 ---(key0)---(key1)    row0 ---(key0)---(key1)
+                  |        |                 |        |
+        row1 ---(key2)---(key3)    row1 ---(key2)---(key3)
+
+The `x` represents that the column/row associated has a value of 1, or is HIGH. Here, we see that no keys are being pressed, so no rows get an `x`. For one keyswitch, keep in mind that one side of the contacts is connected to its row, and the other, its column.
+
+When we press `key0`, `col0` gets connected to `row0`, so the values that the firmware receives for that row is `0b01` (the `0b` here means that this is a bit value, meaning all of the following digits are bits - 0 or 1 - and represent the keys in that column). We'll use this notation to show when a keyswitch has been pressed, to show that the column and row are being connected:
+
+        Column 0 being scanned     Column 1 being scanned
+                  x                                   x
+                 col0     col1              col0     col1
+                  |        |                 |        |
+      x row0 ---(-+-0)---(key1)    row0 ---(-+-0)---(key1)
+                  |        |                 |        |
+        row1 ---(key2)---(key3)    row1 ---(key2)---(key3)
+
+We can now see that `row0` has an `x`, so has the value of 1. As a whole, the data the firmware receives when `key0` is pressed is
+
+    col0: 0b01
+    col1: 0b00
+            │└row0
+            └row1
+
+A problem arises when you start pressing more than one key at a time. Looking at our matrix again, it should become pretty obvious:
+
+        Column 0 being scanned     Column 1 being scanned
+                  x                                   x
+                 col0     col1              col0     col1
+                  |        |                 |        |
+      x row0 ---(-+-0)---(-+-1)  x row0 ---(-+-0)---(-+-1)
+                  |        |                 |        |
+      x row1 ---(key2)---(-+-3)  x row1 ---(key2)---(-+-3)
+
+      Remember that this ^ is still connected to row1
+
+The data we get from that is:
+
+    col0: 0b11
+    col1: 0b11
+            │└row0
+            └row1
+
+Which isn't accurate, since we only have 3 keys pressed down, not all 4. This behavior is called ghosting, and only happens in odd scenarios like this, but can be much more common on a bigger keyboard. The way we can get around this is by placing a diode after the keyswitch, but before it connects to its row. A diode only allows current to pass through one way, which will protect our other columns/rows from being activated in the previous example. We'll represent a dioded matrix like this;
+
+        Column 0 being scanned     Column 1 being scanned
+                    x                                   x
+                  col0      col1              col0     col1
+                    │        │                 |        │
+                 (key0)   (key1)            (key0)   (key1)
+                  ! │      ! │               ! |      ! │
+        row0 ─────┴────────┘ │     row0 ─────┴────────┘ │
+                    │        │                 |        │
+                 (key2)   (key3)            (key2)   (key3)
+                  !        !                 !        !
+        row1 ─────┴────────┘       row1 ─────┴────────┘
+
+In practical applications, the black line of the diode will be placed facing the row, and away from the keyswitch - the `!` in this case is the diode, where the gap represents the black line. A good way to remember this is to think of this symbol: `>|`
+
+Now when we press the three keys, invoking what would be a ghosting scenario:
+
+        Column 0 being scanned     Column 1 being scanned
+                    x                                   x
+                  col0      col1              col0     col1
+                    │        │                 │        │
+                 (┌─┤0)   (┌─┤1)            (┌─┤0)   (┌─┤1)
+                  ! │      ! │               ! │      ! │
+      x row0 ─────┴────────┘ │   x row0 ─────┴────────┘ │
+                    │        │                 │        │
+                 (key2)   (┌─┘3)            (key2)   (┌─┘3)
+                  !        !                 !        !
+        row1 ─────┴────────┘     x row1 ─────┴────────┘
+
+Things act as they should! Which will get us the following data:
+
+    col0: 0b01
+    col1: 0b11
+            │└row0
+            └row1
+
+The firmware can then use this correct data to detect what it should do, and eventually, what signals it needs to send to the OS.
+
+# The Actual Hand-Wiring
+
+## Getting Things in Place
+
+When starting this, you should have all of your stabilisers and keyswitches already installed (and optionally keycaps). If you're using a Cherry-type stabiliser (plate-mounted only, obviously), you'll need to install that before your keyswitches. If you're using Costar ones, you can installed them afterwards.
+
+To make things easier on yourself, make sure all of the keyswitches are oriented the same way (if they can be - not all layouts support this). Despite this, it's important to remember that the contacts on the keyswitches are completely symmetrical. We'll be using the keyswitch's left side contact for wiring the rows, and the right side one for wiring the columns.
+
+Get your soldering iron heated-up and collect the rest of the materials from the part list at the beginning of the guide. Place your keyboard so that the bottoms of the keyswitches are accessible - it may be a good idea to place it on a cloth to protect your keyswitches/keycaps.
+
+Before continuing, plan out where you're going to place your Teensy. If you're working with a board that has a large (6.25u) spacebar, it may be a good idea to place it in-between switches against the plate. Otherwise, you may want to trim some of the leads on the keyswitches where you plan on putting it - this will make it a little harder to solder the wire/diodes, but give you more room to place the Teensy.
+
+## Preparing the Diodes
+
+It's a little easier to solder the diodes in place if you bend them at a 90º angle immediately after the black line - this will help to make sure you put them on the right way (direction matters), and in the correct position. The diodes will look like this when bent (with longer leads):
+
+```
+       ┌─────┬─┐
+    ───┤     │ ├─┐
+       └─────┴─┘ │
+                 │
+```
+
+We'll be using the long lead at the bent end to connect it to the elbow (bent part) of the next diode, creating the row.
+
+## Soldering the Diodes
+
+Starting at the top-left switch, place the diode (with tweezers if you have them) on the switch so that the diode itself is vertically aligned, and the black line is facing toward you. The straight end of the diode should be touching the left contact on the switch, and the bent end should be facing to the right and resting on the switch there, like this:
+
+```
+     │o
+    ┌┴┐         o
+    │ │    O
+    ├─┤
+    └┬┘
+     └─────────────
+```
+
+Letting the diode rest, grab your solder, and touch both it and the soldering iron to the left contact at the same time - the rosin in the solder should make it easy for the solder to flow over both the diode and the keyswitch contact. The diode may move a little, and if it does, carefully position it back it place by grabbing the bent end of the diode - the other end will become hot very quickly. If you find that it's moving too much, using needle-nose pliers of some sort may help to keep the diode still when soldering.
+
+The smoke that the rosin releases is harmful, so be careful not to breath it or get it in your eyes/face.
+
+After soldering things in place, it may be helpful to blow on the joint to push the smoke away from your face, and cool the solder quicker. You should see the solder develop a matte (not shiny) surface as it solidifies. Keep in mind that it will still be very hot afterwards, and will take a couple minutes to be cool to touch. Blow on it will accelerate this process.
+
+When the first diode is complete, the next one will need to be soldered to both the keyswitch, and the previous diode at the new elbow. That will look something like this:
+
+```
+     │o               │o
+    ┌┴┐         o    ┌┴┐         o
+    │ │    O         │ │    O
+    ├─┤              ├─┤
+    └┬┘              └┬┘
+     └────────────────┴─────────────
+```
+
+After completing a row, use the wire cutters to trim the excess wire from the tops of the diodes, and from the right side on the final switch. This process will need to completed for each row you have.
+
+When all of the diodes are completely soldered, it's a good idea to quickly inspect each one to ensure that your solder joints are solid and sturdy - repairing things after this is possible, but more difficult.
+
+## Soldering the Columns
+
+You'll have some options in the next process - it's a good idea to insulate the column wires (since the diodes aren't), but if you're careful enough, you can use exposed wires for the columns - it's not recommended, though. If you're using single-cored wire, stripping the plastic off of the whole wire and feeding it back on is probably the best option, but can be difficult depending on the size and materials. You'll want to leave parts of the wire exposed where you're going to be solder it onto the keyswitch.
+
+If you're using stranded wire, it's probably easiest to just use a lot of small wires to connect each keyswitch along the column. It's possible to use one and melt through the insulation, but this isn't recommended, will produce even more harmful fumes, and can ruin your soldering iron.
+
+Before beginning to solder, it helps to have your wire pre-bent (if using single-cored), or at least have an idea of how you're going to route the column (especially if you're making a staggered board). Where you go in particular doesn't matter too much, as we'll be basing our keymap definitions on how it was wired - just make sure every key in a particular row is in a unique column, and that they're in order from left to right.
+
+If you're not using any insulation, you can try to keep the column wires elevated, and solder them near the tips of the keyswitch contacts - if the wires are sturdy enough, they won't short out to the row wiring an diodes.
+
+## Wiring Things to the Teensy
+
+Now that the matrix itself is complete, it's time to connect what you've done to the Teensy. You'll be needing the number of pins equal to your number of columns + your number of rows. There are some pins on the Teensy that are special, like D6 (the LED on the chip), or some of the UART, SPI, I2C, or PWM channels, but only avoid those if you're planning something in addition to a keyboard. If you're unsure about wanting to add something later, you should have enough pins in total to avoid a couple.
+
+The pins you'll absolutely have to avoid are: GND, VCC, AREF, and RST - all the others are usable and accessible in the firmware.
+
+Place the Teensy where you plan to put it - you'll have to cut wires to length in the next step, and you'll want to make sure they reach.
+
+Starting with the first column on the right side, measure out how much wire you'll need to connect it to the first pin on the Teensy - it helps to pick a side that you'll be able to work down, to keep the wires from overlapping too much. It may help to leave a little bit of slack so things aren't too tight. Cut the piece of wire, and solder it to the Teensy, and then the column - you can solder it anywhere along the column, but it may be easiest at the keyswitch. Just be sure the wire doesn't separate from the keyswitch when soldering.
+
+As you move from column to column, it'll be helpful to write the locations of the pins down. We'll use this data to setup the matrix in the future.
+
+When you're done with the columns, start with the rows in the same process, from top to bottom, and write them all down. Again, you can solder anywhere along the row, as long as it's after the diode - soldering before the diode (on the keyswitch side) will cause that row not to work.
+
+As you move along, be sure that the Teensy is staying in place - recutting and soldering the wires is a pain!
+
+# Getting Some Basic Firmware Set Up
+
+From here, you should have a working keyboard once you program a firmware. Before we attach the Teensy permanently to the keyboard, let's quickly get some firmware loaded onto the Teensy so we can test each keyswitch.
+
+To start out, download [the firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/) - we'll be using my (Jack's) fork of TMK called QMK/Quantum. We'll be doing a lot from the Terminal/command prompt, so get that open, along with a decent text editor like [Sublime Text](http://www.sublimetext.com/).
+
+The first thing we're going to do is create a new project using the script in the root directory of the firmware. In your terminal, run this command with `<project_name>` replaced by the name of your project - it'll need to be different from any other project in the `keyboards/` folder:
+
+```
+    util/new_project.sh <project_name>
+```
+
+You'll want to navigate to the `keyboards/<project_name>/` folder by typing, like the print-out from the script specifies:
+
+    cd keyboards/<project_name>
+
+### `config.h`
+
+The first thing you're going to want to modify is the `config.h` file. Find `MATRIX_ROWS` and `MATRIX_COLS` and change their definitions to match the dimensions of your keyboard's matrix.
+
+Farther down are `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS`. Change their definitions to match how you wired up your matrix (looking from the top of the keyboard, the rows run top-to-bottom and the columns run left-to-right). Likewise, change the definition of `UNUSED_PINS` to match the pins you did not use (this will save power).
+
+### `<project_name>.h`
+
+The next file you'll want to look at is `<project_name>.h`. You're going to want to rewrite the `KEYMAP` definition - the format and syntax here is extremely important, so pay attention to how things are setup. The first half of the definition are considered the arguments - this is the format that you'll be following in your keymap later on, so you'll want to have as many k*xy* variables here as you do keys. The second half is the part that the firmware actually looks at, and will contain gaps depending on how you wired your matrix.
+
+We'll dive into how this will work with the following example. Say we have a keyboard like this:
+
+```
+    ┌───┬───┬───┐
+    │   │   │   │
+    ├───┴─┬─┴───┤
+    │     │     │
+    └─────┴─────┘
+```
+
+This can be described by saying the top row is 3 1u keys, and the bottom row is 2 1.5u keys. The difference between the two rows is important, because the bottom row has an unused column spot (3 v 2). Let's say that this is how we wired the columns:
+
+```
+    ┌───┬───┬───┐
+    │ ┋ │ ┋ │ ┋ │
+    ├─┋─┴─┬─┴─┋─┤
+    │ ┋   │   ┋ │
+    └─────┴─────┘
+```
+
+The middle column is unused on the bottom row in this example. Our `KEYMAP` definition would look like this:
+
+```
+    #define KEYMAP( \
+        k00, k01, k02, \
+          k10,  k11,   \
+    ) \
+    { \
+        { k00, k01,   k02 }, \
+        { k10, KC_NO, k11 }, \
+    }
+```
+
+Notice how the top half is spaced to resemble our physical layout - this helps us understand which keys are associated with which columns. The bottom half uses the keycode `KC_NO` where there is no keyswitch wired in. It's easiest to keep the bottom half aligned in a grid to help us make sense of how the firmware actually sees the wiring.
+
+Let's say that instead, we wired our keyboard like this (a fair thing to do):
+
+```
+    ┌───┬───┬───┐
+    │ ┋ │  ┋│ ┋ │
+    ├─┋─┴─┬┋┴───┤
+    │ ┋   │┋    │
+    └─────┴─────┘
+```
+
+This would require our `KEYMAP` definition to look like this:
+
+```
+    #define KEYMAP( \
+        k00, k01, k02, \
+          k10,  k11,   \
+    ) \
+    { \
+        { k00, k01, k02   }, \
+        { k10, k11, KC_NO }, \
+    }
+```
+
+Notice how the `k11` and `KC_NO` switched places to represent the wiring, and the unused final column on the bottom row. Sometimes it'll make more sense to put a keyswitch on a particular column, but in the end, it won't matter, as long as all of them are accounted for. You can use this process to write out the `KEYMAP` for your entire keyboard - be sure to remember that your keyboard is actually backwards when looking at the underside of it.
+
+### `keymaps/<variant>/default.c`
+
+This is the actual keymap for your keyboard, and the main place you'll make changes as you perfect your layout. `default.c` is the file that gets pull by default when typing `make`, but you can make other files as well, and specify them by typing `make handwired/<keyboard>:<variant>`, which will pull `keymaps/<variant>/keymap.c`.
+
+The basis of a keymap is its layers - by default, layer 0 is active. You can activate other layers, the highest of which will be referenced first. Let's start with our base layer.
+
+Using our previous example, let's say we want to create the following layout:
+
+```
+    ┌───┬───┬───┐
+    │ A │ 1 │ H │
+    ├───┴─┬─┴───┤
+    │ TAB │ SPC │
+    └─────┴─────┘
+```
+
+This can be accomplished by using the following `keymaps` definition:
+
+```
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+    [0] = KEYMAP( /* Base */
+      KC_A,  KC_1,  KC_H, \
+        KC_TAB,  KC_SPC   \
+    ),
+};
+```
+
+Note that the layout of the keycodes is similar to the physical layout of our keyboard - this make it much easier to see what's going on. A lot of the keycodes should be fairly obvious, but for a full list of them, check out [Keycodes](keycodes.md) - there are also a lot of aliases to condense your keymap file.
+
+It's also important to use the `KEYMAP` function we defined earlier - this is what allows the firmware to associate our intended readable keymap with the actual wiring.
+
+## Compiling Your Firmware
+
+After you've written out your entire keymap, you're ready to get the firmware compiled and onto your Teensy. Before compiling, you'll need to get your [development environment set-up](getting_started_build_tools.md) - you can skip the dfu-programmer instructions, but you'll need to download and install the [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html) to get the firmware on your Teensy.
+
+Once everything is installed, running `make` in the terminal should get you some output, and eventually a `<project_name>.hex` file in that folder. If you're having trouble with this step, see the end of the guide for the trouble-shooting section.
+
+Once you have your `<project_name>.hex` file, open up the Teensy loader application, and click the file icon. From here, navigate to your `QMK/keyboards/<project_name>/` folder, and select the `<project_name>.hex` file. Plug in your keyboard and press the button on the Teensy - you should see the LED on the device turn off once you do. The Teensy Loader app will change a little, and the buttons should be clickable - click the download button (down arrow), and then the reset button (right arrow), and your keyboard should be ready to go!
+
+## Testing Your Firmware
+
+Carefully flip your keyboard over, open up a new text document, and try typing - you should get the characters that you put into your keymap. Test each key, and note the ones that aren't working. Here's a quick trouble-shooting guide for non-working keys:
+
+0. Flip the keyboard back over and short the keyswitch's contacts with a piece wire - this will eliminate the possibility of the keyswitch being bad and needing to be replaced.
+1. Check the solder points on the keyswitch - these need to be plump and whole. If you touch it with a moderate amount of force and it comes apart, it's not strong enough.
+2. Check the solder joints on the diode - if the diode is loose, part of your row may register, while the other may not.
+3. Check the solder joints on the columns - if your column wiring is loose, part or all of the column may not work.
+4. Check the solder joints on both sides of the wires going to/from the Teensy - the wires need to be fully soldered and connect to both sides.
+5. Check the <project_name>.h file for errors and incorrectly placed `KC_NO`s - if you're unsure where they should be, instead duplicate a k*xy* variable.
+6. Check to make sure you actually compiled the firmware and flashed the Teensy correctly. Unless you got error messages in the terminal, or a pop-up during flashing, you probably did everything correctly.
+
+If you've done all of these things, keep in mind that sometimes you might have had multiple things affecting the keyswitch, so it doesn't hurt to test the keyswitch by shorting it out at the end.
+
+# Securing the Teensy, Finishing Your Hardware, Getting Fancier Firmware
+
+Now that you have a working board, it's time to get things in their permanent positions. I've often used liberal amounts of hot glue to secure and insulate things, so if that's your style, start spreading that stuff like butter. Otherwise, double-sided tape is always an elegant solution, and electrical tape is a distant second. Due to the nature of these builds, a lot of this part is up to you and how you planned (or didn't plan) things out.
+
+There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](http://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different project (Planck, Clueboard, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)

docs/hardware.md

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# Hardware
+
+QMK runs on a variety of hardware. If your processor can be targeted by [LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php) or [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com) you can probably get QMK running on it. This section explores getting QMK running on, and communicating with, hardware of all kinds.
+
+* [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
+* [AVR Processors](hardware_avr.md)
+* ARM Processors (TBD)
+* [Drivers](hardware_drivers.md)

docs/hardware_avr.md

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+# Keyboards with AVR Processors
+
+This page describes the support for for AVR processors in QMK. AVR processors include the atmega32u4, atmega32u2, at90usb1286, and other processors from Atmel Corporation. AVR processors are 8-bit MCU's that are designed to be easy to work with. The most common AVR processors in keyboards have on-board USB and plenty of GPIO for supporting large keyboard matrices. They are the most popular MCU for use in keyboards today.
+
+If you have not yet you should read the [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md) to get a sense of how keyboards fit into QMK.
+
+## Adding Your AVR Keyboard to QMK
+
+QMK has a number of features to simplify working with AVR keyboards. For most keyboards you don't have to write a single line of code. To get started run the `util/new_project.sh` script:
+
+```
+$ util/new_project.sh my_awesome_keyboard
+######################################################
+# /keyboards/my_awesome_keyboard project created. To start
+# working on things, cd into keyboards/my_awesome_keyboard
+######################################################
+```
+
+This will create all the files needed to support your new keyboard, and populate the settings with default values. Now you just need to customize it for your keyboard.
+
+## `readme.md`
+
+This is where you'll describe your keyboard. Please follow the [Keyboard Readme Template](documentation_templates.md#keyboard-readmemd-template) when writing your `readme.md`. You're encouraged to place an image at the top of your `readme.md`, please use an external service such as [Imgur](http://imgur.com) to host the images.
+
+## `<keyboard>.c`
+
+This is where all the custom logic for your keyboard goes. Many keyboards do not need to put anything at all in here. You can learn more about writing custom logic in [Custom Quantum Functions](custom_quantum_functions.md).
+
+## `<keyboard>.h`
+
+This is the file you define your [Layout Macro(s)](feature_layouts.md) in. At minimum you should have a `#define LAYOUT` for your keyboard that looks something like this:
+
+```
+#define LAYOUT(          \
+      k00, k01, k02,     \
+      k10,   k11         \
+) {                      \
+    { k00, k01,   k02 }, \
+    { k10, KC_NO, k11 }, \
+}
+```
+
+The first half of the `LAYOUT` pre-processor macro defines the physical arrangement of keys. The second half of the macro defines the matrix the switches are connected to. This allows you to have a physical arrangement of keys that differs from the wiring matrix.
+
+Each of the `k__` variables needs to be unique, and typically they follow the format `k<row><col>`.
+
+The physical matrix (the second half) must have a number of rows equaling `MATRIX_ROWS`, and each row must have exactly `MATRIX_COLS` elements in it. If you do not have this many physical keys you can use `KC_NO` to fill in the blank spots.
+
+## `config.h`
+
+The `config.h` file is where you configure the hardware and feature set for your keyboard. There are a lot of options that can be placed in that file, too many to list there. For a complete overview of available options see the [Config Options](config_options.md) page.
+
+### Hardware Configuration
+
+
+At the top of the `config.h` you'll find USB related settings. These control how your keyboard appears to the Operating System. If you don't have a good reason to change you should leave the `VENDOR_ID` as `0xFEED`. For the `PRODUCT_ID` you should pick a number that is not yet in use.
+
+Do change the `MANUFACTURER`, `PRODUCT`, and `DESCRIPTION` lines to accurately reflect your keyboard.
+
+```
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x6060
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
+#define MANUFACTURER    You
+#define PRODUCT         my_awesome_keyboard
+#define DESCRIPTION     A custom keyboard
+```
+
+?> Note: On Windows and macOS the `MANUFACTURER`, `PRODUCT`, and `DESCRIPTION` fields will be displayed in the list of USB devices. On Linux these values will not be visible in `lsusb`, since Linux takes that information from the list published by the USB-IF.
+
+### Keyboard Matrix Configuration
+
+The next section of the `config.h` file deals with your keyboard's matrix. The first thing you should set is the matrix's size. This is usually, but not always, the same number of rows and columns as the physical key arrangement.
+
+```
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 2
+#define MATRIX_COLS 3
+```
+
+Once you've defined the size of your matrix you need to define which pins on your MCU are connected to rows and columns. To do so simply specify the names of those pins:
+
+```
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D5 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F1, F0, B0 }
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+```
+
+The number of `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` entries must be the same as the number you assigned to `MATRIX_ROWS`, and likewise for `MATRIX_COL_PINS` and `MATRIX_COLS`. You do not have to specify `UNUSED_PINS`, but you can if you want to document what pins are open.
+
+Finally, you can specify the direction your diodes point. This can be `COL2ROW`, `ROW2COL`, or `CUSTOM_MATRIX`.
+
+```
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
+```
+
+### Backlight Configuration
+
+By default QMK supports backlighting on pins `B5`, `B6`, and `B7`. If you are using one of those you can simply enable it here. For more details see the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md).
+
+```
+#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
+#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
+#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
+#define BREATHING_PERIOD 6
+```
+
+{% hint style='info' %}
+You can use backlighting on any pin you like, but you will have to do more work to support that. See the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md) for more details.
+{% endhint %}
+
+### Other Configuration Options
+
+There are a lot of features that can be configured or tuned in `config.h`. You should see the [Config Options](config_options.md) page for more details.
+
+## `rules.mk`
+
+You use the `rules.mk` file to tell QMK what files to build and what features to enable. If you are building around an atmega32u4 you can largely leave these defaults alone. If you are using another MCU you may have to tweak some parameters.
+
+### MCU Options
+
+These options tell the build system what CPU to build for. Be very careful if you change any of these settings, you can render your keyboard inoperable.
+
+```
+MCU = atmega32u4
+F_CPU = 16000000
+ARCH = AVR8
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+```
+
+### Bootloader Size
+
+The bootloader is a special section of your MCU that allows you to upgrade the code stored on the MCU. Think of it like a Rescue Partition for your keyboard. If you are using a teensy 2.0, or a device like the Ergodox EZ that uses the teensy bootloader you should set this to `512`. Most other bootloaders should be set to `4096`, but `1024` and `2048` are other possible values you may encounter.
+
+#### Teensy 2.0 Bootloader Example
+
+```
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=512
+```
+
+#### Teensy 2.0++ Bootloader Example
+
+```
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=1024
+```
+
+#### Atmel DFU Loader Example
+
+```
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+```
+
+### Build Options
+
+There are a number of features that can be turned on or off in `rules.mk`. See the [Config Options](config_options.md#feature-options) page for a detailed list and description.

docs/hardware_drivers.md

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# QMK Hardware Drivers
+
+QMK is used on a lot of different hardware. While support for the most common MCU's and matrix configurations is built-in there are a number of drivers that can be added to a keyboard to support additional hardware. Examples include mice and other pointing devices, i/o expanders for split keyboards, bluetooth modules, and LCD, OLED, and TFT screens.
+
+<!-- FIXME: This should talk about how drivers are integrated into QMK and how you can add your own driver.
+
+# Driver System Overview
+
+-->
+
+# Available Drivers
+
+## ProMicro (AVR Only)
+
+Support for addressing pins on the ProMicro by their Arduino name rather than their AVR name. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
+
+## SSD1306 (AVR Only)
+
+Support for SSD1306 based OLED displays. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
+
+## uGFX
+
+You can make use of uGFX within QMK to drive character and graphic LCD's, LED arrays, OLED, TFT, and other display technologies. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
+
+## WS2812 (AVR Only)
+
+Support for WS2811/WS2812{a,b,c} LED's. For more information see the [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md) page.
+
+## IS31FL3731
+
+Support for up to 2 drivers. Each driver impliments 2 charlieplex matrices to individually address LEDs using I2C. This allows up to 144 same color LEDs or 32 RGB LEDs. For more information on how to setup the driver see the [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) page.
+
+## IS31FL3733
+
+Support for up to a single driver with room for expansion. Each driver can control 192 individual LEDs or 64 RGB LEDs. For more information on how to setup the driver see the [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) page.

docs/hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+# QMK Keyboard Guidelines
+
+We welcome all keyboard projects into QMK, but ask that you try to stick to a couple guidelines that help us keep things organised and consistent.
+
+## Naming Your Keyboard/Project
+
+All names should be lowercase alphanumeric, and separated by an underscore (`_`), but not begin with one. Your directory and your `.h` and `.c` files should have exactly the same name. All folders should follow the same format. `test`, `keyboard`, and `all` are reserved by make and are not a valid name for a keyboard.
+
+## `readme.md`
+
+All projects need to have a `readme.md` file that explains what the keyboard is, who made it, where it is available, and links to more information. Please follow the [published template](documentation_templates.md#keyboard-readmemd-template).
+
+## Image/Hardware Files
+
+In an effort to keep the repo size down, we're no longer accepting images of any format in the repo, with few exceptions. Hosting them elsewhere (imgur) and linking them in the `readme.md` is the preferred method.
+
+Any sort of hardware file (plate, case, pcb) can't be stored in qmk_firmware, but we have the [qmk.fm repo](https://github.com/qmk/qmk.fm) where such files (as well as in-depth info) can be stored and viewed on [qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm). Downloadable files are stored in `/<keyboard>/` (name follows the same format as above) which are served at `http://qmk.fm/<keyboard>/`, and pages are generated from `/_pages/<keyboard>/` which are served at the same location (.md files are generated into .html files through Jekyll). Check out the `lets_split` directory for an example.
+
+## Keyboard Defaults
+
+Given the amount of functionality that QMK exposes it's very easy to confuse new users. When putting together the default firmware for your keyboard we recommend limiting your enabled features and options to the minimal set needed to support your hardware. Recommendations for specific features follow.
+
+### Bootmagic and Command
+
+[Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) and [Command](feature_command.md) are two related features that allow a user to control their keyboard in non-obvious ways. We recommend you think long and hard about if you're going to enable either feature, and how you will expose this functionality. Keep in mind that users who want this functionality can enable it in their personal keymaps without affecting all the novice users who may be using your keyboard as their first programmable board.
+
+By far the most common problem new users encounter is accidentally triggering Bootmagic while they're plugging in their keyboard. They're holding the keyboard by the bottom, unknowingly pressing in alt and spacebar, and then they find that these keys have been swapped on them. We recommend leaving this feature disabled by default, but if you do turn it on consider setting `BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SALT` to a key that is hard to press while plugging your keyboard in.
+
+If your keyboard does not have 2 shift keys you should provide a working default for `IS_COMMAND`, even when you have set `COMMAND_ENABLE = no`. This will give your users a default to conform to if they do enable Command.
+
+## Custom Keyboard Programming
+
+As documented on [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md) you can define custom functions for your keyboard. Please keep in mind that your users may want to customize that behavior as well, and make it possible for them to do that. If you are providing a custom function, for example `process_record_kb()`, make sure that your function calls the `_user()` version of the call too. You should also take into account the return value of the `_user()` version, and only run your custom code if the user returns `true`.
+
+## Keyboard Metadata
+
+As QMK grows so does the ecosystem surrounding QMK. To make it easier for projects in that ecosystem to tie into QMK as we make changes we are developing a metadata system to expose information about keyboards in QMK.
+
+You can create `info.json` files at every level under `qmk_firmware/keyboards/<name>` to specify this metadata. These files are combined, with more specific files overriding keys in less specific files. This means you do not need to duplicate your metadata information. For example, `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard/info.json` specifies `manufacturer` and `maintainer`, while `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard/66/info.json` specifies more specific information about Clueboard 66%.
+
+### `info.json` Format
+
+The `info.json` file is a JSON formatted dictionary with the following keys available to be set. You do not have to set all of them, merely the keys that apply to your keyboard.
+
+* `keyboard_name`
+  * A free-form text string describing the keyboard.
+  * Example: `Clueboard 66%`
+* `url`
+  * A URL to the keyboard's product page, [QMK.fm/keyboards](https://qmk.fm/keyboards) page, or other page describing information about the keyboard.
+* `maintainer`
+  * GitHub username of the maintainer, or `qmk` for community maintained boards
+* `width`
+  * Width of the board in Key Units
+* `height`
+  * Height of the board in Key Units
+* `layouts`
+  * Physical Layout representations. See the next section for more detail.
+
+#### Layout Format
+
+Within our `info.json` file the `layouts` portion of the dictionary contains several nested dictionaries. The outer layer consists of QMK layout macros, for example `LAYOUT_ansi` or `LAYOUT_iso`. Within each layout macro are keys for `width`, `height`, and `key_count`, each of which should be self-explanatory.
+
+* `width`
+  * Optional: The width of the layout in Key Units
+* `height`
+  * Optional: The height of the layout in Key Units
+* `key_count`
+  * **Required**: The number of keys in this layout
+* `layout`
+  * A list of Key Dictionaries describing the physical layout. See the next section for more details.
+
+#### Key Dictionary Format
+
+Each Key Dictionary in a layout describes the physical properties of a key. If you are familiar with the Raw Code for <http://keyboard-layout-editor.com> you will find many of the concepts the same. We re-use the same key names and layout choices wherever possible, but unlike keyboard-layout-editor each key is stateless, inheriting no properties from the keys that came before it.
+
+All key positions and rotations are specified in relation to the top-left corner of the keyboard, and the top-left corner of each key.
+
+* `X`
+  * **Required**: The absolute position of the key in the horizontal axis, in Key Units.
+* `Y`
+  * **Required**: The absolute position of the key in the vertical axis, in Key Units.
+* `W`
+  * The width of the key, in Key Units. Ignored if `ks` is provided. Default: `1`
+* `H`
+  * The height of the key, in Key Units. Ignored if `ks` is provided. Default: `1`
+* `R`
+  * How many degrees clockwise to rotate the key.
+* `RX`
+  * The absolute position of the point to rotate the key around in the horizontal axis. Default: `x`
+* `RY`
+  * The absolute position of the point to rotate the key around in the vertical axis. Default: `y`
+* `KS`
+  * Key Shape: define a polygon by providing a list of points, in Key Units.
+  * **Important**: These are relative to the top-left of the key, not absolute.
+  * Example ISO Enter: `[ [0,0], [1.5,0], [1.5,2], [0.25,2], [0.25,1], [0,1], [0,0] ]`
+
+### How is the Metadata Exposed?
+
+This metadata is primarily used in two ways:
+
+* To allow web-based configurators to dynamically generate UI
+* To support the new `make keyboard:keymap:qmk` target, which bundles this metadata up with the firmware to allow QMK Toolbox to be smarter.
+
+Configurator authors can see the [QMK Compiler](https://docs.compile.qmk.fm/api_docs.html) docs for more information on using the JSON API.
+
+## Non-Production/Handwired Projects
+
+We're happy to accept any project that uses QMK, including prototypes and handwired ones, but we have a separate `/keyboards/handwired/` folder for them, so the main `/keyboards/` folder doesn't get overcrowded. If a prototype project becomes a production project at some point in the future, we'd be happy to move it to the main `/keyboards/` folder!
+
+## Warnings as Errors
+
+When developing your keyboard, keep in mind that all warnings will be treated as errors - these small warnings can build-up and cause larger errors down the road (and keeping them is generally a bad practice).
+
+## Copyright Blurb
+
+If you're adapting your keyboard's setup from another project, but not using the same code, but sure to update the copyright header at the top of the files to show your name, in this format:
+
+    Copyright 2017 Your Name <your@email.com>
+
+If you are modifying someone else's code and have made only trivial changes you should leave their name in the copyright statement. If you have done significant work on the file you should add your name to theirs, like so:
+
+    Copyright 2017 Their Name <original_author@example.com> Your Name <you@example.com>
+
+The year should be the first year the file is created. If work was done to that file in later years you can reflect that by appending the second year to the first, like so:
+
+    Copyright 2015-2017 Your Name <you@example.com>
+
+## License
+
+The core of QMK is licensed under the [GNU General Public License](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.en.html). If you are shipping binaries for AVR processors you may choose either [GPLv2](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html) or [GPLv3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html). If you are shipping binaries for ARM processors you must choose [GPL Version 3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html) to comply with the [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.org) GPLv3 license.
+
+If your keyboard makes use of the [uGFX](https://ugfx.io) features within QMK you must comply with the [uGFX License](https://ugfx.io/license.html), which requires a separate commercial license before selling a device containing uGFX.
+
+## Technical Details
+
+If you're looking for more information on making your keyboard work with QMK, [check out the hardware section](hardware.md)!

docs/how_keyboards_work.md

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+# How Keys Are Registered, and Interpreted by Computers
+
+In this file, you can will learn the concepts of how keyboards work over USB,
+and you'll be able to better understand what you can expect from changing your
+firmware directly.
+
+## Schematic View
+
+Whenever you type on 1 particular key, here is the chain of actions taking
+place:
+
+``` text
++------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     +----+
+| User |-------->| Key |------>| Firmware |----->| USB wire |---->| OS |
++------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     |----+
+```
+
+This scheme is a very simple view of what's going on, and more details follow
+in the next sections.
+
+## 1. You Press a Key
+
+Whenever you press a key, the firmware of your keyboard can register this event.
+It can register when the key is pressed, held and released.
+
+This usually happens with a periodic scan of key presses. This speed often is limited by the mechanical key response time, the protocol to transfer those key presses (here USB HID), and by the software it is used in.
+
+## 2. What the Firmware Sends
+
+The [HID specification](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf) tells what a keyboard can actually send through USB to have a chance to be properly recognised. This includes a pre-defined list of scancodes which are simple numbers from `0x00` to `0xE7`. The firmware assigns a scancode to each key of the keyboard.
+
+The firmware does not send actually letters or characters, but only scancodes.
+Thus, by modifying the firmware, you only can modify what scancode is sent over
+USB for a given key.
+
+## 3. What the Operating System Does
+
+Once the keycode reaches the operating system, a piece of software has to have
+it match an actual character thanks to a keyboard layout. For example, if your
+layout is set to QWERTY, a sample of the matching table is as follow:
+
+| keycode | character |
+|---------|-----------|
+| 0x04 | a/A |
+| 0x05 | b/B |
+| 0x06 | c/C |
+| ... | ... |
+| 0x1C | y/Y |
+| 0x1D | z/Z |
+| ... | ... |
+
+## Back to the Firmware
+
+As the layout is generally fixed (unless you create your own), the firmware can actually call a keycode by its layout name directly to ease things for you. This is exactly what is done here with `KC_A` actually representing `0x04` in QWERTY. The full list can be found in [keycodes](keycodes.md).
+
+## List of Characters You Can Send
+
+Putting aside shortcuts, having a limited set of keycodes mapped to a limited layout means that **the list of characters you can assign to a given key only is the ones present in the layout**.
+
+For example, this means that if you have a QWERTY US layout, and you want to assign 1 key to produce `€` (euro currency symbol), you are unable to do so, because the QWERTY US layout does not have such mapping. You could fix that by using a QWERTY UK layout, or a QWERTY US International.
+
+You may wonder why a keyboard layout containing all of Unicode is not devised then? The limited number of keycode available through USB simply disallow such a thing.
+
+## How to (Maybe) Enter Unicode Characters
+
+You can have the firmware send *sequences of keys* to use the [software Unicode Input Method](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input#Hexadecimal_code_input) of the target operating system, thus effectively entering characters independently of the layout defined in the OS.
+
+Yet, it does come with multiple disadvantages:
+
+ - Tied to a specific OS a a time (need recompilation when changing OS);
+ - Within a given OS, does not work in all software;
+ - Limited to a subset of Unicode on some systems.

docs/index.html

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+  <meta charset="UTF-8">
+  <title>QMK Firmware</title>
+  <meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge,chrome=1" />
+  <meta name="description" content="Description">
+  <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, user-scalable=no, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, minimum-scale=1.0">
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="//unpkg.com/docsify/lib/themes/vue.css" title="light">
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="qmk.css" title="dark" disabled>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="sidebar.css" />
+</head>
+<body>
+  <div id="app"></div>
+  <script>
+    window.$docsify = {
+      name: 'QMK Firmware',
+      nameLink: 'https://qmk.fm/',
+      repo: 'qmk/qmk_firmware',
+      loadSidebar: true,
+      auto2top: true,
+      formatUpdated: '{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD} {HH}:{mm}',
+      search: {
+        paths: 'auto',
+        placeholder: 'Search Documentation...',
+        noData: 'We could not find any documents matching your search.',
+        depth: 6
+      }
+    }
+  </script>
+  <script src="//unpkg.com/docsify/lib/docsify.min.js"></script>
+  <script src="//unpkg.com/docsify/lib/plugins/search.min.js"></script>
+  <script src="//unpkg.com/docsify/lib/plugins/emoji.min.js"></script>
+  <script src="//unpkg.com/prismjs/components/prism-bash.min.js"></script>
+  <script src="//unpkg.com/prismjs/components/prism-c.min.js"></script>
+  <script src="//unpkg.com/prismjs/components/prism-cpp.min.js"></script>
+  <script src="//unpkg.com/prismjs/components/prism-json.min.js"></script>
+  <script src="//unpkg.com/prismjs/components/prism-makefile.min.js"></script>
+  <script>
+    // Register the offline cache worker
+    if (typeof navigator.serviceWorker !== 'undefined') {
+      navigator.serviceWorker.register('sw.js')
+    }
+  </script>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/internals_defines.md

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# group `defines` {#group__defines}
+
+## Summary
+
+ Members                        | Descriptions                                
+--------------------------------|---------------------------------------------
+`define `[`SYSEX_BEGIN`](#group__defines_1ga1a3c39bb790dda8a368c4247caabcf79)            | 
+`define `[`SYSEX_END`](#group__defines_1ga753706d1d28e6f96d7caf1973e80feed)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_STATUSMASK`](#group__defines_1gab78a1c818a5f5dab7a8946543f126c69)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_CHANMASK`](#group__defines_1ga239edc0a6f8405d3a8f2804f1590b909)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_CC`](#group__defines_1ga45f116a1daab76b3c930c2cecfaef215)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_NOTEON`](#group__defines_1gafd416f27bf3590868c0c1f55c30be4c7)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_NOTEOFF`](#group__defines_1gabed24bea2d989fd655e2ef2ad0765adc)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_AFTERTOUCH`](#group__defines_1ga3a322d8cfd53576a2e167c1840551b0f)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_PITCHBEND`](#group__defines_1gabcc799504e8064679bca03f232223af4)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_PROGCHANGE`](#group__defines_1gaefb3f1595ffbb9db66b46c2c919a3d42)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_CHANPRESSURE`](#group__defines_1gaeb3281cc7fcd0daade8ed3d2dfc33dbe)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_CLOCK`](#group__defines_1gafa5e4e295aafd15ab7893344599b3b89)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_TICK`](#group__defines_1ga3b99408ff864613765d4c3c2ceb52aa7)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_START`](#group__defines_1ga8233631c85823aa546f932ad8975caa4)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_CONTINUE`](#group__defines_1gab24430f0081e27215b0da84dd0ee745c)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_STOP`](#group__defines_1ga3af9271d4b1f0d22904a0b055f48cf62)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_ACTIVESENSE`](#group__defines_1gacd88ed42dba52bb4b2052c5656362677)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_RESET`](#group__defines_1ga02947f30ca62dc332fdeb10c5868323b)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_TC_QUARTERFRAME`](#group__defines_1gaaa072f33590e236d1bfd8f28e833ae31)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_SONGPOSITION`](#group__defines_1ga412f6ed33a2150051374bee334ee1705)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_SONGSELECT`](#group__defines_1gafcab254838b028365ae0259729e72c4e)            | 
+`define `[`MIDI_TUNEREQUEST`](#group__defines_1ga8100b907b8c0a84e58b1c53dcd9bd795)            | 
+`define `[`SYSEX_EDUMANUFID`](#group__defines_1ga5ef855ed955b00a2239ca16afbeb164f)            | 
+
+## Members
+
+#### `define `[`SYSEX_BEGIN`](#group__defines_1ga1a3c39bb790dda8a368c4247caabcf79) {#group__defines_1ga1a3c39bb790dda8a368c4247caabcf79}
+
+#### `define `[`SYSEX_END`](#group__defines_1ga753706d1d28e6f96d7caf1973e80feed) {#group__defines_1ga753706d1d28e6f96d7caf1973e80feed}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_STATUSMASK`](#group__defines_1gab78a1c818a5f5dab7a8946543f126c69) {#group__defines_1gab78a1c818a5f5dab7a8946543f126c69}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_CHANMASK`](#group__defines_1ga239edc0a6f8405d3a8f2804f1590b909) {#group__defines_1ga239edc0a6f8405d3a8f2804f1590b909}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_CC`](#group__defines_1ga45f116a1daab76b3c930c2cecfaef215) {#group__defines_1ga45f116a1daab76b3c930c2cecfaef215}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_NOTEON`](#group__defines_1gafd416f27bf3590868c0c1f55c30be4c7) {#group__defines_1gafd416f27bf3590868c0c1f55c30be4c7}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_NOTEOFF`](#group__defines_1gabed24bea2d989fd655e2ef2ad0765adc) {#group__defines_1gabed24bea2d989fd655e2ef2ad0765adc}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_AFTERTOUCH`](#group__defines_1ga3a322d8cfd53576a2e167c1840551b0f) {#group__defines_1ga3a322d8cfd53576a2e167c1840551b0f}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_PITCHBEND`](#group__defines_1gabcc799504e8064679bca03f232223af4) {#group__defines_1gabcc799504e8064679bca03f232223af4}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_PROGCHANGE`](#group__defines_1gaefb3f1595ffbb9db66b46c2c919a3d42) {#group__defines_1gaefb3f1595ffbb9db66b46c2c919a3d42}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_CHANPRESSURE`](#group__defines_1gaeb3281cc7fcd0daade8ed3d2dfc33dbe) {#group__defines_1gaeb3281cc7fcd0daade8ed3d2dfc33dbe}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_CLOCK`](#group__defines_1gafa5e4e295aafd15ab7893344599b3b89) {#group__defines_1gafa5e4e295aafd15ab7893344599b3b89}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_TICK`](#group__defines_1ga3b99408ff864613765d4c3c2ceb52aa7) {#group__defines_1ga3b99408ff864613765d4c3c2ceb52aa7}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_START`](#group__defines_1ga8233631c85823aa546f932ad8975caa4) {#group__defines_1ga8233631c85823aa546f932ad8975caa4}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_CONTINUE`](#group__defines_1gab24430f0081e27215b0da84dd0ee745c) {#group__defines_1gab24430f0081e27215b0da84dd0ee745c}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_STOP`](#group__defines_1ga3af9271d4b1f0d22904a0b055f48cf62) {#group__defines_1ga3af9271d4b1f0d22904a0b055f48cf62}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_ACTIVESENSE`](#group__defines_1gacd88ed42dba52bb4b2052c5656362677) {#group__defines_1gacd88ed42dba52bb4b2052c5656362677}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_RESET`](#group__defines_1ga02947f30ca62dc332fdeb10c5868323b) {#group__defines_1ga02947f30ca62dc332fdeb10c5868323b}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_TC_QUARTERFRAME`](#group__defines_1gaaa072f33590e236d1bfd8f28e833ae31) {#group__defines_1gaaa072f33590e236d1bfd8f28e833ae31}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_SONGPOSITION`](#group__defines_1ga412f6ed33a2150051374bee334ee1705) {#group__defines_1ga412f6ed33a2150051374bee334ee1705}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_SONGSELECT`](#group__defines_1gafcab254838b028365ae0259729e72c4e) {#group__defines_1gafcab254838b028365ae0259729e72c4e}
+
+#### `define `[`MIDI_TUNEREQUEST`](#group__defines_1ga8100b907b8c0a84e58b1c53dcd9bd795) {#group__defines_1ga8100b907b8c0a84e58b1c53dcd9bd795}
+
+#### `define `[`SYSEX_EDUMANUFID`](#group__defines_1ga5ef855ed955b00a2239ca16afbeb164f) {#group__defines_1ga5ef855ed955b00a2239ca16afbeb164f}
+

docs/internals_gpio_control.md

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# GPIO Control
+
+QMK has a GPIO control abstraction layer which is micro-controller agnostic. This is done to allow easy access to pin control across different platforms.
+
+## Functions
+
+The following functions can provide basic control of GPIOs and are found in `quantum/quantum.h`.
+
+|Function              |Description                                                       |
+|----------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`setPinInput(pin)`    |Set pin as input with high impedance (High-Z)                     |
+|`setPinInputHigh(pin)`|Set pin as input with build in pull-up                            |
+|`setPinInputLow(pin)` |Set pin as input with build in pull-down (Supported only on STM32)|
+|`setPinOutput(pin)`   |Set pin as output                                                 |
+|`writePinHige(pin)`   |Set pin level as high, assuming it is an output                   |
+|`writePinLow(pin)`    |Set pin level as low, assuming it is an output                    |
+|`writePin(pin, level)`|Set pin level, assuming it is an output                           |
+|`readPin(pin)`        |Returns the level of the pin                                      |
+
+## Advance settings
+
+Each micro-controller can have multiple advance settings regarding its GPIO. This abstraction layer does not limit the use of architecture specific functions. Advance users should consult the datasheet of there desired device and include any needed libraries. For AVR the standard avr/io.h library is used and for STM32 the Chibios [PAL library](http://chibios.sourceforge.net/docs3/hal/group___p_a_l.html) is used.
+